Home

Abaqus Keywords Reference Manual, vol 2:I-Z

Contents

1. Etc up to N entries as identified on the loading data definition 20 5 3 UNLOADING DATA 6 Temperature 7 First field variable 8 Second field variable If the number of data entries exceeds the limit of eight entries per line continue the input on the next data line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the unloading curve data Data lines for DEFINITION INTERPOLATED CURVE to define rate dependent unloading behavior the RATE DEPENDENT parameter is included that does not depend on independent components First line Force or moment Provide the absolute value Constitutive relative displacement or rotation Provide the absolute value Relative velocity Provide the absolute value Temperature First field variable QN nn FW nm Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the unloading curve data Data lines for DEFINITION INTERPOLATED CURVE to define rate dependent unloading behavior the RATE DEPENDENT parameter is included that depends on independent components First line Force or moment Provide the absolute value Constitutive relative displacement or rotation Provide the absolute value Relative velocity Provide the absolute
2. aA Un Bb U N Rotary inertia about the local 1 axis 111 Rotary inertia about the local 3 axis T33 Product of inertia 715 Product of inertia 75 Product of inertia T23 The rotary inertia should be given in units of ML Abaqus does not use any specific physical units so the user s choice must be consistent 17 20 2 18 SECTION CONTROLS 18 1 SECTION CONTROLS Specify section controls WARNING Using values larger than the default values for hourglass control can produce excessively stiff response and sometimes can even lead to instability if the values are too large Hourglassing that occurs with the default hourglass control parameters is usually an indication that the mesh is too coarse Therefore it is generally better to refine the mesh than to add stronger hourglass control This option is used to choose a nondefault hourglass control approach for reduced integration elements in Abaqus Standard and Abaqus Explicit and modified tetrahedral or triangular elements in Abaqus Standard to scale the default coefficients used in the hourglass control or to activate distortion control for solid elements In Abaqus Explicit it is also used to select a nondefault kinematic formulation for 8 node brick elements to choose the second order accurate formulation for solids and shells to turn off the drill stiffness in small strain shell elements S3RS and S4RS to introduce the stresses in membrane elements from t
3. Default is zero Not needed if the POISSON parameter is specified on the HYPERFOAM option Repeat this data line as often as necessary to give the stress strain data 20 4 2 UNIAXIAL TEST DATA Using uniaxial test data to define a low density foam material References e Low density foams Section 19 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e LOW DENSITY FOAM Required parameter DIRECTION Set DIRECTION TENSION to define tensile behavior Set DIRECTION COMPRESSION to define compressive behavior Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the test data If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the test data depend only on temperature Data lines to specify uniaxial test data for a low density foam First line 1 Nominal stress Ty Provide the absolute value if DIRECTION COMPRESSION 2 Nominal strain er Provide the absolute value if DIRECTION COMPRESSION Nominal strain rate y Provide positive values to specify the loading response and negative values to specify unloading Temperature 0 First field variable Second field variable ND otn d Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data line
4. 1 X component of the first local material direction with respect to the orthonormal system at the material point Y component of the first local material direction with respect to the orthonormal system at the material point Z component of the first local material direction with respect to the orthonormal system at the material point Repeat the above data line to define additional local directions as needed with each direction on a separate line Data lines to define an orientation using DEFINITION NODES First line 1 2 Node number of the node at point a Node number of the node at point b The next item specification of point c the origin is optional and relevant only for SYSTEM RECTANGULAR and SYSTEM Z RECTANGULAR The default location of the origin c is the global origin 3 Node number of the node at point c 15 1 4 ORIENTATION Second line 1 Local direction about which the additional rotation or rotations are given The default is the local 1 direction For shell membrane and cohesive elements this direction should have a nonzero component in the direction of the normal to the surface 2 Additional rotation o defined by either a single scalar value or by a distribution A local coordinate system defined with a distribution can be used only for solid continuum elements and shell elements The additional rotation in degrees is applied to both directions orthogonal to the specif
5. Leave this line blank to allow Abaqus to define the axes Third line 1 Give the identifying keys for the variables to be output The keys are defined in the Section variables section of Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Omit both the first and second data lines for AXES GLOBAL or to allow Abaqus to define the anchor point and the axes for AXES LOCAL Repeat the third data line as often as necessary to define the variables to be written to the results file If this line is omitted all appropriate variables Output to the data and results files Section 4 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual will be output 18 2 2 SECTION FILE anchor point defined section ik LY anchor point elements used to x IN X defined section define the section 2 D and axisymmetric 3 D Figure 18 2 1 User defined local coordinate system 18 2 3 SECTION ORIGIN 18 3 SECTION ORIGIN Define a meshed cross section origin This option is used in conjunction with the BEAM SECTION GENERATE option to define the location of the beam node on a meshed beam cross section Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References Meshed beam cross sections Section 10 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual BEAM SECTION GENERATE Optional parameter ORIGIN Set ORIGIN CENTROID to place the beam node at the section centroi
6. Name of the orientation to be used with this layer an orientation angle the name of a distribution Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual that defines spatially varying orientation angles If the name of an orientation is used the orientation cannot be defined with distributions Orientation angles in degrees are measured positive counterclockwise relative to the orientation definition given with the ORIENTATION parameter If the ORIENTATION parameter is not included is measured relative to the default shell local directions see Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Name of the ply Required only for composite layups defined in Abaqus CAE Repeat this data line as often as necessary Use one data line for each layer of the shell The order of the laminated shell layers with respect to the positive direction of the shell normal is defined by the order of the data lines If the SYMMETRIC parameter is included specify only half the layers from the bottom layer to the midplane 18 15 5 SHELL TO SOLID COUPLING 18 16 SHELL TO SOLID COUPLING Define a surface based coupling between a shell edge and a solid face This surface based option allows for a transition from shell element modeling to solid element modeling in a three dimensional analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part in
7. Third line needed if the surface meshes on either side of the original sector are not matched completely 1 The surface name on one side of the original sector 2 The corresponding surface name on the other side of the original sector measured at a positive angle 0 around the revolving axis 3 Tolerance distance within which nodes on one surface of a sector must lie from the corresponding surface of the neighboring sector to be constrained Nodes on the surface of the sector that are further away from the corresponding surface of the neighboring sector than this distance are not constrained The default value for this tolerance distance is 5 or 10 of the typical element size in the surfaces of the original sector depending on whether node to surface or surface to surface type of constraints are used respectively 4 Include the word SURFACE default to generate a surface to surface type of constraint or the word NODE to generate a node to surface type of constraint Repeat the third data line as often as necessary to define pairs of corresponding surfaces on each side of the original repetitive sector Constraints between the neighboring pairs of corresponding surfaces will be applied with an automatically generated TIE option when the periodic three dimensional model is generated Data lines if each generated sector in the periodic model has a variable angle PERIODIC VARIABLE First line X coordinate of point a
8. Y coordinate of point a Z coordinate of point a X coordinate of point b Y coordinate of point b QN Un PWN Z coordinate of point b Second line 1 Segment angle 0 in degrees of the original three dimensional sector 0 0 0 360 0 2 Number of three dimensional sectors that have the same angle as the original sector to be generated including the original sector The default is 1 Third line 1 Number of additional three dimensional sectors to be generated 2 Angular scaling factor in the circumferential direction with respect to the original sector The default is 1 0 Repeat the third data line as often as necessary to define all the sectors of the model in the circumferential direction 18 56 3 SYMMETRIC MODEL GENERATION Subsequent lines needed if the surface meshes on either side of the original sector are not matched completely 1 The surface name on one side of the original sector 2 The corresponding surface name on the other side of the original sector measured at a positive angle 0 around the revolving axis 3 Tolerance distance within which nodes on one surface of a sector must lie from the corresponding surface of the neighboring sector to be constrained Nodes on the surface of the sector that are further away from the corresponding surface of the neighboring sector than this distance are not constrained The default value for this tolerance distance is 5 or 10 of the typical
9. Y coordinate of point b Z coordinate of point b X coordinate of point c Y coordinate of point c Z coordinate of point c Segment angle 0 through which the cross section must be revolved 0 0 lt 0 lt 360 0 The segments are connected so except for the first segment each segment starts at the end point of the segment given on the previous data line Number of subdivisions or elements to be used in the segment The default is 1 A single element subdivision must not exceed 45 when general elements are used or 180 when cylindrical elements are used Bias ratio to be used in the spacing of nodes generated over the segment The value is set to the ratio of adjacent angles between nodes along each arc of nodes generated Thus if the value is less than one the nodes are concentrated toward the beginning of the segment and if the value is greater than one the nodes are concentrated toward the end of the segment The default is 1 0 Include the word GENERAL default to generate general three dimensional elements or the word CYLINDRICAL to generate cylindrical elements Repeat the third data line as often as necessary to define the discretization of the model in the circumferential direction 18 56 5 SYMMETRIC MODEL GENERATION Figure 18 56 1 Revolving a single three dimensional repetitive sector to create a periodic structure reference cross section at0 0 Figure
10. 16 25 PRESSURE STRESS Specify equivalent pressure stress as a predefined field for a mass diffusion analysis This option can be used only in a MASS DIFFUSION analysis to specify pressure as a predefined field The user defines equivalent pressure stresses at the nodes and Abaqus Standard interpolates the pressure to the material points Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References Mass diffusion analysis Section 6 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Predefined fields Section 30 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters for using the data line format AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that gives the time variation of the pressure throughout the step If the AMPLITUDE parameter is omitted the reference magnitude is applied either immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter 1s omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line OP Set OP2MOD default for existing PRESSURE STRESS values to remain
11. 2 Time t t gt 0 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to give the modulus time data 18 13 2 SHELL GENERAL SECTION 18 14 SHELL GENERAL SECTION Define a general arbitrary elastic shell section This option is used to define a general arbitrary elastic shell section Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Property module References e Shell elements overview Section 26 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Using a general shell section to define the section behavior Section 26 6 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UGENS Section 1 1 30 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the shell elements for which the section behavior is being defined Required parameter in Abaqus Explicit optional parameter in Abaqus Standard DENSITY Set this parameter equal to the mass per unit surface area of the shell If the MATERIAL and COMPOSITE parameters are omitted this density accounts for the mass of the shell since no material definition is given If the MATERIAL or COMPOSITE parameter is used the mass of the shell includes a contribution from this parameter in addition to any contribution from the material definition Optional parameters BENDING ONLY Include this parameter to ignore membrane stiffness effe
12. FIELD Include this parameter to indicate that the output requests used in conjunction with the OUTPUT option will be written to the output database as field type output HISTORY Include this parameter to indicate that the output requests used in conjunction with the OUTPUT option will be written to the output database as history type output 15 3 4 OUTPUT Optional parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to the name associated with this output definition The following parameters are optional and valid only if the FIELD parameter is included NUMBER INTERVAL Set this parameter equal to the number of intervals during the step at which the output database states are to be written Abaqus Explicit will always write the results at the beginning of the step For example if NUMBER INTERVAL 10 Abaqus Explicit will write 11 output database states consisting of the values at the beginning of the step and the values at the end of 10 intervals throughout the step The value of this parameter must be a positive integer or zero A value of zero suppresses all output If this parameter is omitted its value will be set to 20 The NUMBER INTERVAL and TIME POINTS parameters are mutually exclusive TIME MARKS Set TIME MARKS NO default to write results to the output database at the increment ending immediately after the time dictated by the NUMBER INTERVAL or TIME POINTS parameter Set TIME MARKS YES to write results at the exact times
13. GLOBAL ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set in the global model that will be searched for elements whose responses will be used to drive the submodel If this parameter is omitted Abaqus will search all elements in the global model that lie in the vicinity of the submodel This parameter must be used with the ACOUSTIC TO STRUCTURE parameter when the acoustic pressures act on both sides of a shell INTERSECTION ONLY Include this parameter to specify that Abaqus ignore driven nodes found to lie outside the region of elements of the global model after accounting for the exterior search tolerance This parameter can be used only with TYPE NODE This parameter cannot be used with the ACOUSTIC TO STRUCTURE or SHELL TO SOLID parameters TYPE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses It determines whether global model communication to the submodel occurs through nodes or through surfaces Set TYPE NODE default for node based submodeling Node based submodel definitions will be accompanied by BOUNDARY SUBMODEL definitions Set TYPE SURFACE for surface based submodeling This parameter setting cannot be used with the ACOUSTIC TO STRUCTURE SHELL TO SOLID or SHELL THICKNESS parameters Surface based submodel definitions will be accompanied by DSLOAD SUBMODEL definitions Data lines to define the driven boundary for general and shell to solid submodeling First line 1 List of nodes or node set
14. SORPTION 18 26 SORPTION Define absorption and exsorption behavior This option is used to define absorption and exsorption behaviors of a partially saturated porous medium in the analysis of coupled wetting liquid flow and porous medium stress Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Sorption Section 23 7 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters LAW Set LAW LOG to define the absorption or exsorption behavior by the analytical logarithmic form Set LAW TABULAR default to define the absorption or exsorption behavior in tabulated form TYPE Set TYPE ABSORPTION default to define the absorption behavior Set TYPE EXSORPTION to define the exsorption behavior this must be a repeated use of the option for the same material Set TYPE SCANNING to define the scanning line this must be a repeated use of the option for the same material Data lines for TYPE ABSORPTION or TYPE EXSORPTION and LAW TABULAR First line 1 Pore pressure uw With the condition uw lt 0 0 Units of FL 2 Saturation s This value must lie in the range 0 01 lt s lt 1 0 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the relationship between u and s from s 0 to s 1 0 in increasing values of s At least two data lines must be specified 18 26 1 SORPTION Data line for TYPE ABSORPTION or TYPE EXSORPTION and LAW LO
15. Section 4 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the list of variables to be written to the output database 9 20 2 INTEGRATED OUTPUT SECTION 9 21 INTEGRATED OUTPUT SECTION Define an integrated output section over a surface with a local coordinate system and a reference point This option is used to associate a surface with a coordinate system and or a reference node to track the average motion of the surface It can also be used in conjunction with an integrated output request to obtain output of quantities integrated over a surface Products Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Step module References Integrated output section definition Section 2 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e INTEGRATED OUTPUT e SURFACE Required parameters NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the integrated output section SURFACE Set this parameter equal to the name of the surface see Element based surface definition Section 2 3 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to be associated with the integrated output section Optional parameters ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the name of an orientation definition Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Ma
16. e Transferring results between Abaqus Explicit and Abaqus Standard Section 9 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e MPORT There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to specify node set definitions to be imported First line 1 List of node set names for which the node set definitions are to be imported Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify the node set definitions to be imported Up to 16 node sets can be listed per line 9 7 1 INCIDENT WAVE 9 8 INCIDENT WAVE Define incident wave loading for a blast or scattering load on a boundary The preferred interface for applying incident wave loading is the INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION option used in conjunction with the INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY option The alternative interface uses the INCIDENT WAVE option to apply incident wave loading The INCIDENT WAVE PROPERTY option must be used in conjunction with the INCIDENT WAVE option If the incident wave field includes a reflection off a plane outside the boundaries of the mesh this effect can be modeled with the INCIDENT WAVE REFLECTION option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Unsupported this option has been superseded by incident wave interactions References Acoustic shock and coupled acoustic structural analysis Section 6 10 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Acoustic and
17. 13 2 MASS Specify a point mass This option is used to define lumped mass values associated with MASS elements For Abaqus Standard analyses this option is also used to define mass proportional damping for direct integration dynamic analysis and composite damping for modal dynamic analysis associated with MASS elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Property module and Interaction module Reference Point masses Section 27 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the MASS elements for which the value is being given Optional parameters ALPHA This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the ar factor to create mass proportional damping for the MASS elements when used in direct integration dynamics This value is ignored in modal dynamics The default is 0 0 COMPOSITE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the fraction of critical damping to be used with the MASS elements when calculating composite damping factors for the modes when used in modal dynamics This value is ignored in direct integration dynamics The default is 0 0 13 2 1 MASS Data line to define the mass magnitude First and only line 1 Mass magnitude Ma
18. 16 5 5 16 6 PERMEABILITY PERMEABILITY Define permeability for pore fluid flow This option is used to define permeability for pore fluid flow in problems involving seepage Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Permeability Section 23 7 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES TYPE Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the permeability If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the permeability is independent of field variables See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information This parameter can be used only in conjunction with TYPE ISOTROPIC ORTHOTROPIC or ANISOTROPIC Set TYPE ISOTROPIC default to define fully saturated isotropic permeability Set TYPE ORTHOTROPIC to define fully saturated orthotropic permeability Set TYPE ANISOTROPIC to define fully saturated anisotropic permeability Set TYPE SATURATION to define k s this must be a repeated use of the option for the same material and must follow the definition of fully saturated permeability The definition must give k for0 0 s lt 1 0 withk 1 0 ats 1 0 Set TYPE VELOCITY to define e this must be a repeated use of the option for the same material and
19. 3 Initial plastic strain value Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the initial plastic strain in the rebars of various elements or element sets Data lines for TYPE PLASTIC STRAIN SECTION POINTS First line Element number or element set label Section point number Value of first plastic strain component en 1 Value of second plastic strain component eb Un A U N Value of third plastic strain component Give the initial plastic strain components as defined for this element type in Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual In any element for which an ORIENTATION option applies the plastic strain components must be given in the local system Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define initial plastic strains in various elements or element sets Plastic strains must be defined at all section points within an element Data lines for TYPE PORE PRESSURE if the USER parameter is omitted First line Node set or node number First value of fluid pore pressure uy Vertical coordinate corresponding to the above value Second value of fluid pore pressure uw Un d U N Vertical coordinate corresponding to the above value Omit the elevation values and the second pore pressure value to define a constant pore pressure distribution Repeat this data l
20. C dimensionless decay parameter C gt 0 The default is 0 Data line to define incident wave loading from diffuse sources TYPE DIFFUSE First and only line 1 cf the speed of sound in the fluid defining the propagation speed of the waves 2 Pr the fluid mass density 3 N the seed number for the diffuse source calculation N sources will be used in the simulation No data lines are required for TYPE AIR BLAST or TYPE SURFACE BLAST used in conjunction with the CONWEP CHARGE PROPERTY option 9 11 2 INCIDENT WAVE PROPERTY 9 12 INCIDENT WAVE PROPERTY Define the geometric data describing an incident wave The preferred interface for defining the geometric data for an incident wave is the INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY option used in conjunction with the INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION option The alternative interface uses the INCIDENT WAVE PROPERTY option to define the geometric data for incident waves Each INCIDENT WAVE option must refer to an INCIDENT WAVE PROPERTY definition The INCIDENT WAVE PROPERTY option must be followed by the INCIDENT WAVE FLUID PROPERTY option which defines the fluid properties used in the incident wave loading Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Unsupported this option has been superseded by incident wave interaction properties References e Acoustic and shock loads Section 30 4 5 of the Abaqus Analysi
21. Figure 18 543 Global Y coordinate of point a the approximate center origin of the sphere Global Z coordinate of point a the approximate center origin of the sphere Repeat this data line as often as necessary If the geometry correction assignments overlap the last assignment applies in the overlap region 18 52 3 SURFACE PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT surface Figure 18 52 3 Spherical smoothing Data lines for PROPERTY GEOMETRIC CORRECTION to define surface regions that should not be smoothed corresponds to default First line 1 Surface name 2 Leave blank or specify the word NONE Repeat this data line as often as necessary If the geometry correction assignments overlap the last assignment applies in the overlap region Data lines for PROPERTY OFFSET FRACTION First line 1 Surface name If the surface name is omitted a default surface that encompasses the entire general contact domain is assumed Faces specified on elements other than shell elements membrane elements rigid elements and surface elements will be ignored 2 The word ORIGINAL default the word SPOS the word SNEG or a value between 0 5 and 0 5 The offset defines the distance as a fraction of the thickness from the midsurface to the reference surface containing the nodes of the element Positive values of the offset are in the positive element normal direction The default is ORIGINAL which indicates th
22. First and only line QN Un FBP LU Ne x coordinate of point a see Figure 16 5 1 y coordinate of point a z coordinate of point b y coordinate of point b component of periodic distance vector y component of periodic distance vector Data lines to define periodic symmetry of a three dimensional cavity TYPE 3D First line 1 2 3 4 5 6 Second line z coordinate of point a see Figure 16 5 2 y coordinate of point a zcoordinate of point a z coordinate of point b y coordinate of point b 2 coordinate of point b z coordinate of point c y coordinate of point c 2 coordinate of point x component of periodic distance vector y component of periodic distance vector component of periodic distance vector Data line to define periodic symmetry of an axisymmetric cavity TYPE ZDIR First and only line 1 2 zcoordinate of periodic symmetry reference line see Figure 16 5 3 z component of periodic distance vector 16 5 2 PERIODIC 4 WE b 6 yO ARS E SEO a EE 4 y Pl r z 4 lot 4 MES ni oth AM 2D option PERIODIC TYPE Figure 16 5 1 16 5 3 PERIODIC 3D option PERIODIC TYPE Figure 16 5 2 16 5 4 Figure 16 5 3 A T TTT PERIODIC z const periodic symm reference line PERIODIC TYPE ZDIR option
23. INCIDENT WAVE REFLECTION 9 13 INCLUDE 9 14 INCREMENTATION OUTPUT 9 15 INELASTIC HEAT FRACTION 9 16 INERTIA RELIEF 9 17 INITIAL CONDITIONS 9 18 INSTANCE 9 19 INTEGRATED OUTPUT 9 20 INTEGRATED OUTPUT SECTION 9 21 INTERFACE 9 22 ITS 9 23 J JOINT 10 1 JOINT ELASTICITY 10 2 JOINT PLASTICITY 10 3 JOINTED MATERIAL 10 4 JOULE HEAT FRACTION 10 5 K K APPA 11 1 KINEMATIC 11 2 KINEMATIC COUPLING 11 3 xii LATENT HEAT LOAD CASE LOADING DATA LOW DENSITY FOAM MAP SOLUTION MASS MASS DIFFUSION MASS FLOW RATE MATERIAL MATRIX MATRIX ASSEMBLE MATRIX GENERATE MATRIX INPUT MEMBRANE SECTION MODAL DAMPING MODAL DYNAMIC MODAL FILE MODAL OUTPUT MODAL PRINT MODEL CHANGE MOHR COULOMB MOHR COULOMB HARDENING MOISTURE SWELLING MOLECULAR WEIGHT MONITOR MOTION E MULLINS EFFECT x OA A AECA AC lt EC CA KF KF HK KK KK SS P NCOPY NFILL NGEN NMAP NO COMPRESSION xiii CONTENTS 12 1 12 2 12 3 12 4 13 1 13 2 13 3 13 4 13 5 13 6 13 7 13 8 13 9 13 10 13 11 13 12 13 13 13 14 13 15 13 16 13 17 13 18 13 19 13 20 13 21 13 22 13 23 13 24 13 25 13 26 14 1 14 2 14 3 14 4 14 5 CONTENTS P Q NO TENSION NODAL ENERGY RATE NODAL THICKNESS NODE NODE FILE NODE OUTPUT NODE PRINT NODE RESPONSE NONSTRUCTURAL MASS NORMAL NSET ORIENTATION ORNL OUTPUT PARAMETER PARAMETER
24. Keywords Reference Manual Volume Il I Z SIMULIA Abaqus Keywords Reference Manual Volume Il Legal Notices CAUTION This documentation is intended for qualified users who will exercise sound engineering judgment and expertise in the use of the Abaqus Software The Abaqus Software is inherently complex and the examples and procedures in this documentation are not intended to be exhaustive or to apply to any particular situation Users are cautioned to satisfy themselves as to the accuracy and results of their analyses Dassault Syst mes and its subsidiaries including Dassault Syst mes Simulia Corp shall not be responsible for the accuracy or usefulness of any analysis performed using the Abaqus Software or the procedures examples or explanations in this documentation Dassault Syst mes and its subsidiaries shall not be responsible for the consequences of any errors or omissions that may appear in this documentation The Abaqus Software is available only under license from Dassault Syst mes or its subsidiary and may be used or reproduced only in accordance with the terms of such license This documentation is subject to the terms and conditions of either the software license agreement signed by the parties or absent such an agreement the then current software license agreement to which the documentation relates This documentation and the software described in this documentation are subject to change without prior notice
25. S initial scale factor S geometric scale factor r overclosure factor segment i d 2rL 44 overclosure measure So Kan s gt 0 i 1 d id Overclosure Figure 18 48 3 Scale factor pressure overclosure relationship 18 48 6 SURFACE BEHAVIOR Pressure p i m Clearance c 0 h Overclosure h Figure 18 48 4 Pressure overclosure relationship defined in tabular form 18 48 7 SURFACE FLAW 18 49 SURFACE FLAW Define geometry of surface flaws This option is used with line spring elements to define the geometry of the part through crack of the shell Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance Reference Line spring elements for modeling part through cracks in shells Section 29 10 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter SIDE Set SIDE POSITIVE or SIDE NEGATIVE to indicate which surface is cracked Optional parameter INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line Data lines to define the flaw First line 1 Node number or node set label This node or node set can be at either side of the crack for element LS6 2 Crack depth at this location Repeat t
26. Second line 6523 eii e 22 e 333 9 nO BM e 12 Third line e 13 393 Temperature 0 First field variable Second field variable Nn BP WN Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the piezoelectric properties as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the piezoelectric strain coefficient matrix TYPE E for the shear components these coefficients relate the engineering and not the tensorial shear strain components to the components of the potential gradient vector First line d Units of Lo di 33 diia di 13 dias dz p d 22 Oe Oy cho ee 16 8 2 PIEZOELECTRIC Second line UD aes 9 2477 d3 33 xul ugs d3 25 vd p 519 Third line 247 d o3 Temperature 0 First field variable Second field variable D Un fF U Nel Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the piezoelectric properties as
27. This parameter is meaningful only when the material response includes time dependent creep behavior CETOL controls the accuracy of the creep integration Set this parameter equal to the maximum allowable difference in the creep strain increment calculated from the creep strain rates at the beginning and at the end of the increment see Rate dependent plasticity creep and swelling Section 20 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 18 21 1 sois The tolerance can be calculated by choosing an acceptable stress error tolerance and dividing by a typical elastic modulus CONSOLIDATION Include this parameter to choose transient consolidation analysis Omit this parameter to choose steady state analysis CONTINUE Set CONTINUE NO default to specify that this step will not carry over the damping factors from the results ofthe preceding general step In this case the initial damping factors will be recalculated based on the declared damping intensity and on the solution of the first increment of the step or can be specified directly Set CONTINUE YES to specify that this step will carry over the damping factors from the end of the immediately preceding general step This parameter must be used in conjunction with the ALLSDTOL and the STABILIZE parameters DELTMX This parameter will invoke automatic time incrementation Set this parameter equal to the maximum temperature change allowed within an increment Abaqus Standard w
28. s behavior NODES Set this parameter equal to the number of nodes associated with an element of this type 20 7 2 USER ELEMENT Optional parameters if the FILE parameter is omitted COORDINATES Abaqus Standard assigns space to store the coordinate values at each node in user subroutine UEL The default number of coordinate values is equal to the largest active degree of freedom of the user element with a maximum of 3 Use the COORDINATES parameter to increase the number of coordinate values UNSYMM Include this parameter if the element matrices are not symmetric This parameter will cause Abaqus Standard to use its unsymmetric equation solution capability The presence or absence of this parameter determines the form in which the matrices must be provided for reading Data lines if the FILE parameter is omitted First line 1 Enter the list of active degrees of freedom at the first node of the element as determined by the connectivity list The rule in Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual regarding which degrees of freedom can be used for displacement rotation temperature etc must be conformed to Second line if the active degrees of freedom are different at subsequent nodes 1 Enter the position in the connectivity list node position on the element where the new list of active degrees of freedom first applies 2 Enter the new list of active degrees of freedom Repeat t
29. 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the material properties if the USER parameter is specified No data lines are needed if the PROPERTIES parameter is omitted or set to 0 Otherwise first line 1 Material properties eight per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material properties 13 24 3 13 25 M1 Define the first bending moment behavior of beams This option is used to define the first bending moment behavior of beams It can be used only in conjunction with the BEAM GENERAL SECTION SECTION NONLINEAR GENERAL option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance References Using a general beam section to define the section behavior Section 26 3 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e BEAM GENERAL SECTION Optional parameters if neither ELASTIC nor LINEAR is included elastic plastic response is assumed DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the moment curvature relationship in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the moment curvature relationship is constant or depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence
30. 4 Second field variable 5 Etc up to seven field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than seven 1 Eighth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the viscous constants on temperature and other predefined field variables 21 6 2 VOID NUCLEATION 21 7 VOID NUCLEATION Define the nucleation of voids in a porous material This option is used to model the nucleation of voids in a porous material It can be used only with the POROUS METAL PLASTICITY option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Porous metal plasticity Section 20 2 9 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e POROUS METAL PLASTICITY Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies in addition to temperature that define the normal distribution of the nucleation strain If this parameter is omitted the constants defining the normal distribution may depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define void nucleation First line en mean value of the nucleation strain normal distribution
31. INC Set this parameter equal to the increment number in the analysis whose results file is being used as input to this option from which the displacement data are to be read If this parameter is omitted Abaqus will read the data from the last increment available for the specified step on the results file 9 3 1 IMPERFECTION NSET Set this parameter equal to the node set to which the geometric imperfection values are to be applied If this parameter is omitted the imperfection will be applied to all nodes in the model Optional parameter if the FILE parameter is omitted SYSTEM Set SYSTEM R default to specify the imperfection as perturbation values of Cartesian coordinates Set SYSTEM C to specify the imperfection as perturbation values of cylindrical coordinates Set SYSTEM S to specify the imperfection as perturbation values of spherical coordinates See Figure 9 3 1 The SYSTEM parameter is entirely local to this option and should not be confused with the SYSTEM option As the data lines are read the imperfection values specified are transformed to the global rectangular Cartesian coordinate system This transformation requires that the object be centered about the origin of the global coordinate system i e the SYSTEM option should be off when specifying imperfections as perturbation values using either cylindrical or spherical coordinates Data lines to define the imperfection as a linear superposition of mode shapes f
32. If necessary a separate unloading response can be specified using the UNLOADING DATA option Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Model Defining the loading response data for uniaxial behavior in connectors References e Connector uniaxial behavior Section 28 2 10 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR e CONNECTOR UNIAXIAL BEHAVIOR e UNLOADING DATA Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the data in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data depend only on temperature The DEPENDENCIES parameter also applies to any subsequent unloading data defined using the UNLOADING DATA option DIRECTION Set DIRECTION TENSION to define tensile behavior Set DIRECTION COMPRESSION to define compressive behavior If this parameter is omitted the behavior is assumed to be nonlinear elastic and the data may span both positive and negative values of the primary component The behavior will be considered 12 3 1 LOADING DATA to be symmetric about the origin if the given data are limited to either positive or negative values of the primary component EXTRAPOLATION Set EXTRAPOLATION CONSTANT to use constant extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables Set EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR to use linear extrapolation of the de
33. METAL PLASTICITY model This option is used to specify the material failure criteria in a porous metal Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e POROUS METAL PLASTICITY e Porous metal plasticity Section 20 2 9 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to define material failure criteria First and only line 1 Void volume fraction at total failure fr gt 0 The default is 1 2 Critical void volume fraction threshold of rapid loss of stress carrying capacity f gt 0 The default is fr 16 19 1 POROUS METAL PLASTICITY 16 20 POROUS METAL PLASTICITY Specify a porous metal plasticity model This option is used to specify the porous part of the porous metal plasticity model The POROUS METAL PLASTICITY option can be used in conjunction with the VOID NUCLEATION option to define the nucleation of voids In an Abaqus Explicit analysis it can also be used in conjunction with the POROUS FAILURE CRITERIA option to specify the material failure criteria Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Porous metal plasticity Section 20 2 9 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e VOID NUCLEATION e POROUS FAILURE CRITERIA Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter e
34. Minimum time increment allowed Only used for automatic time incrementation If Abaqus Standard finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value the analysis is terminated If this entry is zero a default value of the smaller of the suggested initial time increment or 10 times the total time period is assumed 4 Maximum time increment allowed Only used for automatic time incrementation If this value is not specified no upper limit is imposed Data line for the Riks method First and only line 1 Initial increment in arc length along the static equilibrium path in scaled load displacement space Alin If the DIRECT parameter is used this value will be used as a constant arc length increment If this entry 1s zero or is not specified a default value that is equal to the total arc length of the step is assumed 18 31 3 STATIC Total arc length scale factor associated with this step lperioa If this entry is zero or is not specified a default value of 1 0 is assumed Minimum arc length increment Almin If this entry is zero a default value of the smaller of the suggested initial arc length or 10 times the total arc length is assumed Maximum arc length increment Almaz Ifthis value is not specified no upper limit is imposed 5 Maximum value of the load proportionality factor Aena This value is used to terminate the step when the load exceeds a certain magnitude Node number at which the finish
35. PHYSICAL CONSTANTS option which is used to define the Stefan Boltzmann constant Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Thermal loads Section 30 4 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Cavity radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the AMPLITUDE option that gives the variation of the ambient temperature with time If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step OP Set OP MOD default for existing SRADIATE definitions to remain with this option modifying existing radiation conditions or defining additional radiation conditions Set OP NEW if all existing SRADIATE definitions applied to the model should be removed Data lines to define surface radiation conditions First line 1 Surface name 2 Radiation type label R 3 Reference ambient temperature value 6 Units of 0 18 30 1 SRADIATE 4 Emiss
36. Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Classical metal plasticity Section 20 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Models for metals subjected to cyclic loading Section 20 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Johnson Cook plasticity Section 20 2 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Permanent set in rubberlike materials Section 20 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UHARD Section 1 1 31 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual VUHARD Section 1 2 14 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters HARDENING Set HARDENING ISOTROPIC default to specify isotropic hardening Set HARDENING KINEMATIC to specify linear kinematic hardening Set HARDENING COMBINED to specify nonlinear isotropic kinematic hardening Set HARDENING JOHNSON COOK to specify Johnson Cook hardening Set HARDENING USER to define isotropic hardening in user subroutine UHARD in an Abaqus Standard analysis or user subroutine VUHARD in an Abaqus Explicit analysis SCALESTRESS This parameter cannot be used with the HARDENING parameter Set this parameter equal to the factor by which you want the yield stress to be scaled Optional parameter for use with HARDENING ISOTROPIC or HARDENING COMBINED DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of hard
37. RADIATE Specify radiation conditions in heat transfer analyses This option is used to apply radiation boundary conditions between a nonconcave surface and a nonreflecting environment in fully coupled thermal stress analysis In Abaqus Standard it is also used for heat transfer and coupled thermal electrical analyses It must be used in conjunction with the PHYSICAL CONSTANTS option which is used to define the Stefan Boltzmann constant Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module Reference e Thermal loads Section 30 4 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the AMPLITUDE option that gives the variation of the ambient temperature with time If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference magnitude given on the data lines is applied throughout the step OP Set OP MOD default for existing RADIATE definitions to remain with this option modifying existing radiation conditions or defining additional radiation conditions Set OP NEW i
38. Step References e Parametric input Section 1 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Parametric shape variation Section 2 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional keyword parameters to define tabularly dependent parameters if any are specified they must all be specified DEPENDENT Set this keyword parameter equal to the list of dependent parameters being defined in this option The list must be given inside parentheses as parameter names separated by commas for example depParl depPar2 depPar3 INDEPENDENT Set this keyword parameter equal to the list of independent parameters used in this option The list must be given inside parentheses as parameter names separated by commas for example indParl indPar2 indPar3 TABLE Set this keyword parameter equal to the name of the parameter dependence table defined by the PARAMETER DEPENDENCE option that defines the relationship between the dependent and independent parameters in this option Data lines to define independent or expressionally dependent parameters if the DEPENDENT INDEPENDENT and TABLE keyword parameters are omitted First line 1 Python expression assigning a value to a parameter Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define independent and expressionally dependent parameters The data given on this data line cannot be parameterized 16 1 1 PARAMETER DEPENDENCE 16 2 PARAMETER DEPENDENCE Define dependence t
39. The calculation of the distance between the slave and master surface for a particular slave node depends on factors such as shell element thickness the setting of the TYPE parameter and the types of surfaces involved Slave nodes that do not satisfy the position tolerance are not tied to the master surface The default value for this tolerance distance depends on the type of formulation and surfaces used in the constraints TIED NSET Set this parameter equal to the node set label of the node set that includes the nodes on the slave surface that will be tied to the master surface Nodes not included in this node set will not be tied 19 6 1 TIE Optional parameters ADJUST Set ADJUST YES default to move all tied nodes on the slave surface onto the master surface in the initial configuration without any strain Set ADJUST NO if the slave nodes will not be moved This is the default if the slave surface belongs to a substructure or if one or more of the surfaces is beam element based CONSTRAINT RATIO This parameter applies only when two surfaces with rotational degrees of freedom are tied with an offset but the NO ROTATION parameter is used Set this parameter equal to the fractional distance between the master reference surface and the slave node at which the translational constraint should act By default Abaqus will attempt to choose this distance such that the translational constraint acts precisely at the interface CYCLI
40. The translation magnitude Data lines for TYPE TRANSLATION DEFINITION NODES First line 1 Local node number of point a 2 Local node number of point b Second line 1 The translation magnitude Data lines for TYPE SCALE DEFINITION COORDINATES First line 1 X coordinate of point a 14 4 3 NMAP 2 Y coordinate of point a 3 Z coordinate of point a Second line 1 Scale factor to be applied to the first local coordinate 2 Scale factor to be applied to the second local coordinate 3 Scale factor to be applied to the third local coordinate Data lines for TYPE SCALE DEFINITION NODES First line 1 Local node number of point a Second line 1 Scale factor to be applied to the first local coordinate before mapping 2 Scale factor to be applied to the second local coordinate before mapping 3 Scale factor to be applied to the third local coordinate before mapping Data lines for TYPE RECTANGULAR CYLINDRICAL DIAMOND SPHERICAL or TOROIDAL with DEFINITION COORDINATES First line X coordinate of point a see Figure 14 4 1 Y coordinate of point a Z coordinate of point a 1 2 3 4 X coordinate of point b 5 Y coordinate of point b 6 Z coordinate of point b Second line 1 X coordinate of point c 2 Y coordinate of point c 3 Z coordinate of point c The following fields are needed only for TYPE DIAMOND 4 X coordinate of point d 5 Y coordinate of point d 6 Z coo
41. Type History data Level This option is not supported in a model defined in terms of an assembly of part instances Reference Defining substructures Section 10 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters FILE NAME This parameter is intended for use with OUTPUT FILE USER DEFINED Set this parameter equal to the name of the file without an extension to which the data will be written The extension mtx will be added to the file name provided by the user see Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If the OUTPUT FILE parameter is omitted or set equal to RESULTS FILE use of the FILE NAME parameter overrides the OUTPUT FILE setting the data will be written to the named file not to the results 11 file If OUTPUT FILE ODB the FILE NAME parameter is ignored and the data will be written to the output database odb file GRAVITY LOAD Set GRAVITY LOAD YES to write the substructure gravity load vectors only available if the gravity load vectors are requested with the SUBSTRUCTURE GENERATE option The default is GRAVITY LOAD NO MASS Set MASS YES to write the substructure mass matrix only available if the mass matrix is requested with the SUBSTRUCTURE GENERATE option The default is MASS NO OUTPUT FILE Set OUTPUT FILE RESULTS FILE default to write the data to the results 11 file in the format specified in Results f
42. and TIME POINTS parameters are omitted output will be written at every increment of the analysis for all procedure types except DYNAMIC and MODAL DYNAMIC output will be written every 10 increments for these procedure types The FREQUENCY NUMBER INTERVAL TIME INTERVAL and TIME POINTS parameters are mutually exclusive TIME MARKS Set TIME MARKS YES default to write results at the exact times dictated by the NUMBER INTERVAL TIME INTERVAL or TIME POINTS parameter Set TIME MARKS NO to write results to the output database at the increment ending immediately after the time dictated by the NUMBER INTERVAL TIME INTERVAL or TIME POINTS parameter TIME POINTS Set this parameter equal to the name of the TIME POINTS option that defines the time points at which output is to be written 15 3 2 OUTPUT If this parameter and the FREQUENCY NUMBER INTERVAL and TIME INTERVAL parameters are omitted output will be written at every increment of the analysis for all procedure types except DYNAMIC and MODAL DYNAMIC output will be written every 10 increments for these procedure types The FREQUENCY NUMBER INTERVAL TIME INTERVAL and TIME POINTS parameters are mutually exclusive The following parameters are optional and valid only if the FIELD or HISTORY parameter is included OP Set OP NEW default to indicate that all output database requests defined in previous steps should be removed New output database requests can be de
43. in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information ELASTIC Include this parameter if the bending moment curvature relationship is nonlinear but elastic LINEAR Include this parameter if the bending moment varies linearly with curvature Data lines if the LINEAR parameter is included First line Bending stiffness of the section about the first beam section local axis Temperature First field variable Second field variable nA hh U Ne Etc up to six field variables 13 251 Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the bending stiffness as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines if the LINEAR parameter is omitted First line Bending moment Curvature Temperature First field variable Second field variable QN Un fF U N Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the bending moment curvature relationship as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 13 25 2
44. that specifies the orientation of the local system for rigid body degrees of freedom Optional mutually exclusive parameters FIXED Include this parameter default to indicate that the inertia relief load from a previous step should remain fixed at its value from the beginning of the current step REMOVE Include this parameter to indicate that the inertia relief load from a previous step should be removed in the current step Optional data lines to specify global or local if the ORIENTATION parameter is used degrees of freedom that define the free directions along which inertia relief loads are applied First line 1 Integer list of degrees of freedom identifying the free directions Second line only needed to define a reference point for the rigid body direction vectors when the user chosen combination of free directions requires such a point 1 Global X coordinate of the reference point 9 17 1 INERTIA RELIEF 2 Global Y coordinate of the reference point 3 Global Z coordinate of the reference point These data lines are needed only if rigid body motions are constrained in some directions There are no data lines when the FIXED or REMOVE parameters are specified 9 17 2 9 18 INITIAL CONDITIONS INITIAL CONDITIONS Specify initial conditions for the model This option is used to prescribe initial conditions for an analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Abaqus Aqua Typ
45. 1 NMAX Set this parameter equal to the maximum number of terms N in the Prony series Abaqus will perform the least squares fit from N 1 to N NMAX until convergence is achieved for the lowest N with respect to ERRTOL The default and maximum value is 13 Data line to define continuum material properties for FREQUENCY FORMULA First and only line 1 Real part of g g w gi f Imaginary part of gi Value of a Real part of ki k w ki 7 If the material is incompressible this value is ignored Imaginary part of If the material is incompressible this value is ignored Nn BW Value of b If the material is incompressible this value is ignored Data lines to define continuum material properties for FREQUENCY TABULAR without the PRELOAD parameter or for TIME FREQUENCY DATA First line Real part of wg wR g Imaginary part of wg wS gx 1 G G Real part of wk uR k Ke K If the material is incompressible this value is ignored Imaginary part of wk wS k 1 K K Ifthe material is incompressible this value is ignored PUNE 5 Frequency f in cycles per time Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the dissipative part of the material behavior Data lines to define continuum material properties for FREQUENCY TABULAR PRELOAD UNIAXIAL First line 1 Uniaxial loss modulus 2 Uniaxial storage modulus 21 5 3 VISC
46. 1 SLIDE LINE 18 19 SLIDE LINE Specify slide line surfaces on which deformable structures may interact This option is relevant only for slide line and tube to tube contact elements It is used to define the slide line and to specify which set of contact elements interacts with it Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Assembly Abaqus CAE Unsupported the Interaction module uses surface based contact References e Tube to tube contact elements Section 36 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Slide line contact elements Section 36 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the slide line or tube to tube contact elements that interact with the slide line being defined TYPE Set TYPE LINEAR to define a slide line made up of linear segments This parameter should be used when first order elements make up the model Set TYPE PARABOLIC to define a slide line made up of parabolic segments This parameter should be used when second order elements make up the model In this case the slide line should consist of an odd number of nodes where the odd nodes on the slide line are associated with the ends of parabolic segments Optional parameters EXTENSION ZONE Set this parameter equal to a fraction of the end segment length by which either end of an open slide line is to be extended to avoid numer
47. 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Symmetric model generation Section 10 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UMOTION Section 1 1 39 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve defined in the AMPLITUDE option that gives the time variation of the velocity throughout the step Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual USER Include this parameter to indicate that the magnitude of the rotational velocity will be defined in user subroutine UMOTION If this parameter is used any magnitudes defined by the data lines can be redefined in the user subroutine Data lines to define rotational motion First line 1 Node set label or node number 2 Magnitude of the rotational velocity in radians time This magnitude will be modified by the AMPLITUDE specification if the AMPLITUDE parameter is used For a deformable body the rotation is assumed to be about the axis defined on the SYMMETRIC MODEL 19 12 1 TRANSPORT VELOCITY GENERATION option For a rigid body of type REVOLUTION the
48. 14 4 1 defines the origin ofthe local diamond coordinate system defining the map The line going through point a and point b defines the z axis of the local coordinate system The line going through point 14 421 NMAP Optional DEFINIT a and point c defines the y axis of the local coordinate system The line going through point a and point d defines the 2 axis of the local coordinate system Set TYPE SPHERICAL to map from spherical coordinates Point a in Figure 14 4 1 defines the origin of the local spherical coordinate system defining the map The line going through point and point b defines the polar axis of the local spherical coordinate system The plane passing through point a and perpendicular to the polar axis defines the 0 plane The plane passing through points a b and c defines the local 0 0 plane Set TYPE TOROIDAL to map from toroidal coordinates Point ain Figure 14 4 1 defines the origin of the local toroidal coordinate system defining the map The axis of the local toroidal system lies in the plane defined by points a b and c The R coordinate of the toroidal system is defined by the distance between points a and b The line between points a and b defines the 0 position For every value of the 9 coordinate is defined in a plane perpendicular to the plane defined by the points a b and c and perpendicular to the axis of the toroidal system 0 0 lies in the plane defined by the points by a b and c Set
49. 18 56 2 Revolving an axisymmetric cross section 18 56 6 SYMMETRIC MODEL GENERATION reflection line er Figure 18 56 3 Reflecting a three dimensional model through line ab with node offset n 18 56 7 SYMMETRIC MODEL GENERATION Figure 18 56 4 Reflecting a three dimensional model through a plane abc with node offset n 18 56 8 SYMMETRIC RESULTS TRANSFER 18 57 SYMMETRIC RESULTS TRANSFER Import results from an axisymmetric or partial three dimensional analysis This option is used to transfer a solution from an axisymmetric analysis to a three dimensional model or to transfer the solution of a partial three dimensional model to a full three dimensional model It can be used only in conjunction with the SYMMETRIC MODEL GENERATION option Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level This option is not supported in a model defined in terms of an assembly of part instances References e Transferring results from a symmetric mesh or a partial three dimensional mesh to a full three dimensional mesh Section 10 4 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Symmetric model generation Section 10 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e SYMMETRIC MODEL GENERATION Optional parameters STEP Set this parameter equal to the step number on the restart file at which the results must be obtained If this parameter is omitted the results will be obta
50. Abaqus Explicit analysis a linear interpolation is done over the step Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line Set OP MOD default for existing TEMPERATURE values to remain with this option modifying existing temperatures or defining additional temperatures Set OP NEW if all existing TEMPERATURE values should be removed New temperatures can be defined For a general analysis step a temperature that is removed via OP NEW is reset to the value given on the INITIAL CONDITIONS option or to zero if no initial temperature was defined For a linear perturbation step a temperature that is removed via OP NEW is always reset to zero If temperatures are being returned to their initial condition values the AMPLITUDE parameter 19 1 1 TEMPERATURE described above does not apply Rather the AMPLITUDE parameter given on the STEP option governs the behavior in an Abaqus Standard analysis and the temperatures are always ramped back to their initial conditions in Abaqus Explicit analyses If temperatures are being reset to new values not to initial conditions via OP NEW the AMPLITUDE parameter described above applies Required parameter for reading temperatures from the results o
51. CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Not applicable instancing a part in the Assembly module creates a local coordinate system Reference Node definition Section 2 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define a local coordinate system First line 1 X global X coordinate of the origin of the local coordinate system point a in Figure 18 58 1 2 Y global Y coordinate of the origin of the local coordinate system 3 Za global Z coordinate of the origin of the local coordinate system The following entries are not needed for a pure translation 4 global X coordinate of a point on the X axis of the local coordinate system point b in Figure 18 58 1 5 Y global Y coordinate of a point on the X l axis of the local coordinate system 6 2 global Z coordinate of a point on the X axis of the local coordinate system Second line optional if not provided the Z axis direction remains unchanged and the X axis is projected onto the X Y plane 1 Xe global X coordinate of a point in the Y plane of the local coordinate system on the side of the positive Y axis for example point c in Figure 18 58 1 2 Y global Y coordinate of a point in the Y plane of the local coordinate system on the side of the positive Y axis 3 Ze global Z coordinate of a point in the plane of
52. DEPENDENCE PARAMETER SHAPE VARIATION PART PERIODIC PERMEABILITY PHYSICAL CONSTANTS PIEZOELECTRIC PIPE SOIL INTERACTION PIPE SOIL STIFFNESS PLANAR TEST DATA PLASTIC PLASTIC AXIAL PLASTIC MI PLASTIC M2 PLASTIC TORQUE POROUS BULK MODULI POROUS ELASTIC POROUS FAILURE CRITERIA POROUS METAL PLASTICITY POST OUTPUT POTENTIAL PREPRINT PRESSURE PENETRATION xiv 14 6 14 7 14 8 14 9 14 10 14 11 14 12 14 13 14 14 14 15 14 16 15 1 15 2 15 3 16 1 16 2 16 3 16 4 16 5 16 6 16 7 16 8 16 9 16 10 16 11 16 12 16 13 16 14 16 15 16 16 16 17 16 18 16 19 16 20 16 21 16 22 16 23 16 24 PRESSURE STRESS PRESTRESS HOLD PRE TENSION SECTION PRINT PSD DEFINITION RADIATE RADIATION FILE RADIATION OUTPUT RADIATION PRINT RADIATION SYMMETRY RADIATION VIEWFACTOR RANDOM RESPONSE RATE DEPENDENT RATIOS REACTION RATE REBAR REBAR LAYER REFLECTION RELEASE RESPONSE SPECTRUM RESTART RETAINED NODAL DOFS RIGID BODY RIGID SURFACE ROTARY INERTIA SECTION CONTROLS SECTION FILE SECTION ORIGIN SECTION POINTS SECTION PRINT SELECT CYCLIC SYMMETRY MODES SELECT EIGENMODES SFILM SFLOW SHEAR CENTER SHEAR FAILURE SHEAR RETENTION SHEAR TEST DATA XV CONTENTS 16 25 16 26 16 27 16 28 16 29 17 1 17 2 17 3 17 4 17 5 17 6 17 7 17 8 17 9 17 10 17 11 17 12 17 13 17 14 17 15 17 16 17 17 17 18 17 19 17 20 18 1 18 2 1
53. Extension ratio e for rebar defined with GEOMETRY LIFT EQUATION In a tire e represents the pre strain that occurs during the curing process e 1 means a 100 extension This entry has no meaning for rebar defined using GEOMETRY CONSTANT or GEOMETRY ANGULAR 9 Radius ro of the rebar defined with GEOMETRY LIFT EQUATION The value is the position of the rebar in the uncured geometry measured with respect to the axis of rotation in a cylindrical coordinate system This entry has no meaning for rebar defined using GEOMETRY CONSTANT or GEOMETRY ANGULAR Repeat the data line as often as necessary Each data line defines a layer of rebar 17 12 3 REFLECTION 17 13 REFLECTION Define reflection symmetries for a cavity radiation heat transfer analysis This option is used to define a cavity symmetry by reflection through a line or a plane It can be used only following the RADIATION SYMMETRY option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Cavity radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e RADIATION SYMMETRY Required parameter TYPE Set TYPE LINE to create a cavity composed of the cavity surface defined in the model and its reflection through a line See Figure 17 13 1 This option can be used only for two dimensional cases Set TYPE PLANE to create a cavity composed of the cavity surface defined in the model and its refl
54. FP U Ne Global Z coordinate of point b on the symmetry axis the local z axis Second line 1 The word START 2 Local r coordinate of the starting point of the line segments 3 Local z coordinate of the starting point of the line segments Third and subsequent data lines define the various line circular and parabolic segments see below for their format that form the profile of the rigid surface Data lines that define the line segments that form the rigid surface for TYPE SEGMENTS TYPE CYLINDER and TYPE REVOLUTION Data line to define a straight line segment 1 The word LINE 2 z coordinate of the endpoint of the line 3 y coordinate of the endpoint of the line Data line to define a circular arc segment the arc must be less than 180 1 The word CIRCL 2 z coordinate of the endpoint of the circular arc 17 19 3 RIGID SURFACE 3 4 5 y coordinate of the endpoint of the circular arc z coordinate of the center origin of the circular arc y coordinate of the center origin of the circular arc Data line to define a parabolic arc segment 1 The word PARAB 2 z coordinate of the middle point along the parabolic arc 3 4 z coordinate of the endpoint of the parabolic arc 3 y coordinate of the middle point along the parabolic arc y coordinate of the endpoint of the parabolic arc For rigid surfaces created with TYPE SEGMENTS the z and y coordinates are the g
55. FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output UPDATE Set UPDATE NO if output is desired in the original local system of coordinates Set UPDATE YES default to output quantities in a local system of coordinates that rotates with the 18 2 1 SECTION FILE average rigid body motion of the surface section This parameter is relevant only if AXES LOCAL and the NLGEOM parameter is active in the step Optional data lines First line Node number of the anchor point blank if coordinates given First coordinate of the anchor point ignored if node number given Second coordinate of the anchor point ignored if node number given BR WO N Third coordinate of the anchor point for three dimensional cases only ignored if node number given Leave this line blank to allow Abaqus to define the anchor point Second line 1 Node number used to specify point a in Figure 18 2 1 blank if coordinates given 2 First coordinate of point a ignored if node number given 3 Second coordinate of point a ignored if node number given The remaining data items are relevant only for three dimensional cases 4 Third coordinate of point a ignored if node number given 5 Node number used to specify point b blank if coordinates given 6 First coordinate of point b ignored if node number given 7 Second coordinate of point b ignored if node number given 8 Third coordinate of point b ignored if node number given
56. GEOMETRY ISOPARAMETRIC default to indicate that the layer of rebar is parallel to a direction of the element local isoparametric coordinate system Set GEOMETRY SKEW to indicate that the rebar layer is in a skew direction with respect to the element faces ISODIRECTION Set this parameter equal to the isoparametric direction from which the rebar angle output will be measured The default is 1 ORIENTATION This parameter is meaningful only for skew rebar in shell and membrane elements Set this parameter equal to the name of an orientation definition that defines the angular orientation of the rebar This parameter is not permitted with axisymmetric shell and axisymmetric membrane elements SINGLE This parameter is meaningful only for continuum elements Include this parameter if a single rebar is being defined by each data line If this parameter is omitted each line defines a layer of uniformly spaced rebar in the element isoparametric space Data lines to define rebar in beam elements First line 1 Element number or name of the element set that contains these rebar 2 Cross sectional area of the rebar 3 Distance X see Figure 17 11 1 4 Distance Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line defines a single rebar 17 11 2 REBAR Rebar Local beam section axes N N Figure 17 11 1 Rebar location in a beam section Data lines to define isoparametric rebar in three di
57. Gauss quadrature For 18 15 4 SHELL SECTION Simpson s rule it must be at least 3 except in a pure heat transfer analysis where the number of integration points can be 1 for a constant temperature through the shell thickness Data lines to define a composite shell the COMPOSITE parameter is included First line Positive scalar value defining layer thickness or in Abaqus Standard the name of a distribution Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual that defines spatially varying layer thicknesses A distribution for composite layer thickness can be used only for conventional shell elements not continuum shell elements The layer thickness is modified if the NODAL THICKNESS or SHELL THICKNESS parameter is included Number of integration points to be used through the layer The default is three points if Simpson s rule is used and two points if Gauss quadrature is used The number of integration points must be an odd number for Simpson s rule and it determines the number of temperature degrees of freedom at a node of the element if this section is associated with heat transfer or coupled temperature displacement elements The maximum number of points for Simpson s tule is 99 and in the case of heat transfer or coupled temperature displacement elements it is 19 This number must be less than or equal to 15 for Gauss quadrature 3 Name of the material forming this layer 9
58. INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION Define incident wave loading for a blast or scattering load on a surface This option is used to apply incident wave loading The INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY option must be used in conjunction with the INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION option If the incident wave field includes a reflection off a plane outside the boundaries of the mesh this effect can be modeled with the INCIDENT WAVE REFLECTION option The incident wave interaction can be used in steady state dynamic procedures to define individual wave sources or loading from diffuse sources Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Acoustic shock and coupled acoustic structural analysis Section 6 10 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Acoustic and shock loads Section 30 4 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY e INCIDENT WAVE REFLECTION Required parameter PROPERTY Set this parameter equal to the name of the INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY option defining the incident wave field Required mutually exclusive parameters ACCELERATION AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve defining the fluid particle acceleration time history at the standoff point Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual This amplitude curve will be used to compu
59. If this parameter is omitted but the STABILIZE parameter is included with the default value of dissipated energy fraction the adaptive automatic damping algorithm will be activated automatically with ALLSDTOL 0 05 This parameter must be used in conjunction with the STABILIZE parameter see Solving nonlinear problems Section 7 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual CONTINUE Set CONTINUE NO default to specify that this step is not to carry over the damping factors from the results of the preceding general step In this case the initial damping factors will be recalculated based on the declared damping intensity and on the solution of the first increment of the step or can be specified directly Set CONTINUE YES to specify that this step is to carry over the damping factors from the end of the immediately preceding general step This parameter must be used in conjunction with the ALLSDTOL and the STABILIZE parameters 18 35 1 STEADY STATE TRANSPORT DIRECT This parameter selects direct user control of the incrementation through the step If this parameter is used constant increments of the size defined by the first item on the data line are used If this parameter is omitted Abaqus Standard will choose the increments after trying the user s initial time increment for the first attempt at the first increment The parameter can have the value NO STOP If this value is included the solution to an increment is accepted
60. Manual e VISCOELASTIC Optional parameter VOLINF To specify creep test data set this parameter equal to the value of the long term normalized volumetric compliance To specify relaxation test data set this parameter equal to the value of the long term normalized volumetric modulus kg oc The volumetric compliance is related to the volumetric modulus by oc 1 kr amp The fitting procedure will use this value in the constraint 1 Data lines to specify volumetric creep test data for a viscoelastic material First line 1 Normalized volumetric bulk compliance jx t jx t gt 1 2 Time t t gt 0 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to give the compliance time data Data lines to specify volumetric relaxation test data for a viscoelastic material First line 1 Normalized volumetric bulk modulus kr t 0 kp t lt 1 2 Time t t gt 0 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to give the modulus time data 21 8 3 W X Y Z 22 W X Y Z WAVE 22 1 WAVE Define gravity waves for use in immersed structure calculations This option is used to define gravity waves for use in applying loads Product Abaqus Aqua Type Model data Level Model Reference e Abaqus Aqua analysis Section 6 11 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate inpu
61. Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Two layer viscoplasticity Section 20 2 11 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e ELASTIC e PLASTIC e POTENTIAL Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the material properties in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the material properties depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information LAW Set LAW STRAIN default to choose a strain hardening power law Set LAW TIME to choose a time hardening power law Set LAW USER to input the creep law using user subroutine CREEP Data lines for LAW TIME or LAW STRAIN First line Units 12 1 1 2 m 3 m 4 f 21 6 1 VISCOUS 5 Temperature 6 First field variable 7 Second field variable 8 Third field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the viscous constants on temperature and other predefined field variable Data lines for LAW USER First line 1 f 2 Temperature 3 First field variable
62. Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Part module and Interaction module References e Rigid elements Section 27 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Analytical rigid surface definition Section 2 3 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Rigid body definition Section 2 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter REF NODE Set this parameter equal to either the node number of the rigid body reference node or the name of a node set containing the rigid body reference node If the name of a node set is chosen the node set must contain exactly one node At least one of the following parameters is required ANALYTICAL SURFACE Set this parameter equal to the name of the analytical surface to be assigned to the rigid body ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the elements to be assigned to the rigid body An element cannot appear in more than one rigid body PIN NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of a node set containing pin type nodes to be assigned to the rigid body This parameter can be used to add nodes to a rigid body or to redefine node types of nodes on elements included in the rigid body by the ELSET parameter Pin type nodes have only 17 18 1 RIGID BODY their translational degrees of freedom associated with the rigid body A node cannot appear in more than one rigid body definition TIE NSET Set this parameter equal
63. PLASTICITY 4 11 DENSITY 4 12 DEPVAR 4 13 DESIGN GRADIENT 4 14 DESIGN PARAMETER 4 15 DESIGN RESPONSE 4 16 DETONATION POINT 4 17 DFLOW 4 18 DFLUX 4 19 DIAGNOSTICS 4 20 DIELECTRIC 4 21 DIFFUSIVITY 4 22 DIRECT CYCLIC 4 23 DISPLAY BODY 4 24 DISTRIBUTING 4 25 DISTRIBUTING COUPLING 4 26 DISTRIBUTION 4 27 DISTRIBUTION TABLE 4 28 DLOAD 4 29 DRAG CHAIN 4 30 DRUCKER PRAGER 4 31 DRUCKER PRAGER CREEP 4 32 DRUCKER PRAGER HARDENING 4 33 DSA CONTROLS 4 34 DSECHARGE 4 35 viii DSECURRENT DSFLOW DSFLUX DSLOAD DYNAMIC DYNAMIC TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT EL FILE EL PRINT ELASTIC ELCOPY ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY ELEMENT ELEMENT MATRIX OUTPUT ELEMENT OUTPUT ELEMENT RESPONSE ELGEN ELSET EMBEDDED ELEMENT EMISSIVITY END ASSEMBLY END INSTANCE END LOAD CASE END PART END STEP ENERGY FILE ENERGY OUTPUT ENERGY PRINT ENRICHMENT ENRICHMENT ACTIVATION EOS EOS COMPACTION EPJOINT EQUATION EULERIAN BOUNDARY EULERIAN MESH MOTION EULERIAN SECTION EXPANSION EXTREME ELEMENT VALUE EXTREME NODE VALUE EXTREME VALUE CONTENTS 4 36 4 37 4 38 4 39 4 40 4 41 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 5 6 5 7 5 8 5 9 5 10 5 11 5 12 5 13 5 14 5 15 5 16 5 17 5 18 5 19 5 20 5 21 5 22 5 23 5 24 5 25 5 26 5 27 5 28 5 29 5 30 5 31 5 32 5 33 5 34 CONTENTS F FABRIC 6 1 FAIL STRAIN 6 2 FAIL STRESS 6 3 FAILURE RATIOS 6 4 FAS
64. SECTION e SHELL SECTION Optional parameters GENERATE Include this parameter to interpolate the thickness between two bounding nodes or node sets The thickness for the bounding nodes or node sets must have been defined earlier If the node sets do not have the same number of nodes the extra nodes in the longer set are ignored INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line 14 8 1 NODAL THICKNESS Data lines when the GENERATE parameter is omitted First line 1 Node set label or node number 2 Thickness Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the variation in shell or membrane thickness Data lines when the GENERATE parameter is included First line 1 Node number or node set label that defines the first bound for the generate operation 2 Node number or node set label that defines the second bound for the generate operation 3 Number of intervals between the bounding nodes or node sets 4 Increment in node numbers from the first bounding node or node set Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the variation in thickness 14 8 2 NODE 14 9 NODE Specify nodal coordinates This option is used to define a node direc
65. SIMPEDANCE 18 17 SIMPEDANCE Define impedances of acoustic surfaces This option is used to provide surface impedance information or nonreflecting boundaries for acoustic and coupled acoustic structural analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References Acoustic shock and coupled acoustic structural analysis Section 6 10 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Acoustic and shock loads Section 30 4 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e IMPEDANCE e IMPEDANCE PROPERTY Required mutually exclusive parameters PROPERTY Set this parameter equal to the name of the IMPEDANCE PROPERTY option defining the table of impedance values to be used NONREFLECTING Set NONREFLECTING PLANAR default to specify the impedance corresponding to that of a normal incidence plane wave Set NONREFLECTING IMPROVED to specify the impedance corresponding to that of a plane wave at an arbitrary angle of incidence This parameter can be used only for transient dynamics Set NONREFLECTING CIRCULAR to specify a radiation condition appropriate for a circular boundary in two dimensions or a right circular cylinder in three dimensions Set NONREFLECTING SPHERICAL to specify a radiation condition appropriate for a spherical boundary Set NONREFLECTING ELLIPTICAL to specify a radiation condition appropriate for an elliptical boundary in two d
66. Systemes shares are listed on Euronext Paris 13065 DSY PA and Dassault Systemes ADRs may be traded the US Over The Counter OTC market DASTY For more information visit www 3ds com Abaqus the 3DS logo SIMULIA CATIA SolidWorks DELMIA ENOVIA 3DVIA and Unified FEA are trademarks or registered trademarks of Dassault Systemes or its subsidiaries in the US and or other countries Other company product and service names may be trademarks or service marks of their respective owners Dassault Syst mes 2010 DASSAULT SYSTEMES
67. TIME MARKS YES to write results at the exact times dictated by the NUMBER INTERVAL parameter TIME MARKS YES cannot be used when either the FIXED TIME INCREMENTATION or DIRECT USER CONTROL parameter is included on the DYNAMIC option Explicit dynamic analysis Section 6 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual OVERLAY This parameter specifies that only one increment should be retained per step thus minimizing the storage space needed When the OVERLAY parameter is included each increment written overlays the previous increment if any written for the same step If this parameter is omitted data are retained for every increment In either case the last increment of every step is retained SINGLE This parameter specifies that only single precision restart data are to be written when the double precision executable is run 17 16 4 RESTART When the single precision executable is run this parameter is ignored and only single precision restart data will be written If this parameter is omitted double precision restart data will be written when the double precision executable is run There are no data lines associated with this option 17 16 5 RETAINED NODAL DOFS 17 17 RETAINED NODAL DOFS Specify the degrees of freedom that are to be retained as external to a substructure This option is used to list degrees of freedom that are to be retained as external degrees of freedom on the substructure It can be used only
68. TYPE BLENDED to map via blended quadratics in an Abaqus Standard analysis parameter ION Set DEFINITION COORDINATES default to define the local system the axis of rotation the origin of rotation or the axis of translation by giving the coordinates of the points a b c and d whichever appropriate for the chosen type Set DEFINITION NODES to define the local system the axis of rotation the origin of rotation or the axis of translation by giving global node numbers for points a b c and d depending on the type This option cannot be used with TYPE BLENDED Data lines for TYPE ROTATION DEFINITION COORDINATES First line X coordinate of point a Y coordinate of point a Z coordinate of point a X coordinate of point b Y coordinate of point b Z coordinate of point b Second line 1 X coordinate of point c 2 Y coordinate of point c 3 Z coordinate of point c 14 4 2 NMAP Third line 1 The rotation angle in degrees Data lines for TYPE ROTATION DEFINITION NODES First line 1 Local node number of point a 2 Local node number of point b Second line 1 Local node number of point c Third line 1 The rotation angle in degrees Data lines for TYPE TRANSLATION DEFINITION COORDINATES First line X coordinate of point a Y coordinate of point a Z coordinate of point a X coordinate of point b Y coordinate of point b Z coordinate of point b Second line 1
69. User s Manual Required parameters NSET TYPE Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set containing the nodes to be mapped The nodes that are mapped are those that belong to this set at the time this option is encountered Set TYPE ROTATION to introduce a rotation of a specified angle about a given axis defined by two points a and b or by the coordinates of these points The origin of rotation 1s given by a third point c or by the coordinates of this point Set TYPE TRANSLATION to introduce a translation along a given axis defined by two nodes a and 6 or by the coordinates of these points Set TYPE SCALE to scale each axis with respect to one node a or by the coordinates of this point Set TYPE RECTANGULAR to introduce a simple shift or rotation Point a in Figure 14 4 1 defines the origin of the local rectangular coordinate system defining the map The local 2 axis is defined by the line joining points a and b The local 2 7 plane is defined by the plane passing through points a b and c Set TYPE CYLINDRICAL to map from cylindrical coordinates Point a in Figure 14 4 1 defines the origin ofthe local cylindrical coordinate system defining the map The line going through point a and point 6 defines the Z axis of the local cylindrical coordinate system The local 2 plane for 0 is defined by the plane passing through points a 5 and c Set TYPE DIAMOND to map from skewed Cartesian coordinates Point a in Figure
70. X component of a normal to the cutting plane in the initial configuration Y component of a normal to the cutting plane in the initial configuration Duo Z component of a normal to the cutting plane in the initial configuration 18 47 5 SURFACE Second line 1 List of elements or element set labels to be cut by the cutting plane to generate an element based surface that is an approximation to the cutting plane A blank data line can be specified to generate a surface by cutting the whole model Repeat this data line as often as necessary Up to 16 entries are allowed per line Data lines to define a surface using a plane cutting through the given element sets when TYPE CUTTING SURFACE DEFINITION NODES First line 1 Node number of the node at point a 2 Node number of the node at point b Second line 1 List of elements or element set labels to be cut by the cutting plane to generate an element based surface that is an approximation to the cutting plane A blank data line can be specified to generate a surface by cutting the whole model Repeat this data line as often as necessary Up to 16 entries are allowed per line Data line to define surfaces created with TYPE EULERIAN MATERIAL First line 1 Name of the material instance as defined in the EULERIAN SECTION Abaqus Explicit will automatically create a surface on the exterior of the given material No data lines are needed for TYPE USER Data lines to defi
71. Y coordinate of point a in the plane of reflection Global Z coordinate of point a in the plane of reflection Global X coordinate of point b in the plane of reflection Global Y coordinate of point b in the plane of reflection QN Uu BW Ne Global Z coordinate of point b in the plane of reflection Fourth line 1 Global X coordinate of point c in the plane of reflection 2 Global Y coordinate of point c in the plane of reflection 3 Global Z coordinate of point c in the plane of reflection 18 46 3 SUBSTRUCTURE PROPERTY Figure 18 46 1 Substructure rotation Figure 18 46 2 Substructure reflection Points a b and c cannot be colinear 18 464 SURFACE 18 47 SURFACE Define a surface or region in a model This option is used to define surfaces for contact simulations tie constraints fasteners and coupling as well as regions for distributed surface loads acoustic radiation acoustic impedance and output of integrated quantities on a surface In Abaqus Standard it is also used to define surfaces for cavity radiation analysis and assembly loads In Abaqus Explicit this option can also be used to define boundary regions on adaptive mesh domains Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Element based surfaces are supported by the Surface toolset Node based surfaces are not supported if node based surfaces are impo
72. a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 16 8 3 PIPE SOIL INTERACTION 16 9 PIPE SOIL INTERACTION Specify element properties for pipe soil interaction elements This option is used to define properties for pipe soil interaction elements The PIPE SOIL STIFFNESS option must follow immediately after this option Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Pipe soil interaction elements Section 29 13 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Pipe soil interaction element library Section 29 13 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e PIPE SOIL STIFFNESS Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name ofthe element set containing the pipe soil interaction elements for which properties are being defined Optional parameter ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the name of the ORIENTATION definition Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual that gives the orientation of the local system used for material calculations There are no data lines associated with this option 16 9 1 PIPE SOIL STIFFNESS 16 10 PIPE SOIL STIFFNESS Define constitutive behavior for pipe soil interaction elements This option is used to define the constitutive behavior for pipe soil interaction elements It can be used only in conjunction with the PIPE SOIL INTERACTION option Repeat the option as needed to define
73. added to each of the existing node numbers to define the node numbers of the nodes being created OLD SET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set being copied This set will be used for the copy operation with the nodes that belong to it at the time this NCOPY option appears in the input file Required mutually exclusive parameters POLE Include this parameter if the new nodes are created by projecting the nodes in the old set from the pole node Each new node will be located such that the corresponding old node is equidistant between the pole node and the new node This parameter is particularly useful for creating nodes associated with infinite elements Infinite elements Section 25 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual REFLECT Set REFLECT LINE to create the new nodes by reflection through a line Set REFLECT MIRROR to create the new nodes by reflection through a plane Set REFLECT POINT to create the new nodes by reflection through a point SHIFT Include this parameter if the new nodes are to be created by translation and or rotation of the nodes in the old node set If both translation and rotation are specified the translation is applied once before the rotation 14 1 1 NCOPY Optional parameters MULTIPLE This parameter is used with the SHIFT parameter to define the number of times the rotation should be applied The default is MULTIPLE 1 NEW SET Set this parameter equal to the name of
74. all time If this parameter is omitted the elevation of the structure is compared against the instantaneous free surface to check for fluid surface penetration QUADRATIC Include this parameter to indicate that quadratic interpolation of the wave data is used to determine information between grid points If this parameter is omitted linear interpolation is used Optional parameter for TYPE USER STOCHASTIC Include this parameter to make the intermediate configuration available to user subroutine UWAVE Set this parameter equal to a random number seed for use in stochastic analysis If this parameter is omitted or is included without a value a default value of 0 0 is used for the random number seed This value is passed into user subroutine UWAVE It is not used otherwise by Abaqus Aqua Data line to define Stokes fifth order waves TYPE STOKES First and only line 1 Wave height A 2 Period of wave 3 4 Direction cosines giving the direction oftravel ofthe wave d In three dimensional cases both Phase angle in degrees x and y components are needed in two dimensional cases only the z component is used in that case 1 means the wave travels in the direction of zincreasing and 1 means a component traveling in the direction of x decreasing Data lines to define Airy waves TYPE AIRY First line 1 Wave component amplitude ay Wavelength of this component default or wave period
75. can be defined only if the RATIOS option is used with the SWELLING option First field variable 6 Second field variable 7 Etc up to four field variables Js ps Un 17 9 1 RATIOS Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the anisotropic swelling ratios on temperature and other field variables 17 9 2 REACTION RATE 17 10 REACTION RATE Define the reaction rate for an ignition and growth equation of state This option is used to define the reaction rate for an ignition and growth equation of state It is required when the EOS TYPE IGNITION AND GROWTH option is used The REACTION RATE option should appear immediately after the EOS or the GAS SPECIFIC HEAT option Products Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Equation of state Section 22 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define the reaction rate First line 1 Initial pressure I Units of T 2 Product co volume a Dimensionless 3 Exponent on the unreacted fraction ignition term b Dimensionless 4 Exponent ignition term x Dimensionless 5 First burn rate coefficient G4 Un
76. com ADCOM Givataim Tel 972 3 7325311 shmulik keidar adcomsim co il Lainate MI Tel 39 02 39211211 simulia ity info 3ds com Tokyo Tel 81 3 5442 6300 simulia tokyo support 3ds com Osaka Tel 81 6 4803 5020 simulia osaka support 3ds com Yokohama shi Kanagawa Tel 81 45 470 9381 isight jp info 3ds com Mapo Gu Seoul Tel 82 2 785 6707 8 simulia kr info 3ds com Puerto Madero Buenos Aires Tel 54 11 4312 8700 Horacio Burbridge 3ds com WorleyParsons Advanced Analysis Kuala Lumpur Tel 603 2039 9000 abaqus my worleyparsons com Matrix Applied Computing Ltd Auckland Tel 64 9 623 1223 abaqus tech matrix co nz BudSoft Sp z o o Poznan Tel 48 61 8508 466 info budsoft com pl TESIS Ltd Moscow Tel 7 495 612 44 22 info tesis com ru Vasteras Sweden Tel 46 21 150870 simulia nordic info 3ds com WorleyParsons Advanced Analysis Singapore Tel 65 6735 8444 abaqus sg worleyparsons com Finite Element Analysis Services Pty Ltd Parklands Tel 27 21 556 6462 feas feas co za Principia Ingenieros Consultores S A Madrid Tel 34 91 209 1482 simulia principia es Simutech Solution Corporation Taipei R O C Tel 886 2 2507 9550 lucille simutech com tw WorleyParsons Advanced Analysis Singapore Tel 65 6735 8444 abaqus sg worleyparsons com A Ztech Ltd Istanbul Tel 90 216 361 8850 info a ztech com tr Warrington Tel 44 1 925 830900 simulia uk info 3ds com Sevenoaks Tel 44 1 732 834930 simul
77. data items on the line are ignored Total number of points in the frequency range at which results should be given including the end points The minimum value is 2 If the value given is less than 2 or omitted the default value of 20 points is assumed Bias parameter This parameter is useful only if results are requested at four or more frequency points It is used to bias the results points toward the ends of the intervals so that better resolution is obtained there The default bias parameter is 1 0 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define frequency ranges in which results are required Data lines for a steady state dynamics analysis if INTERVAL SPREAD First line Lower limit of frequency range or a single frequency in cycles time Upper limit of frequency range in cycles time If this value is given as zero it is assumed that results are required at only one frequency and the remaining data items on the line are ignored Number of equally spaced points around the eigenfrequency at which results should be given including the eigenfrequency and end points The minimum value is 3 If the value given is less than 3 or omitted the default value of 3 points is assumed Bias parameter If the value given is different than 1 0 the bias parameter is reset to 1 0 5 Frequency scale factor All the frequency points are scaled by this factor The default frequency scale factor is 1 0 Frequen
78. data lines define the various line circular and parabolic segments see below for their format that form the profile of the analytical surface Data lines to define surfaces created with TYPE REVOLUTION First line leave blank if this surface is being defined within a part 1 Global X coordinate of point the origin of the local 2 system see Figure 18 47 2 Global Y coordinate of point a the origin of the local r z system Global Z coordinate of point a the origin of the local r z system Global X coordinate of point b on the symmetry axis the local z axis Global Y coordinate of point b on the symmetry axis the local z axis DD UU A UN Global Z coordinate of point b on the symmetry axis the local z axis Second line 1 The word START 2 Local r coordinate of the starting point of the line segments 3 Local z coordinate of the starting point of the line segments Third and subsequent data lines define the various line circular and parabolic segments see below for their format that form the profile of the analytical surface Data lines that define the line segments that form the analytical surface for TYPE SEGMENTS TYPE CYLINDER and TYPE REVOLUTION Data line to define a straight line segment 1 The word LINE 18 47 7 SURFACE 2 3 x coordinate of the end point of the line y coordinate of the end point of the line Data line to define a circular arc segment t
79. data to define an elastomeric foam References Hyperelastic behavior in elastomeric foams Section 19 5 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e HYPERFOAM 16 11 2 PLANAR TEST DATA There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to specify planar test data for a hyperfoam First line 1 Nominal stress 2 Nominal strain in the direction of loading ep 3 Nominal transverse strain e3 Default is zero Not needed if the POISSON parameter is specified on the HYPERFOAM option Repeat this data line as often as necessary to give the stress strain data Using planar test data to define the Mullins effect material model References e Mullins effect in rubberlike materials Section 19 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Energy dissipation in elastomeric foams Section 19 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e MULLINS EFFECT There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to specify planar test data for defining the unloading reloading response of the Mullins effect material model First line 1 Nominal stress 2 Nominal strain in the direction of loading ep Repeat this data line as often as necessary to give the stress strain data 16 11 3 PLASTIC 16 12 PLASTIC Specify a metal plasticity model This option is used to specify the plastic part of the material model for elastic plastic materials that use the Mises or Hill yield surface
80. default is 1 x 10 Fourth line oU N Absolute step size control parameter Xaps The default is 1 x 10 Step size control exponent The step size jah is decreased or increased according to the error estimate Qy 1 2 Xabs jf lt At E E The default is 0 2 Depth magnitude of charge material d X direction cosine of fluid surface normal Y direction cosine of fluid surface normal Z direction cosine of fluid surface normal 20 2 2 UNIAXIAL 20 3 UNIAXIAL Characterize fabric materials through loading and unloading test data This option is used to indicate the start of shear or uniaxial test data along a particular direction to define the behavior of a fabric material It must be used in conjunction with the FABRIC option Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Model References e Fabric material behavior Section 20 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FABRIC e LOADING DATA e UNLOADING DATA Required parameter COMPONENT Set COMPONENT 1 to define uniaxial behavior of fabric fibers in the fill direction Set COMPONENT 2 to define uniaxial behavior of fabric fibers in the warp direction Set COMPONENT SHEAR to define shear response of the fabric There are no data lines associated with this option 20 3 1 UNIAXIAL TEST DATA 20 4 UNIAXIAL TEST DATA Used to provide uniaxial test data compression and or tension This option is
81. default is a STEP function for cavity radiation analysis and a RAMP function for steady state transport analysis TYPE This parameter is used to specify whether the magnitude is in the form of a displacement or a velocity Set TYPE DISPLACEMENT default for cavity radiation analysis to give translational or rotational displacement values Set TYPE VELOCITY only type available for steady state transport and static analysis to give translational or rotational velocities Velocity histories for cavity radiation problems can be specified as illustrated in the discussion on prescribing large rotations in Cavity radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Data lines to define translational motion TRANSLATION First line 1 Node set label or node number 2 First translational component of motion prescribed only degrees of freedom 1 2 or 3 can be entered See Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a definition of the numbering of degrees of freedom in Abaqus 3 Last translational component of motion prescribed only degrees of freedom 1 2 or 3 can be entered This field can be left blank if motion for only one component is being prescribed 4 Magnitude of the translational displacement or velocity This magnitude will be modified by the AMPLITUDE specification if the AMPLITUDE parameter is used Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define translational motion fo
82. define the distance as a fraction of the rigid element s thickness from the element s midsurface to the reference surface containing the element s nodes Since no element level calculations are performed for rigid elements a specified offset affects only the handling of contact pairs with rigid surfaces formed by rigid elements This parameter accepts positive or negative values or the labels SPOS or SNEG The positive values of the offset are in the direction of the element normal When OFFSET 0 5 or SPOS the top surface of the rigid element is the reference surface When OFFSET 0 5 or SNEG 17 18 2 RIGID BODY the bottom surface of the rigid element is the reference surface The default is OFFSET 0 which indicates that the middle surface of the rigid element is the reference surface There are no data lines associated with this option in an Abaqus Standard analysis Data line for R2D2 elements in an Abaqus Explicit analysis First and only line 1 Cross sectional area of the element The default is 0 Data line for RAX2 R3D3 and R3D4 elements in an Abaqus Explicit analysis First and only line 1 Thickness of the element The default is 0 17 18 3 RIGID SURFACE 17 19 RIGID SURFACE Define an analytical rigid surface This option must be used when defining the seabed for three dimensional drag chain elements in Abaqus Standard analyses For all other cases the preferred options for defining analytical
83. each backstress k Only needed if the NUMBER BACKSTRESSES parameter has a value greater than 1 5 Temperature 6 First field variable 7 Second field variable 8 Etc up to eight entries per line Subsequent lines only needed if the number of entries is greater than eight 1 Etc up to eight entries per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of yield stress and kinematic hardening parameters and on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines for HARDENING KINEMATIC First line 1 Yield stress 2 Plastic strain 16 12 3 PLASTIC 3 Temperature if temperature dependent Repeat this data line a maximum of two times to define linear kinematic hardening independent of temperature Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define a variation of the linear kinematic hardening modulus with respect to temperature Data line for HARDENING JOHNSON COOK First and only line sb Melting temperature DAR WN Transition temperature Otransition Data lines for HARDENING USER with PROPERTIES First line 1 Give the hardening properties eight per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define all hardening properties 16 12 4 PLASTIC AXIAL 16 13 PLASTIC AXIAL Define plastic axial force for frame elements This option can be used only in conjunction with the FRAME SECTION
84. element size in the surfaces of the original sector depending on whether node to surface or surface to surface type of constraints are used respectively 4 Include the word SURFACE default to generate a surface to surface type of constraint or the word NODE to generate a node to surface type of constraint Repeat the subsequent data line as often as necessary to define more pairs of corresponding surfaces on each side of the original sector Constraints between the neighboring pairs of corresponding surfaces will be applied with the automatically generated TIE option when the periodic three dimensional model is generated Data line if REFLECT LINE First and only line 1 X coordinate of point a 2 Y coordinate of point a 3 Z coordinate of point a 4 X coordinate of point b 5 Y coordinate of point b 6 Z coordinate of point b Data lines if REFLECT PLANE First line 1 X coordinate of point a 2 Y coordinate of point a 3 Z coordinate of point a 4 X coordinate of point b 5 Y coordinate of point b 6 Z coordinate of point b 18 56 4 Second line 1 2 3 SYMMETRIC MODEL GENERATION X coordinate of point c Y coordinate of point c Z coordinate of point c Data lines if the REVOLVE parameter is included First line 1 2 3 4 5 6 Second line 1 2 3 Third line X coordinate of point a Y coordinate of point a Z coordinate of point a X coordinate of point b
85. equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be written to the results file at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output 17 2 1 RADIATION FILE Data lines to request results file output First line 1 Give the identifying keys for the variables to be written to the results file for this request The keys are defined in the Surface variables section of Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the surface variables to be written to the results file for the specified cavity surface or element set If this line is omitted the default variables will be used 17 2 2 RADIATION OUTPUT 17 3 RADIATION OUTPUT Define output database requests for cavity radiation variables This option is used to write cavity radiation variables to the output database It must be used in conjunction with the OUTPUT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e OUTPUT Optional mutually exclusive parameters if not specified output will be provided for all cavities in the model CAVITY Set this parameter equal to the name of the cavity for which this output req
86. foam plasticity model Set TYPE YIELD RATIO to enter yield stress ratios If this option is used in conjunction with the CRUSHABLE FOAM option the static hardening relation must be defined on the CRUSHABLE FOAM HARDENING option 17 8 1 RATE DEPENDENT Data lines to define the overstress power law parameters TYPE POWER LAW First line D n 1 2 3 Temperature 4 First field variable 5 Second field variable 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the material parameters on temperature and other field variables Data line to define the Johnson Cook rate parameters TYPE JOHNSON COOK First and only line 1 C 2 o Data lines to define yield stress ratios TYPE YIELD RATIO First line 1 Yield stress ratio R a o 2 Equivalent plastic strain rate 27 or p the absolute value of the axial plastic strain rate in uniaxial compression for the crushable foam model Temperature First field variable Second field variable Un d U 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repe
87. for a discussion of the default penalty stiffness and penetration tolerance associated with this method the default penalty stiffness used by this method is often stiffer than that with the straight penalty method You can specify or modify the penalty stiffness on the data line DIRECT This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses 18 48 1 SURFACE BEHAVIOR Include this parameter to choose direct enforcement of contact constraints without approximation or use of augmentation iterations PENALTY This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses with a default hard pressure overclosure relationship Set PENALTY LINEAR default to choose the linear penalty method for enforcement of the contact constraint See Contact constraint enforcement methods in Abaqus Standard Section 34 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a discussion of the default linear penalty stiffness You can specify or modify the penalty stiffness on the data line Set PENALTY NONLINEAR to choose the nonlinear penalty method for enforcement of the contact constraint See Contact constraint enforcement methods in Abaqus Standard Section 34 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a discussion of the default nonlinear penalty stiffness You can specify or modify the final nonlinear penalty stiffness and other nonlinear penalty control parameters on the data line Optional parameters NO SEPARATION Include this param
88. if REGULARIZE OFF The RTOL parameter also applies to any subsequent unloading data defined using the UNLOADING DATA option TYPE Set TYPE DAMAGE to define a damage elasticity model TYPE DAMAGE must be used in conjunction with the DIRECTION parameter Set TYPE ELASTIC default to define a nonlinear elastic model with or without rate dependency 12 3 2 LOADING DATA Set TYPE PERMANENT DEFORMATION to define models that exhibit permanent deformation plasticity upon unloading TYPE PERMANENT DEFORMATION must be used in conjunction with the DIRECTION parameter Rate independent elastic models do not require the definition of unloading data Nonelastic models and rate dependent models require the specification of unloading behavior using the UNLOADING DATA option The following parameters are optional and can be used only with TYPE ELASTIC RATE DEPENDENT Include this parameter equal to define rate dependent loading data If this parameter is omitted the data are assumed to be rate independent RATE INTERPOLATION Set RATE INTERPOLATION LINEAR default to use linear intervals for the relative motion rate while interpolating rate dependent loading data Set RATE INTERPOLATION LOGARITHMIC to use logarithmic intervals for the equivalent relative motion rate while interpolating rate dependent loading data This parameter is ignored if the RATE DEPENDENT parameter is omitted The following parameter is optional and can be used on
89. immediately after the time dictated by the NUMBER INTERVAL parameter OVERLAY This parameter specifies that only one increment should be retained per step thus minimizing the storage space needed When the OVERLAY parameter is included each increment written overlays the previous increment if any written for the same step If this parameter is omitted data are retained for every increment In either case the last increment of every step is retained There are no data lines associated with this option Using RESTART in an Abaqus Explicit analysis Reference e Restarting an analysis Section 9 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual At least one of the following parameters is required READ Include this parameter to specify that this analysis is a restart of a previous analysis The basic model definition data elements materials nodes cannot be changed at such a restart However element sets node sets and AMPLITUDE tables can be added and history data subsequent to that part of the history already analyzed can be changed WRITE Include this parameter to specify that restart data are to be written during the analysis Required parameter if the READ parameter is used STEP Set this parameter equal to the step number at which the restart will be made If the END STEP and INTERVAL parameters are omitted the analysis will resume after the last interval available in this step 17 16 3 RESTART Optional par
90. in a SUBSTRUCTURE GENERATE analysis Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step Reference Defining substructures Section 10 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter SORTED Set SORTED NO to prevent the retained nodes from being sorted The ordering of the nodes when using a substructure is then the same as the ordering used when specifying the retained nodes The default is SORTED YES the retained nodes are sorted into ascending numerical order Data lines to define the retained degrees of freedom First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 First degree of freedom to be retained 3 Last degree of freedom to be retained If only the node number or node set label is given all degrees of freedom will be retained Repeat this data line as often as necessary to list all degrees of freedom to be retained 17 17 1 RIGID BODY 17 18 RIGID BODY Define a set of elements as a rigid body and define rigid element properties This option is used to bind a set of elements and or a set of nodes and or an analytical surface into a rigid body and assign a reference node to the rigid body which can optionally be declared as an isothermal rigid body for fully coupled thermal stress analysis It is also used to specify density thickness and offset for rigid elements that are part of a rigid body in an Abaqus Explicit analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type
91. in either ascending or descending order if the SMOOTH parameter is used First line 1 Pressure p 2 Volume ratio J current volume original volume Repeat this data line as often as necessary Data lines to specify volumetric test data for the Marlow model the volume ratios must be arranged in descending order if the SMOOTH parameter is used First line Pressure p Volume ratio J Temperature 0 First field variable Second field variable AU RU F2 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the test data as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables The volume ratios must be given in descending order Hyperfoam material model References e Hyperelastic behavior in elastomeric foams Section 19 5 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual HYPERFOAM 21 8 2 VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to specify volumetric test data for a hyperfoam First line 1 Pressure p 2 Volume ratio J current volume original volume Repeat this data line as often as necessary Viscoelastic material model References e Time domain viscoelasticity Section 19 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s
92. included in ALL or PRESELECT cannot be controlled by the parameters or data lines of the individual output options To get the desired output behavior of a particular variable in an individual output option the particular variable must be listed in that individual output option 15 3 3 OUTPUT The following parameter is optional and valid only if the HISTORY parameter is included SENSOR Include this parameter to associate this history output request with a sensor definition The name of the associated sensor is given by the NAME parameter Data lines to list desired eigenmodes if the MODE LIST parameter is included First line 1 Specify a list of desired eigenmodes Repeat this data line as often as necessary Up to 16 entries are allowed per line Using OUTPUT in an Abaqus Explicit analysis References e Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Abaqus Explicit output variable identifiers Section 4 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Overview of job diagnostics Section 39 1 of the Abaqus CAE User s Manual e CONTACT OUTPUT e ELEMENT OUTPUT e ENERGY OUTPUT e INCREMENTATION OUTPUT e NODE OUTPUT TIME POINTS One of the following mutually exclusive parameters is required DIAGNOSTICS Set DIAGNOSTICS YES default to indicate that detailed diagnostic information should be written to the output database Set DIAGNOSTICS NO to suppress the output
93. included in the definition of the solubility If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the solubility is constant or that it depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define solubility First line Solubility Units of PLF Temperature 6 First field variable Second field variable BW Ne Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the solubility as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 18 23 1 SOLUTION TECHNIQUE 18 24 SOLUTION TECHNIQUE Specify alternative solution methods This option is used to specify the quasi Newton method instead of the standard Newton method for solving nonlinear equations to specify a separated solution scheme for COUPLED TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT and COUPLED THERMAL ELECTRICAL procedures or to specify that contact iterations should be executed instead of regular severe discontinuity iterations Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Fully coupled thermal stress analysis Section 6 5 4 of
94. is included on the DYNAMIC or the STATIC option It is also relevant when a fully coupled thermal stress analysis is conducted using the COUPLED TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT or DYNAMIC TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Adiabatic analysis Section 6 5 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Fully coupled thermal stress analysis Section 6 5 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to define the inelastic heat fraction First and only line 1 Fraction of inelastic dissipation rate that appears as a heat flux per unit volume The fraction may include a unit conversion factor if required The default value is 0 9 9 16 1 INERTIA RELIEF 9 17 INERTIA RELIEF Apply inertia based load balancing This option is used to apply inertia based loads on a free or partially constrained body Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module References e Inertia relief Section 11 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Distributed loads Section 30 4 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the name given to the ORIENTATION definition Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual
95. is omitted the stabilization algorithm is not activated If this parameter is included without a specified value the default value of the dissipated energy fraction is 2 x 1074 and the adaptive automatic damping algorithm will be activated by default with ALLSDTOL 0 05 in this step set ALLSDTOL 0 to deactivate the adaptive automatic damping algorithm If the FACTOR parameter is used any value of the dissipated energy fraction will be overridden by the damping factor Data line to define a steady state transport analysis First and only line 1 Initial time increment This value will be modified as required if the automatic time stepping scheme is used or will be used as the constant time increment if the DIRECT parameter is used 2 Time period of the step 3 Minimum time increment allowed Only used for automatic time incrementation If Abaqus Standard finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value the analysis is terminated If this entry is zero a default value of the smaller of the suggested initial time increment or 10 times the total time period is assumed 4 Maximum time increment allowed Only used for automatic time incrementation If this value is not specified no upper limit is imposed 18 35 3 STEP 18 36 STEP Begin a step This option is used to begin each step definition It must be followed by a procedure definition option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data
96. labels Up to 16 entries are allowed per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary Data lines to define the driven boundary for acoustic to structure submodeling First line 1 The name of the element based structural surface Repeat this data line as often as necessary 18 38 2 SUBMODEL Data lines to define the driven surfaces for surface based submodeling First line 1 The name of the element based surface Repeat this data line as often as necessary 18 38 3 SUBSTRUCTURE COPY 18 39 SUBSTRUCTURE COPY Copy a substructure definition This option is used to copy a substructure definition from one library to another or from one substructure identifier to another within one library Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level This option is not supported in a model defined in terms of an assembly of part instances Reference Using substructures Section 10 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters NEW TYPE Set this parameter equal to the TYPE identifier of the substructure being created OLD TYPE Set this parameter equal to the TYPE identifier of the substructure being copied Optional parameters NEW LIBRARY Set this parameter equal to the name of the substructure library in which the substructure is stored The default library name is jobname OLD LIBRARY Set this parameter equal to the name of the substructure library from which the substructure 1s be
97. library There are no data lines associated with this option 18 41 1 SUBSTRUCTURE GENERATE 18 42 SUBSTRUCTURE GENERATE Substructure generation analysis This option is used to indicate that the step should be analyzed as a substructure generation step Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level This option is not supported in a model defined in terms of an assembly of part instances Reference Defining substructures Section 10 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter TYPE Set this parameter equal to the identifier to be assigned to this substructure in a substructure library The identifier must be Z followed by a number that cannot exceed 9999 Substructure identifiers must be unique within a library If a substructure already exists in the library with this same identifier the analysis will terminate with an error message unless the OVERWRITE parameter is specified Optional parameters ELSET If element output recovery is needed including all element nodes in the selective recovery node set generally is insufficient since an element can have Abaqus internal nodes Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set that contains all the elements in the regions of the substructure where you want to recover results GRAVITY LOAD Set GRAVITY LOAD YES to calculate the substructure s gravity load vectors The default is GRAVITY LOAD NO LIBRARY Set this parameter equal
98. line Norm type Norm tolerance The default tolerance is 005 Global X coordinate of a point on the exit plane Global Y coordinate of a point on the exit plane Global Z coordinate of a point on the exit plane Du FW Do Rigid body reference node number 18 321 STEADY STATE CRITERIA 7 First direction cosine of force or torque norm output at the reference node 8 Second direction cosine of force or torque norm output at the reference node 9 Third direction cosine of force or torque norm output at the reference node Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line defines a criterion that must be satisfied to achieve steady state 18 32 2 STEADY STATE DETECTION 18 33 STEADY STATE DETECTION Specify steady state requirements for terminating a quasi static uni directional simulation This option is used to define the conditions that must be satisfied to determine that steady state has been reached It must be used in conjunction with the STEADY STATE CRITERIA option Product Abaqus Explicit Type History data Level Step References e Steady state detection Section 11 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e STEADY STATE CRITERIA Required parameters ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which this steady state detection definition is being applied SAMPLING
99. model from nonstructural features This option is used to include the mass contribution from nonstructural features in the model The nonstructural mass can be applied over an element set that contains solid shell membrane surface beam or truss elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Property module and Interaction module Reference e Nonstructural mass definition Section 2 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the elements over which a given nonstructural mass is to be distributed UNITS Set UNITS TOTAL MASS to specify the nonstructural mass in the units of mass Set UNITS MASS PER VOLUME to specify the nonstructural mass in the units of mass per unit volume Set UNITS MASS PER AREA to specify the nonstructural mass in the units of mass per unit area This value is valid only for an element set that contains conventional shells membranes and or surface elements Set UNITS MASS PER LENGTH to specify the nonstructural mass in the units of mass per unit length This value is valid only for an element set that contains beam and or truss elements Optional parameter DISTRIBUTION This parameter is relevant only when UNITS TOTAL MASS Set DISTRIBUTION MASS PROPORTIONAL default to distribute the total n
100. node First line 1 Node number 2 First coordinate of the node 3 Second coordinate of the node 14 9 1 NODE 4 Third coordinate of the node 5 First direction cosine of the normal at the node optional 6 Second direction cosine of the normal at the node optional For nodes entered in a cylindrical or spherical system this entry is an angle given in degrees 7 Third direction cosine of the normal at the node optional For nodes entered in a spherical system this entry is an angle given in degrees The normal will be used only for element types with rotational degrees of freedom See Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary Rectangular Cartesian default Cylindrical Spherical and are given in degrees Figure 14 9 1 Coordinate systems 14 9 2 NODE FILE 14 10 NODE FILE Define results file requests for nodal data This option is used to choose the nodal variables that will be written to the results 11 file in an Abaqus Standard analysis or to the selected results sel file in an Abaqus Explicit analysis In an Abaqus Explicit analysis it must be used in conjunction with the FILE OUTPUT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Unsupported Abaqus CAE reads output from the output database file only References Output to the data and r
101. of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e COMBINED TEST DATA e SHEAR TEST DATA e TRS e VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA Required mutually exclusive parameters FREQUENCY This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Use this parameter to choose the frequency domain definition In this case the material s long term elasticity must be defined using the ELASTIC or the HYPERELASTIC option Set FREQUENCY CREEP TEST DATA to define the frequency domain response using a Prony series representation of the relaxation moduli if the Prony series parameters are to be computed from shear and volumetric creep test data Set FREQUENCY FORMULA to define the dissipative material parameters by the power law formula Set FREQUENCY PRONY to define the frequency domain response using a Prony series representation of the relaxation moduli by specifying the Prony series parameters Set FREQUENCY RELAXATION TEST DATA to define the frequency domain response using a Prony series representation of the relaxation moduli if the Prony series parameters are to be computed from shear and volumetric relaxation test data Set FREQUENCY TABULAR to provide tabular definition of the frequency domain response 21 5 1 VISCOELASTIC TIME Use this parameter to choose the time domain definition In this case the material s elasticity must be defined using the ELASTIC the HYPERELASTIC or the HYPERFOAM option Set TIME CREEP TEST DATA if the Prony series p
102. of the automatic damping algorithm see Solving nonlinear problems Section 7 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted the stabilization algorithm is not activated If this parameter is included without a specified value the default value of the dissipated energy fraction is 2 x 10 and the adaptive automatic damping algorithm will be activated by default with ALLSDTOL 0 05 in this step set ALLSDTOL 0 to deactivate the adaptive automatic damping algorithm If the FACTOR parameter is used any value of the dissipated energy fraction will be overridden by the damping factor 21 3 2 visco Data line for a transient quasi static analysis First and only line 1 Suggested initial time increment This value should be reasonably correct in agreement with the strain change allowed with the CETOL parameter but may be reduced if automatic time incrementation is being used 2 Time period of the step 3 Minimum time increment allowed If Abaqus Standard finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value the analysis is terminated If this entry is zero a default value of the smaller of the suggested initial time increment or 10 times the total time period is assumed 4 Maximum time increment allowed Only used for automatic time incrementation If this value is not specified no upper limit is imposed 21 3 3 VISCOSITY 21 4 VISCOSITY Specify material shear viscosity This optio
103. omitted the last step and increment for which a solution is available will be read UNBALANCED STRESS Set UNBALANCED STRESS RAMP default if the stress unbalance is to be resolved linearly over the step Set UNBALANCED STRESS STEP if the stress unbalance is to be resolved in the first increment Data line to translate an old model mesh First and only line 1 Value of the translation to be applied in the X direction 2 Value of the translation to be applied in the Y direction 3 Value of the translation to be applied in the Z direction Data lines to translate and or rotate an old model mesh First line 1 Value of the translation to be applied in the X direction 13 1 1 MAP SOLUTION 2 Value of the translation to be applied in the Y direction 3 Value of the translation to be applied in the Z direction Enter values of zero to apply a pure rotation Second line X coordinate of point a on the axis of rotation see Figure 13 1 1 Y coordinate of point a on the axis of rotation Z coordinate of point a on the axis of rotation X coordinate of point b on the axis of rotation Y coordinate of point b on the axis of rotation Z coordinate of point b on the axis of rotation ND WN fF WN Angle of rotation about the axis a b in degrees If both translation and rotation are specified translation is applied before rotation Figure 13 1 1 Rotation of an old model mesh 13 1 2 MASS
104. only 3 Damping factor s Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define modal damping for different modes Data lines to define a fraction of critical damping by specifying frequency ranges MODAL DIRECT and DEFINITION FREQUENCY RANGE First line 1 Frequency value in cycles time 2 Fraction of critical damping Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define modal damping for different frequencies Abaqus will interpolate linearly between frequencies and keep the damping value constant and equal to the closest specified value outside the frequency range Data lines to define Rayleigh damping by specifying frequency ranges RAYLEIGH and DEFINITION FREQUENCY RANGE First line 1 Frequency value in cycles time 2 Mass proportional damping 13 11 3 MODAL DAMPING 3 Stiffness proportional damping Bm Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define modal damping for different frequencies Abaqus will interpolate linearly between frequencies and keep the damping value constant and equal to the closest specified value outside the frequency range Data lines to define structural damping by specifying frequency ranges STRUCTURAL and DEFINITION FREQUENCY RANGE First line 1 Frequency value in cycles time 2 Damping factor s Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define modal damping for different frequencies Abaqus will interpolate linearly between frequencies and
105. only for two dimensional cases Set TYPE 3D to create a cavity composed of the cavity surface defined in the model and a series of similar images generated by its repetition according to a three dimensional distance vector The repeated images are bounded by planes parallel to plane abc see Figure 16 5 2 The distance vector must be defined so that it points away from plane abc and into the domain of the model This option can be used only for three dimensional cases Set TYPE ZDIR to create a cavity composed of the cavity surface defined in the model and a series of similar images generated by its repetition in the z direction The repeated images are bounded by lines of constant z coordinate see Figure 16 5 3 The z distance vector must be defined so that it points away from the z constant periodic symmetry reference line and into the domain of the model This option can be used only for axisymmetric cases Optional parameter NR Set this parameter equal to the number of repetitions used in the numerical calculation of the cavity viewfactors resulting from the periodic symmetry The result of this symmetry is a cavity composed ofthe cavity surface defined in the model plus twice NR similar images since the periodic symmetry is assumed to apply both in the positive and negative directions of the distance vector The default value is NR 2 16 5 1 PERIODIC Data line to define periodic symmetry of a two dimensional cavity TYPE 2D
106. or element set label Initial equivalent plastic strain amp o First value of the initial first backstress a19 Second value of the initial first backstress oa ee Un BW Nel Etc up to six backstress components Subsequent lines only needed if the NUMBER BACKSTRESSES parameter has a value greater than one 1 First value of the initial second backstress o22 2 Second value of the initial second backstress 28 3 Etc backstress components for each backstress must be specified on a separate data line The backstress components are relevant only for the kinematic hardening models Give the backstress components as defined for this element type in Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Values given on the data lines are applied uniformly over the element In any element for which an ORIENTATION option applies backstresses must be given in the local system Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the hardening parameters for various elements or element sets Data lines to prescribe initial volumetric compacting plastic strain for the crushable foam model using TYPE HARDENING First line 1 Element number or element set label pl vol 2 Initial volumetric compacting plastic strain Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the initial volumetric compacting plastic str
107. orientation definition for material calculations in the individual layers of a composite shell by referencing an orientation definition or giving an orientation angle 18 15 2 SHELL SECTION in degrees positive counterclockwise relative to the shell local directions on each layer definition data line Any layer definition line that does not have an orientation reference or an angle specified will use the orientation defined here While an orientation defined with a distribution can be used to specify the overall orientation for the shell section an orientation defined with a distribution cannot be specified on the layers of a composite shell POISSON Include this parameter to define the shell thickness direction behavior Set this parameter equal to a nonzero value to cause the thickness direction strain under plane stress conditions to be a linear function of the membrane strains The value of the POISSON parameter must be between 1 0 and 0 5 Set POISSON ELASTIC to automatically select this parameter value based on the initial elastic part of the material definition Set POISSON MATERIAL in an Abaqus Explicit analysis to cause the thickness direction strain under plane stress conditions to be a function of the membrane strains and the in plane material properties In Abaqus Standard the default is POISSON 0 5 in Abaqus Explicit the default is POISSON MATERIAL SECTION INTEGRATION Set SECTION INTEGRATION SIMPSON default to us
108. other than temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the material properties are constant or depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information DEVIATORIC ECCENTRICITY Set this parameter equal to the flow potential eccentricity in the deviatoric plane e This feature allows the shape of flow potential in the deviatoric stress space to be controlled independently of the angle of friction If this parameter is omitted the deviatoric eccentricity is calculated by default as e 3 sin 3 sin where is the Mohr Coulomb angle of friction defined on the data lines The range of values e can have is 1 2 e lt 1 ECCENTRICITY Set this parameter equal to the flow potential eccentricity in the meridional plane e The meridional eccentricity 1s a small positive number that defines the rate at which the flow potential approaches its asymptote The default is e 0 1 13 17 1 MOHR COULOMB Data lines to define a Mohr Coulomb plasticity model First line 1 Friction angle at high confining pressure in the p R q plane Give the value in degrees The friction angle can range from 0 lt lt 89 9 2 Dilation angle at high confining pressure in the p Rmwq plane Give the value in degrees The dilation angle can range from 0 lt y lt 89 99 Abaqus will set 7 t
109. parameter is omitted it is assumed that the plasticity property values are constant or depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines for TYPE SAND First line Va yield strength in pure tension 1 constant for yield surface shape Ag constant for yield surface shape soil friction angle in degrees soil unit weight QN Un FB WN Temperature 10 3 1 JOINT PLASTICITY 7 First field variable 8 Second field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than two 1 Third field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the plastic behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines for TYPE CLAY First line Su undrained shear strength of the clay a hardening parameter b hardening parameter hardening parameter Temperature First field variable Second field variable Third field variable So tn FW Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the plastic behavior
110. parameters depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information JOINT DIRECTION Set this parameter equal to the name of the ORIENTATION used to define the direction of a joint system This use of the ORIENTATION option does not affect the output of components of stress and strain it only defines the joint orientation in the original configuration Omit this parameter to give the bulk material failure parameters The JOINT DIRECTION parameter cannot be used with the SHEAR RETENTION parameter NO SEPARATION Include this parameter to prevent the joint from opening This parameter must be used in conjunction with the JOINT DIRECTION parameter SHEAR RETENTION Include this parameter to define shear retention in open joints If this parameter is omitted zero shear retention is assumed The SHEAR RETENTION parameter cannot be used with the JOINT DIRECTION parameter 10 4 1 JOINTED MATERIAL Data lines defining failure surface and flow parameters SHEAR RETENTION omitted First line Md OQ Uta FW NY Angle of friction 8 for this system Give the value in degrees Dilation angle 4 for this system Give the value in degrees Cohesion d for this system Units of F L Temperature First field variable Second field variable Etc up to four field variables Subseque
111. per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of hydrostatic cutoff stress as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 19 2 2 TENSION CUTOFF 19 3 TENSION CUTOFF Specify tension cutoff data for the Mohr Coulomb plasticity model This option is used to specify tension cutoff data to limit the load carrying capacity of the Mohr Coulomb plasticity model near the tensile region This option must be used in conjunction with MOHR COULOMB and MOHR COULOMB HARDENING options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Mohr Coulomb plasticity Section 20 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e MOHR COULOMB e MOHR COULOMB HARDENING Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the tension cutoff stress in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the tensile yield stress depends only on the plastic strain and possibly on temperature Data lines to define tension cutoff First data line 1 Yield stress in uniaxial tension o Corresponding plastic strain The first tabular value entered must always be zero Temperature First field variable Second field variable D WU A U N Etc up to five field variables Subsequent data lines onl
112. property definitions such as CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR and FLUID BEHAVIOR Material names adhere to the naming convention for labels see Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual except that they cannot begin with a number Optional parameters RTOL This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the tolerance to be used for regularizing the material data The default is RTOL 0 03 SRATE FACTOR This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the factor used for filtering the equivalent plastic strain rate for the evaluation of strain rate dependent material data The default value is 0 9 STRAIN RATE REGULARIZATION This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses and is used only to regularize strain rate dependent material data 13 5 1 MATERIAL Set STRAIN RATE REGULARIZATION LOGARITHMIC default to use a logarithmic regularization for strain rate dependent material data Set STRAIN RATE REGULARIZATION LINEAR to use a linear regularization for strain rate dependent material data There are no data lines associated with this option 13 5 2 MATRIX 13 6 MATRIX Read in the stiffness or mass matrix for a linear user element This option can be used only in conjunction with the USER ELEMENT LINEAR option It is used to read in the stiffness or mass matrix for the user element It can be used once if only
113. required in UGENS Enter eight values per line for both real and integer values 18 14 7 SHELL SECTION 18 15 SHELL SECTION Specify a shell cross section This option is used to specify a shell cross section Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Property module References e Shell elements overview Section 26 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Using a shell section integrated during the analysis to define the section behavior Section 26 6 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the shell elements for which the section behavior is being defined Required mutually exclusive parameters COMPOSITE Include this parameter 1f the shell is made up of several layers of material MATERIAL Set this parameter equal to the name of the material of which the shell is made Optional parameters CONTROLS In an Abaqus Explicit analysis set this parameter equal to the name of a section controls definition see Section controls Section 24 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to be used to specify the second order accurate element formulation option a nondefault hourglass control formulation option or scale factors In an Abaqus Standard analysis set this parameter equal to the name of a section controls definition to be used to specify
114. set end The default is 1 Repeat this data line as often as necessary one line per region to be filled by this option 14 2 2 NGEN 14 3 NGEN Generate incremental nodes This option is used to generate nodes incrementally Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Not applicable nodes are generated when you mesh the model Reference e Node definition Section 2 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters LINE Set LINE P to generate the nodes along a parabola In this case the user must define an extra point the midpoint between the two end points Set LINE C to generate the nodes along a circular arc In this case the user must define an extra point the center of the circle If this parameter is omitted the nodes will be generated along a straight line NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of a node set to which the nodes will be assigned The two end nodes will also be included in the node set Node sets created or modified with this option will always be sorted SYSTEM Set SYSTEM RC default to define the extra node in a Cartesian coordinate system Set SYSTEM C to define the extra node in a cylindrical coordinate system Set SYSTEM S to define the extra node in a spherical coordinate system See Figure 14 3 1 Data lines to generate nodes incrementally First line 1 Number of the first end node it must hav
115. solid membrane finite strain shell elements with reduced integration and modified tetrahedral or triangular elements in Abaqus Standard and Abaqus Explicit Any data given on the data line will be ignored for this case Set HOURGLASS RELAX STIFFNESS default for Abaqus Explicit except for elements with hyperelastic and hyperfoam materials to use the integral viscoelastic form of hourglass control for all elements with reduced integration in Abaqus Explicit Set HOURGLASS STIFFNESS default for Abaqus Standard except for elements with hyperelastic and hyperfoam materials and modified tetrahedral or triangular elements to define hourglass control that is strictly elastic for all elements with reduced integration in Abaqus Standard and Abaqus Explicit and modified tetrahedral or triangular elements in Abaqus Standard Set HOURGLASS VISCOUS to define the hourglass damping used to control the hourglass modes for solid and membrane elements with reduced integration in Abaqus Explicit INITIAL GAP OPENING This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses using pore pressure cohesive elements Set this parameter equal to the value of the initial gap opening used in the tangential flow continuity equation for pore pressure cohesive elements The default value is 0 002 KINEMATIC SPLIT Include this parameter to change the kinematic formulation for 8 node brick elements only Set KINEMATIC SPLIT AVERAGE STRAIN default in Abaqus Explicit to us
116. state variables exist in the model 1 Value of eighth solution dependent state variable 2 Etc up to eight solution dependent state variables per line It may be necessary to leave blank data lines for some elements if any other element in the model has more solution dependent state variables because the total number of variables that Abaqus expects to read for any element is based on the maximum number of solution dependent state variables for all the elements in the model These trailing initial values will be zero and will not be used in the analysis Values given on the data lines will be applied uniformly over the element Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define initial values of solution dependent state variables for various elements or element sets 9 18 15 INITIAL CONDITIONS Data lines for TYPE SOLUTION REBAR First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Rebar name If this field is left blank the solution dependent state variables are applied to all rebars in these elements 3 Value of first solution dependent state variable 4 Value of second solution dependent state variable 5 Etc up to six solution dependent state variables Subsequent lines only needed if more than six solution dependent state variables exist in the model 1 Value of seventh solution dependent state variable 2 Etc up to eight solution dependent state variables per line It may be necessary to leave
117. than zero Leave blank if an overclosure factor first data item is specified 3 Stiffness scale factor s see Figure 18 48 3 which defines the geometric scaling of the base stiffness and must be greater than one 4 Initial stiffness scale factor sy see Figure 18 48 3 which defines an additional scale factor for the base default contact stiffness and must be greater than zero The default value is one Data lines for PRESSURE OVERCLOSURE TABULAR First line 1 Pressure 2 Overclosure Repeat this data line in ascending order of overclosure value as often as necessary to define the overclosure as a function of pressure A minimum of two data lines are required The pressure overclosure relationship is extrapolated beyond the last overclosure point by continuing the same slope see Figure 18 48 4 18 48 4 Initial stiffness SURFACE BEHAVIOR i Contact pressure Final stiffness K f K Clearance C dex Overclosure O pice o O secure os Penalty stiffness Clearance C Figure 18 48 1 d Overclosure e 0 d Nonlinear penalty pressure overclosure relationship 18 48 5 SURFACE BEHAVIOR Contact pressure Exponential pressure overclosure relationship Clearance C Overclosure Figure 18 48 2 Exponential pressure overclosure relationship i segment number Pressure Kan default stiffness Laiem element length
118. that the viscosity depends only on temperature See Using the DEPENDENCIES parameter to define field variable 21 4 1 VISCOSITY dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information PROPERTIES This parameter can be used only if DEFINITION USER is specified Set this parameter equal to the number of property values needed as data in user subroutine VUVISCOSITY The default value is 0 Data lines to define the Carreau Yasuda viscous shear behavior DEFINITION CARREAU YASUDA First line Shear viscosity at low shear rates Newtonian limit ro Units of FL T Shear viscosity at large shear rates o Units of FL T Time constant A Units of T Flow behavior index n a Temperature First field variable Second field variable O0 t RB QI Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than two 1 Third field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the coefficients of the Carreau Yasuda viscosity model as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the Cross viscous shear behavior DEFINITIONZCROSS First line Shear viscosity at low shear rates Newtonian limit no Units of FL T Shear viscosity at large shear rates nos Units of FL T Time const
119. the FREQUENCY parameter are omitted history output will be written at 200 equally spaced intervals throughout the step The FREQUENCY and TIME INTERVAL parameters are mutually exclusive for history data VARIABLE Set VARIABLE ALL to indicate that all variables applicable to this procedure and material type should be written to the output database Set VARIABLE PRESELECT to indicate that the default output variables for the current procedure type should be written to the output database Additional output requests can be defined with the output options used in conjunction with the OUTPUT option listed previously If this parameter is omitted only the variables requested for output with the individual output options will be written to the output database The output behavior of the variables included in ALL or PRESELECT cannot be controlled by the parameters or data lines of the individual output options To get the desired output behavior of a particular variable in an individual output option the particular variable must be listed in that individual output option There are no data lines associated with this option in Abaqus Explicit 15 3 6 16 P Q P Q PARAMETER 16 1 PARAMETER Define parameters for input parametrization This option is used to define parameters that can be used in place of Abaqus input quantities Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Model
120. the enhanced hourglass control formulation see Section controls 18 15 1 SHELL SECTION Section 24 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual or to be used in a subsequent Abaqus Explicit import analysis DENSITY Set this parameter equal to a mass per unit surface area of the shell If this parameter is used the mass of the shell includes a contribution from this parameter in addition to any contribution from the material definition LAYUP This parameter is relevant only when the COMPOSITE parameter is used Set this parameter equal to the name of a composite layup see Chapter 22 Composite layups of the Abaqus CAE User s Manual Abaqus CAE uses this name to identify the composite layup that contains the shell section NODAL THICKNESS Include this parameter to indicate that the shell thickness should not be read from the data lines but should be interpolated from the thickness specified at the nodes with the NODAL THICKNESS option For composite sections the total thickness is interpolated from the nodes and the thicknesses of the layers specified on the data lines are scaled proportionally This parameter is ignored for continuum shells The NODAL THICKNESS and SHELL THICKNESS parameters are mutually exclusive OFFSET Include this parameter to define the distance as a fraction of the shell thickness from the shell midsurface to the reference surface containing the nodes of the element This parameter ac
121. the mesh and 0 99 otherwise For cohesive elements connector elements and elements with plane stress formulations the default value is always 1 0 PERTURBATION This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to a small perturbation to be applied to the second orientation for the FLEXION TORSION connectors RAMP INITIAL STRESS This parameter applies to membrane elements in Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the name of a total time based amplitude defined to go from an initial value of zero to a final value of one When this parameter is specified the element stiffness is controlled until the amplitude value reaches its final value of one so that the initial stresses are introduced gradually and not abruptly SECOND ORDER ACCURACY Set SECOND ORDER ACCURACY YES to use a second order accurate formulation for solid or shell elements suitable for problems undergoing a large number of revolutions gt 5 in Abaqus Explicit This is the only option available for Abaqus Standard Set SECOND ORDER ACCURACY NO default in Abaqus Explicit to use the first order accurate solid or shell elements in Abaqus Explicit The SECOND ORDER ACCURACY parameter is not relevant for linear kinematics VISCOSITY This parameter applies to cohesive elements connector elements and elements with plane stress formulations plane stress shell continuum shell and membrane elements in Abaqus Standard ana
122. the rebar angular orientation Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line defines a layer of rebar 174 4 REBAR Data lines to define rebar in axisymmetric shell elements First line BW Ne Element number or name of the element set that contains these rebar Cross sectional area of each rebar Spacing of rebar in this rebar layer The default is 1 0 Position of the rebar in the shell section thickness direction This value is given as the distance of the rebar from the middle surface of the shell positive in the direction of the positive normal to the shell This value is modified if the NODAL THICKNESS parameter is included with the SHELL SECTION option of the underlying shell element Angular orientation of rebar from the meridional plane in degrees 0 is meridional 90 is circumferential Positive rotation is about the positive normal to the shell Radial position at which the spacing of the rebar is measured If this entry is nonzero it is assumed that the rebar spacing varies linearly with radial position If this entry is zero or blank the rebar spacing does not vary with position This entry has no meaning for circumferential rebar Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line defines a layer of rebar Data lines to define rebar in axisymmetric membrane elements First line WN Re Element number or name of the element set that contains these rebar Cross sect
123. this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference sink temperature is applied immediately at the beginning of the step For nonuniform films of type FNU which are available only in Abaqus Standard the sink temperature amplitude is defined in user subroutine FILM and AMPLITUDE references are ignored FILM AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the AMPLITUDE option that gives the variation of the film coefficient h with time If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference film coefficient is applied immediately at the beginning of the step and kept constant over the step independent of the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference sink temperature given on the data lines 1s applied throughout the step 18 8 1 SFILM The FILM AMPLITUDE parameter is ignored if a nonuniform film coefficient is defined in user subroutine FILM or if a film coefficient is defined to be a function of temperature and field variables using the FILM PROPERTY option OP Set OP MOD default to modify existing films or to define additional films Set OP NEW if all existing SFILMs applied to the model should be removed Data lines to define sink temperatures and film coefficients First line 1 Surface name 2 Film type label F or FNU 3 Reference sink temperature value 09 Units of 0 For non
124. to define the imaginary out of phase part of the loading at the standoff point REAL Include this parameter default to define the real in phase part of the loading at the standoff point Data line to define an incident wave when the CONWEP parameter is omitted First and only line 1 Surface name 2 The node number or set name of the source node 3 The node number or set name of the standoff node 4 Reference magnitude Data line to define an incident wave when the CONWEP parameter is included First and only line 1 Surface name 2 The node number or set name of the source node 3 Blank field 4 Time of detonation given in total time See Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a discussion of the total time measure 5 Magnitude scale factor The default is 1 0 9 10 2 INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY 9 11 INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY Define the geometric data and fluid properties describing an incident wave This option defines the geometric data and fluid properties used to define incident waves Each INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION option must refer to an INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY definition Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References Acoustic and shock loads Section 30 4 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION e UNDEX
125. to modify the default hard contact pressure overclosure relationship in a mechanical contact analysis Mechanical interactions normal to the surfaces are influenced by this option It must be used in conjunction with the SURFACE INTERACTION option or in an Abaqus Standard analysis with the GAP option or the INTERFACE option By default Abaqus Standard will determine whether the contact constraint will be enforced with or without a Lagrange multiplier You can use the CONTACT CONTROLS option to override the default Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data in Abaqus Standard Model or history data in Abaqus Explicit Level Part Part instance Assembly Model in Abaqus Standard Step in Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Interaction module References Mechanical contact properties overview Section 33 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Contact pressure overclosure relationships Section 33 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual CONTACT CONTROLS GAP INTERFACE SURFACE INTERACTION Optional mutually exclusive parameters AUGMENTED LAGRANGE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses with a default hard pressure overclosure relationship Include this parameter to choose the augmented Lagrange method for enforcement of the contact constraint See Contact constraint enforcement methods in Abaqus Standard Section 34 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual
126. to specify initial values of mass flow rates in Abaqus Standard heat transfer analyses involving forced convection modeled with the forced convection diffusion heat transfer elements Set TYPE PLASTIC STRAIN to specify initial plastic strains The SECTION POINTS and REBAR parameters can be used with this parameter It is assumed that the plastic strain components are defined on each data line in the order given for the element type as defined in Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set TYPE PORE PRESSURE to give initial pore fluid pressures for a coupled pore fluid diffusion stress analysis in Abaqus Standard The STEP and INC parameters can also be used with the FILE parameter to define initial values of pore fluid pressures based on scalar nodal output variables read from an output database file Set TYPE POROSITY to give initial porosity values for materials defined with the EOS COMPACTION option in Abaqus Explicit Set TYPE PRESSURE STRESS to give initial pressure stresses for a mass diffusion analysis in Abaqus Standard The STEP and INC parameters can be used in conjunction with the FILE parameter to define initial values of pressure stress from the results file of a previous Abaqus Standard stress displacement analysis Set TYPE RATIO to give initial void ratio values for a coupled pore fluid diffusion stress analysis in Abaqus Standard The USER parameter can be used with this parameter to define initial void rati
127. to specify that no blocking checks be performed in the viewfactor calculations Set BLOCKING PARTIAL to specify that partial blocking checks be performed in the viewfactor calculations The data lines are then used to specify the potential blocking surfaces CAVITY Set this parameter equal to the name of the cavity for which radiation viewfactor control is being specified If this parameter is omitted the specification applies to all cavities defined in the model INFINITESIMAL Set this parameter equal to the facet area ratio above which the infinitesimal to finite area approximation is used for viewfactor calculations The default value is 64 0 INTEGRATION Set this parameter equal to the number of Gauss integration points to be used along each edge when the numerical integration of contour integrals is used for viewfactor calculations One to five integration points are allowed The default value is three integration points LUMPED AREA Set this parameter equal to the nondimensional distance square value above which the lumped area approximation is used for viewfactor calculations The default value is 5 0 17 6 1 RADIATION VIEWFACTOR OFF Include this parameter to switch off cavity radiation effects Cavity radiation effects can be switched on again by a subsequent use of this option without the OFF parameter If this parameter is omitted cavity radiation is active RANGE Set this parameter equal to a distance beyond which vie
128. to the name of a node set containing tie type nodes to be assigned to the rigid body This parameter can be used to add nodes to a rigid body or to redefine node types of nodes on elements included in the rigid body by the ELSET parameter Tie type nodes have both their translational and rotational degrees of freedom associated with the rigid body A node cannot appear in more than one rigid body definition Optional parameters ISOTHERMAL This parameter is used only for fully coupled thermal stress analysis Set this parameter equal to YES to specify an isothermal rigid body The default is ISOTHERMAL NO POSITION Set POSITION INPUT default if the location of the reference node is to be defined by the user Set POSITION CENTER OF MASS if the reference node is to be located at the center of mass of the rigid body Optional parameters use only when the element set specified contains rigid elements DENSITY This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the density of all of the rigid elements in the element set NODAL THICKNESS This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Include this parameter to indicate that the thickness of the rigid elements should not be read from the data line but should be interpolated from the thickness specified at the nodes with the NODAL THICKNESS option OFFSET This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Include this parameter to
129. to the name of an orientation definition see Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to be used with the section forces and section strains POISSON Include this parameter to define the shell thickness direction behavior 18 14 2 SHELL GENERAL SECTION Set this parameter equal to a nonzero value to cause the thickness direction strain under plane stress conditions to be a linear function of the membrane strains The value of the POISSON parameter must be between 1 0 and 0 5 Set POISSON ELASTIC to automatically select this parameter value based on the initial isotropic elastic part of the material definition The default is POISSON 0 5 SMEAR ALL LAYERS This parameter is relevant only when the COMPOSITE parameter is used Include this parameter to ignore the material layer stacking sequence Membrane bending coupling terms are set to zero and bending stiffness terms are computed as 2 12 times the corresponding membrane stiffness terms where T is the total thickness of the shell STACK DIRECTION This parameter is relevant only for continuum shells Set this parameter equal to 1 2 3 or ORIENTATION to define the continuum shell stack or thickness direction Specify one of the numerical values to select the corresponding isoparametric direction of the element as the stack or thickness direction The default is STACK DIRECTION 3 If STACK DIRECTION ORIENTATION the ORIENTATION parameter is
130. transfer analysis and linear perturbation steps This parameter applies only to Abaqus Design Set DSA YES to activate design sensitivity analysis for the step Once DSA is activated in a general step it remains active in all subsequent general steps until it is deactivated in a subsequent general step by setting DSA NO Once DSA is activated in a perturbation step it remains active in all subsequent consecutive perturbation steps until it is deactivated in a subsequent consecutive perturbation step However if DSA is activated in a step whose procedure is not supported for DSA DSA will be deactivated until it is activated again by setting DSA YES EXTRAPOLATION This parameter is useful only for nonlinear analyses Set EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR default for procedures other than DYNAMIC APPLICATION TRANSIENT FIDELITY to indicate that the process is essentially monotonic so that Abaqus Standard should use a 100 linear extrapolation in time of the previous incremental solution to begin the nonlinear equation solution for the current increment a 1 extrapolation is used with the Riks method Set EXTRAPOLATION PARABOLIC to indicate that the process should use a quadratic displacement based extrapolation in time of the previous two incremental solutions to begin the nonlinear equation solution for the current increment Set EXTRAPOLATION VELOCITY PARABOLIC available for DYNAMIC procedure only and default for the DYNAMIC APPLICATION TRAN
131. transport analysis Section 6 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Static stress analysis Section 6 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UMOTION Section 1 1 39 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional mutually exclusive parameters ROTATION Include this parameter to define a rigid body rotation about an axis TRANSLATION Include this parameter to give the 2 y and zcomponents of translation in the global coordinate system or in the local coordinate system if TRANSFORM was used at these nodes Translational motion is the default USER Include this parameter to indicate that magnitudes of motion will be defined in user subroutine UMOTION If this parameter is used any magnitudes defined by the data lines can be redefined in the user subroutine The value of the TYPE parameter is not relevant when this parameter is used This parameter cannot be used for steady state transport analysis Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve defined in the AMPLITUDE option that gives the time variation of the motion throughout the step Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted and the translational or rotational motion is given with TYPE DISPLACEMENT the default is a RAMP function If the translational or rotational motion 13 22 1 MOTION is given with TYPE VELOCITY the
132. values will be ignored 13 4 1 MASS FLOW RATE Data lines to define mass flow rates First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 Mass flow rate per unit area in the z direction units of ML T or total mass flow rate in the cross section units of MT for one dimensional elements 3 Mass flow rate per unit area in the y direction not needed for nodes associated with one dimensional elements 4 Mass flow rate per unit area in the z direction not needed for nodes associated with one dimensional elements Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define mass flow rates at different nodes Data lines to define mass flow rates using user subroutine UMASFL First line 1 Node set or node number Repeat this data line as often as necessary UMASFL will be called for each node listed 13 4 2 MATERIAL 13 5 MATERIAL Begin the definition of a material This option is used to indicate the start of a material definition Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the material in the element property options Material names in the same input file must be unique Furthermore material names should be unique from the names associated with
133. variable Du BW N Etc up to five field variables per line Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the parameters for the ASCE formulae as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define constitutive behavior using the ASCE formula for clay in the horizontal direction TYPE CLAY DIRECTION HORIZONTAL First line Horizontal bearing capacity factor Nen Ultimate relative displacement Ep Temperature First field variable Second field variable Nn Bu Etc up to five field variables per line Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define parameters for the ASCE formulae as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 16 10 5 PIPE SOIL STIFFNESS Data lines if the constitutive behavior is defined in user subroutine UMAT TYPE USER First line 1 Enter the data to be used as properties in user subroutine UMAT Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define properties required in UMAT Enter eight values per line 16 10 6 PLANAR TEST DATA 16 11 PLANAR TE
134. variable nA hh UU NN Etc up to six field variables 13 26 1 Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the bending stiffness as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines if the LINEAR parameter is omitted First line Bending moment Curvature Temperature First field variable Second field variable QN Un fF U N Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the moment curvature relationship as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 13 26 2 14 NCOPY 14 1 NCOPY Create nodes by copying This option is used to copy a node set to create a new node set Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Not applicable copying portions of sketches and instancing of parts serve similar purposes Reference e Node definition Section 2 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters CHANGE NUMBER Set this parameter equal to an integer that will be
135. will be made If this parameter is omitted the analysis will restart at the last available step found Optional parameters if the WRITE parameter is used FREQUENCY This parameter specifies the increments at which restart information will be written For example FREQUENCY 2 will write restart information at increments 2 4 6 etc For a direct cyclic analysis this parameter specifies the iteration numbers at which restart information will be written restart information will be written only at the end of an iteration For a low cycle fatigue analysis this parameter specifies the cycle numbers at which restart information will be written restart information will be written only at the end of a cycle When restart is requested in an analysis restart information is always written at the end of a step Set FREQUENCY 0 to discontinue the writing of restart data The FREQUENCY and NUMBER INTERVAL parameters are mutually exclusive The default is FREQUENCY 1 17 16 2 RESTART NUMBER INTERVAL Set this parameter equal to the number of intervals during the step at which the RESTART data are to be written The value of this parameter must be a positive integer The FREQUENCY and NUMBER INTERVAL parameters are mutually exclusive The default is FREQUENCY 1 TIME MARKS Set TIME MARKS YES default to write results at the exact times dictated by the NUMBER INTERVAL parameter Set TIME MARKS NO to write the restart at the increment ending
136. 1 Slave surface name 2 Master surface name 3 Name of the node set associated with the slave surface Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define partially bonded surfaces Data lines for TYPE ENRICHMENT First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Relative position of the node forming the element connectivity 3 Name of the enriched feature specified on the ENRICHMENT option 4 Value of first signed distance function 9 18 7 INITIAL CONDITIONS 5 Value of second signed distance function Leave this entry blank if only the first signed distance function is needed Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define initial signed distance functions in various elements or element sets The signed distance functions must be defined at all nodes within an element Data lines for TYPE FIELD VARIABLE n First line 1 Node set or node number 2 Initial value of this field variable at the first temperature point For shells and beams several values or a value and the field variable gradients across the section can be given at each node see Beam modeling overview Section 26 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual as well as Shell elements overview Section 26 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual For heat transfer shells the field variables at each temperature point through the shell thickness must be specified The number of values depends on the maximum number of points specif
137. 13 26 M2 Define the second bending moment behavior of beams This option is used to define the second bending moment behavior of beams It can be used only in conjunction with the BEAM GENERAL SECTION SECTION NONLINEAR GENERAL option and is needed only for beams in space Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance References Using a general beam section to define the section behavior Section 26 3 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e BEAM GENERAL SECTION Optional parameters if neither ELASTIC nor LINEAR is included elastic plastic response is assumed DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the moment curvature relationship in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the moment curvature relationship is constant or depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information ELASTIC Include this parameter if the bending moment curvature relationship is nonlinear but elastic LINEAR Include this parameter if the bending moment varies linearly with curvature Data lines if the LINEAR parameter is included First line Bending stiffness of the section about the second beam section local axis Temperature First field variable Second field
138. 2 Degree of freedom number for row node 13 9 1 MATRIX INPUT 3 Column node number 4 Degree of freedom number for column node 5 Matrix entry Give data to define a symmetric matrix in lower triangular upper triangular or square format For a square matrix to be symmetric corresponding entries above and below the diagonal must have exactly the same values Repeat this data line as often as necessary 13 9 2 MEMBRANE SECTION 13 10 MEMBRANE SECTION Specify section properties for membrane elements This option is used to assign section properties to a set of membrane elements Section properties include thickness thickness change behavior material definition and material orientation Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Membrane elements Section 26 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the membrane elements for which the section properties are being defined MATERIAL Set this parameter equal to the name of the material to be used with these elements Optional parameters CONTROLS In an Abaqus Explicit analysis set this parameter equal to the name of a section controls definition see Section controls Section 24 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to be used to specify a nondefaul
139. 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the variation Data lines to define fully saturated anisotropic permeability TYPE ANISOTROPIC First line 1 k Units of LT 2 ki 3 16 6 2 PERMEABILITY Void ratio e AWS w Temperature 6 Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter is specified 1 First field variable 2 Second field variable 3 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the variation Data lines to define the dependence of permeability on saturation of the wetting liquid k s TYPE SATURATION First line 1 ks Dimensionless 2 Saturation s Dimensionless Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the variation The table must provide k 1 0 at s 1 0 Data lines to define the velocity coefficient TYPE VELOCITY First line 1 8 Units of TL Only 8 gt 0 0 is allowed 2 Void ratio e Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the variation 16 6 3 PHYSICAL CONSTANTS 16 7 PHYSICAL CONSTANTS Specify physical constants This option is used to define physical constants necessary for an analysis since Abaqus has no built in units no default values are provided If a physical constant required for the analysis is not given Abaqus will issue a fatal error message The un
140. 2 For SPRING2 elements give the degree of freedom with which the springs are associated at their second nodes Ifthe ORIENTATION parameter is included on the SPRING option when defining spring elements or on the JOINT option when defining joint elements the degrees of freedom specified here are in the local system defined by the ORIENTATION option referenced Second line Force Relative displacement Temperature First field variable Second field variable D A U NY Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the spring stiffness as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define linear spring behavior for SPRINGA elements with COMPLEX STIFFNESS First line 1 Enter a blank line 18 29 4 SPRING Second line 1 Real spring stiffness force per relative displacement 2 Structural damping factor 3 Frequency in cycles per time Applicable only for STEADY STATE DYNAMICS DIRECT STEADY STATE DYNAMICS SUBSPACE PROJECTION and STEADY STATE DYNAMICS and MODAL DYNAMIC analyses that support nondiagonal damping Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the spring stiffness and structural damping factor as a function
141. 2 X direction cosine of this direction 3 Y direction cosine of this direction 17 15 1 RESPONSE SPECTRUM 4 Z direction cosine of this direction 3 Factor multiplying the magnitudes in the response spectrum Default is 1 0 Second line optional 1 2 5 Name of the response spectrum to be used in the second direction X direction cosine of this direction This direction must be at a right angle to the direction defined above Y direction cosine of this direction This direction must be at a right angle to the direction defined above Z direction cosine of this direction This direction must be at a right angle to the direction defined above Factor multiplying the magnitudes in the response spectrum Default is 1 0 Third line optional 1 Name of the response spectrum to be used the third direction 2 X direction cosine of this direction This direction must be at right angles to the two directions defined above Y direction cosine of this direction This direction must be at right angles to the two directions defined above Z direction cosine of this direction This direction must be at right angles to the two directions defined above Factor multiplying the magnitudes in the response spectrum Default is 1 0 17 15 2 RESTART 17 16 RESTART Save and reuse data and analysis results WARNING This option can create a very large amount of data This option
142. 33 k3333 Kk1112 E2212 E3312 E1212 k2213 E3313 k1213 E1313 a k1123 k2223 k1223 E1323 Kog23 Temperature 10 2 3 JOINT ELASTICITY 7 First field variable 8 Second field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than two 1 Third field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the elastic behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 10 2 4 JOINT PLASTICITY 10 3 JOINT PLASTICITY Specify plastic properties for elastic plastic joint elements This option is used to define the plastic behavior for elastic plastic joint elements It can be used only in conjunction with the EPJOINT option Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Elastic plastic joints Section 29 11 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e EPJOINT Required parameter TYPE Set TYPE SAND to specify the model for interaction of spud cans and sand Set TYPE CLAY to specify the model for interaction of spud cans and clay Set TYPE MEMBER to specify the parabolic model for structural members Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the plasticity property values If this
143. 8 3 18 4 18 5 18 6 18 7 18 8 18 9 18 10 18 11 18 12 18 13 CONTENTS SHELL GENERAL SECTION 18 14 SHELL SECTION 18 15 SHELL TO SOLID COUPLING 18 16 SIMPEDANCE 18 17 SIMPLE SHEAR TEST DATA 18 18 SLIDE LINE 18 19 SLOAD 18 20 SOILS 18 21 SOLID SECTION 18 22 SOLUBILITY 18 23 SOLUTION TECHNIQUE 18 24 SOLVER CONTROLS 18 25 SORPTION 18 26 SPECIFIC HEAT 18 27 SPECTRUM 18 28 SPRING 18 29 SRADIATE 18 30 S TATIC 18 31 STEADY STATE CRITERIA 18 32 STEADY STATE DETECTION 18 33 STEADY STATE DYNAMICS 18 34 STEADY STATE TRANSPORT 18 35 STEP 18 36 SUBCYCLING 18 37 SUBMODEL 18 38 SUBSTRUCTURE COPY 18 39 SUBSTRUCTURE DELETE 18 40 SUBSTRUCTURE DIRECTORY 18 41 SUBSTRUCTURE GENERATE 18 42 SUBSTRUCTURE LOAD CASE 18 43 SUBSTRUCTURE MATRIX OUTPUT 18 44 SUBSTRUCTURE PATH 18 45 SUBSTRUCTURE PROPERTY 18 46 SURFACE 18 47 SURFACE BEHAVIOR 18 48 SURFACE FLAW 18 49 SURFACE INTERACTION 18 50 SURFACE PROPERTY 18 51 SURFACE PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT 18 52 SURFACE SECTION 18 53 SURFACE SMOOTHING 18 54 SWELLING 18 55 xvi SYMMETRIC MODEL GENERATION SYMMETRIC RESULTS TRANSFER SYSTEM TEMPERATURE TENSILE FAILURE TENSION CUTOFF TENSION STIFFENING THERMAL EXPANSION TIE TIME POINTS TORQUE TORQUE PRINT TRACER PARTICLE TRANSFORM TRANSPORT VELOCITY TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS TRIAXIAL TEST DATA TRS UEL PROPERTY UNDEX CHARGE PROPERTY UNIAXIAL UNIAXIAL TEST DATA UNLO
144. A This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the factor to create inertia proportional damping for the ROTARYI elements when used in direct integration dynamics This value is ignored in modal dynamics The default is 0 0 COMPOSITE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the fraction of critical damping to be used with the ROTARYI elements when calculating composite damping factors for the modes when used in modal dynamics This value is ignored in direct integration dynamics The default is 0 0 ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the name of an ORIENTATION option Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual that is being used to define the directions of the local axes for which the rotary inertia values are being given If the ORIENTATION parameter is omitted it 17 20 1 ROTARY INERTIA is assumed that the components of the inertia tensor are being given with respect to the global axes i e the global and local inertia axes coincide In large displacement analysis an Abaqus Explicit analysis or when the NLGEOM parameter is included on the STEP option in an Abaqus Standard analysis the local axes of inertia rotate with the rotation of the node to which the ROTARYI element is attached Data line to define the rotary inertia First and only line 1 Rotary inertia about the local 2 axis
145. ADING DATA USER DEFINED FIELD USER ELEMENT USER MATERIAL USER OUTPUT VARIABLES VARIABLE MASS SCALING VIEWFACTOR OUTPUT VISCO VISCOSITY VISCOELASTIC VISCOUS VOID NUCLEATION VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA xvii CONTENTS 18 56 18 57 18 58 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 19 9 19 10 19 11 19 12 19 13 19 14 19 15 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 20 9 21 1 212 21 3 21 4 21 5 21 6 21 7 21 8 CONTENTS W X Y Z WAVE 22 1 WIND 22 2 xviii IMPEDANCE 9 1 IMPEDANCE Define impedances for acoustic analysis This option is used to provide boundary impedances or nonreflecting boundaries for acoustic and coupled acoustic structural analyses Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type History data Level Step References Acoustic shock and coupled acoustic structural analysis Section 6 10 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Acoustic and shock loads Section 30 4 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e IMPEDANCE PROPERTY e SIMPEDANCE Required mutually exclusive parameters PROPERTY Set this parameter equal to the name of the IMPEDANCE PROPERTY option defining the table of impedance values to be used NONREFLECTING Set NONREFLECTING PLANAR default to specify the impedance corresponding to that of a normal incidence plane wave Set NONREFLECTING IMPROVED to specify the impedance corresponding to that of a plane wave at an
146. AM GENERAL SECTION SECTION MESHED option First line 1 Section point label 2 Two dimensional model element number 3 Integration point number Second line 1 Young s modulus E 2 Shear modulus in user defined 1 direction G4 3 Shear modulus in user defined 2 direction for isotropic materials 4 Material orientation angle a measured counterclockwise from the beam local 1 direction 5 Local x1 of the integration point with respect to the centroid 6 Local x2 position of the integration point with respect to the centroid 7 Derivative of the warping function 22 225 with respect to the local 1 direction and the shear center 8 Derivative of the warping function 2 x z1 with respect to the local 2 direction and the shear center Repeat this set of data lines for as many integration points as needed Data lines to locate elements and integration point numbers in the cross section model when used in conjunction with the BEAM SECTION GENERATE option First line 1 Section point label 2 Element number 3 Integration point number Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify the elements and integration points 18 4 2 SECTION PRINT 18 5 SECTION PRINT Define print requests of accumulated quantities on user defined surface sections This option is used to provide tabular output of accumulated quantities associated with a us
147. AM SECTION BEAM SECTION GENERATE BIAXIAL TEST DATA BLOCKAGE BOND BOUNDARY BRITTLE CRACKING BRITTLE FAILURE BRITTLE SHEAR BUCKLE BUCKLING ENVELOPE BUCKLING LENGTH BUCKLING REDUCTION FACTORS BULK VISCOSITY CONTENTS 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 10 2 11 2 12 2 13 2 14 2 15 2 16 2 17 2 18 2 19 CONTENTS C C ADDED MASS 3 1 CAP CREEP 32 CAP HARDENING 3 3 CAP PLASTICITY 3 4 CAPACITY 3 5 CAST IRON COMPRESSION HARDENING 3 6 CAST IRON PLASTICITY 3 7 CAST IRON TENSION HARDENING 3 8 CAVITY DEFINITION 3 9 CECHARGE 3 10 CECURRENT 3 11 CENTROID 3 12 CFILM 3 13 CFLOW 3 14 CFLUX 3 15 CHANGE FRICTION 3 16 CLAY HARDENING 3 17 CLAY PLASTICITY 3 18 CLEARANCE 3 19 CLOAD 3 20 COHESIVE BEHAVIOR 3 21 COHESIVE SECTION 3 22 COMBINED TEST DATA 3 23 COMPLEX FREQUENCY 3 24 CONCRETE 3 25 CONCRETE COMPRESSION DAMAGE 3 26 CONCRETE COMPRESSION HARDENING 3 27 CONCRETE DAMAGED PLASTICITY 3 28 CONCRETE TENSION DAMAGE 3 29 CONCRETE TENSION STIFFENING 3 30 CONDUCTIVITY 3 31 CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR 3 32 CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE 3 33 CONNECTOR DAMAGE EVOLUTION 3 34 CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION 3 35 CONNECTOR DAMPING 3 36 CONNECTOR DERIVED COMPONENT 3 37 CONNECTOR ELASTICITY 3 38 CONNECTOR FAILURE 3 39 CONNECTOR FRICTION 3 40 vi CONNECTOR HARDENING CONNECTOR LOAD CONNEC
148. Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e UVARM Section 1 1 49 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to specify the number of user variables First and only line 1 Number of user defined variables required at each material point 20 9 1 21 21 1 VARIABLE MASS SCALING VARIABLE MASS SCALING Specify mass scaling during the step This option is used to specify mass scaling during the step for part or all of the model Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Mass scaling Section 11 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Output Section 4 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DT ELSET TYPE Set this parameter equal to the desired element stable time increment for the element set provided The mass scaling is applied according to the method specified with the TYPE parameter If the DT parameter is omitted all variable mass scaling definitions from previous steps are removed and the scaled mass matrix from the end of the previous step 1s carried over to the current step Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which this mass scaling definition is being applied If this parameter is omitted the mass scaling definition will apply to all elements in the model The VARIABLE MASS SCALING opt
149. C SYMMETRY This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter to invoke a constraint between the faces bounding a repetitive sector of a cyclic symmetric structure This parameter can be used only in conjunction with the CYCLIC SYMMETRY MODEL option NO ROTATION Include this parameter if rotation degrees of freedom should not be tied If this parameter is omitted any existing rotation degrees of freedom will be tied if applicable in addition to the translation degrees of freedom NO THICKNESS Include this parameter to ignore shell thickness effects in calculations involving position tolerances and adjustments for initial gaps TYPE Set TYPE SURFACE TO SURFACE default for most cases in Abaqus Standard to have the tie coefficients generated such that stress accuracy is optimized for the specified surface type pairings Set TYPE NODE TO SURFACE default for all cases in Abaqus Explicit to have the tie coefficients generated according to the interpolation functions at the point where the slave node projects onto the master surface Data lines to define the surfaces forming the constraint pairs First line 1 The slave surface name 2 The master surface name Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define all the surfaces forming the constraint pairs Each data line defines a pair of surfaces that will be tied together 19 6 2 TIME POINTS 19 7 TIME POINTS Specify time points at which dat
150. CHARGE PROPERTY e CONWEP CHARGE PROPERTY Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the incident wave interaction property in the INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION option Optional parameter TYPE Set TYPE PLANE default to specify a planar incident wave Set TYPE SPHERE to specify a spherical incident wave Set TYPE DIFFUSE to specify a field of planar waves incident from multiple angles Set TYPE AIR BLAST to specify a spherical blast wave This option 1s applicable only in an Abaqus Explicit analysis Set TYPE SURFACE BLAST to specify a hemispherical blast wave This option is applicable only in an Abaqus Explicit analysis 9 11 1 INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY Data line to define an incident wave interaction property with TYPE PLANE TYPE SPHERE acoustic decay or TYPE SPHERE used in conjunction with the UNDEX CHARGE PROPERTY option First and only line 1 cf the speed of sound in the fluid defining the rate of propagation of the wave 2 py the fluid mass density Data line to define an incident wave interaction property with TYPE SPHERE and generalized spatial decay First and only line the speed of sound in the fluid defining the rate of propagation of the wave pp the fluid mass density A dimensionless decay parameter A gt 1 The default is 0 B dimensionless decay parameter B gt 1 The default is 0 nA wm
151. CY step and is the default if the DIRECT parameter is omitted Set INTERVAL RANGE if the frequency range specified on each data line is to be used directly This option is the default 1f the DIRECT parameter is included 18 34 2 STEADY STATE DYNAMICS Set INTERVAL SPREAD to define frequency points around eigenfrequencies found in the frequency ranges specified on each data line This option requires a preceding FREQUENCY step REAL ONLY This parameter is relevant only if the DIRECT or the SUBSPACE PROJECTION parameter is included Include this parameter if damping terms are to be ignored so that a real rather than a complex system matrix is factored This option can reduce computational time significantly for the DIRECT procedure and to a lesser extent for the SUBSPACE PROJECTION procedure STIFFNESS CHANGE This parameter is relevant only for SUBSPACE PROJECTION PROPERTY CHANGE Set this parameter equal to the maximum relative change in stiffness material properties before a new projection is to be performed The default value is 0 1 Data lines for a steady state dynamics analysis if INTERVAL EIGENFREQUENCY First line 1 Lower limit of frequency range or a single frequency in cycles time 2 Upper limit of frequency range in cycles time If this value is given as zero it is assumed that results are required at only one frequency and the remaining data items on the line are ignored 3 Number of points in the frequenc
152. EBAR Edge Corner nodes 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 1 rebar layer B defined with rebar layer A defined with L L L L fe 60 0 rebar layer A 4 y Actual element Isoparametric mapping of element with rebar Figure 17 11 5 Rebar layer definition in solid elements with GEOMETRY SKEW 17 11 9 REBAR Edge Corner nodes 2 2 3 single rebar defined with u single rebar y ME x Actual element Figure 17 11 6 SINGLE rebar in a solid element Isoparametric mapping of element with rebar 17 11 10 REBAR 2 1 2 X actual element Isoparametric direction 1 parallel to the 1 2 edge of the element and intersecting face 1 4 8 5 Isoparametric direction 2 parallel to the 1 4 edge of the element and intersecting face 1 5 6 2 Edge Corner nodes Isoparametric direction 3 parallel to the 1 5 edge of the element and intersecting face 1 2 3 4 Figure 17 11 7 Isoparametric direction and edge definitions for three dimensional elements 17 11 11 REBAR LAYER 17 12 REBAR LAYER Define layers of reinforcement in membrane shell surface and continuum elements This option is used to define one or multiple rebar layers in membrane shell and surface elements It must be used in conjunction with the MEMBRANE SECTION the SHELL SECTION or the SURFACE SECTION option Rebar layers in solid continuum elements can be defined by emb
153. ELSET and GENERATE parameters are mutually exclusive INSTANCE Set this parameter equal to the name of the part instance that contains the nodes listed on the data line This parameter can be used only at the assembly level and is intended to be used as a shortcut to the naming convention It can be used only in a model defined in terms of an assembly of part instances 14 16 1 NSET INTERNAL Abaqus CAE uses the INTERNAL parameter to identify sets that are created internally The INTERNAL parameter is used only in models defined in terms of an assembly of part instances The default is to omit the INTERNAL parameter UNSORTED If this parameter is included the nodes in this node set will be assigned to the set or added to the set if it already exists in the order in which they are given This parameter will be ignored if the ELSET parameter is used If this parameter is omitted the nodes in the set are sorted into ascending order of their node numbers with duplicates eliminated Data lines if the GENERATE parameter is omitted First line 1 List of nodes or node set labels to be assigned to this node set Only previously defined node sets can be assigned to another node set Repeat this data line as often as necessary Up to 16 entries are allowed per line Data lines if the GENERATE parameter is included First line 1 First node in the set 2 Last node in the set 3 Increment in node numbers between nodes in th
154. ERTIES This parameter is relevant only when the USER parameter is included Set this parameter equal to the number of property values needed as data to define the surface interaction model in user subroutine UINTER in an Abaqus Standard analysis or in user subroutine VUINTER or VUINTERACTION in an Abaqus Explicit analysis The default is PROPERTIES 0 This parameter is ignored when the option is used in association with a connector element TRACKING THICKNESS Set this parameter equal to the thickness that determines the contacting surfaces to be tracked In Abaqus Standard the tracking range will be at least as large as the setting of this parameter an internally computed default will remain in effect if this parameter setting is less than the default In Abaqus Standard this parameter extends the range over which contact opening distance COPEN output is provided for separated surfaces In Abaqus Explicit this parameter applies only if user subroutine VUINTERACTION is also in effect Only contacting surfaces whose proximity is within this thickness are available for user defined interactions This parameter affects only node to surface contact and the input value for this parameter cannot be negative An internal default value is used if a zero value is input or if the parameter is omitted UNS YMM USER This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses in which the USER parameter is included Include this parameter when the inter
155. FATIGUE option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Crack propagation analysis Section 11 4 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FRACTURE CRITERION Optional parameters GENERATE Include this parameter to interpolate the critical energy release rates between two bounding nodes or node sets The critical energy release rates for the bounding nodes or node sets must have been defined earlier If the node sets do not have the same number of nodes the extra nodes in the longer set are ignored INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line Data lines when the GENERATE parameter is omitted First line 1 Node set label or node number 2 Gro Mode I critical energy release rate 3 Grrc Mode critical energy release rate 4 Grrrc Mode III critical energy release rate Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the variation in critical energy release rates 14 7 1 NODAL ENERGY RATE Data lines when the GENERATE parameter is included First line 1 Node number or node set label that defines the first bound for the generate operation 2 Node number or node set label tha
156. G First and only line 1 A This value must be positive Dimensionless 2 B This value must be positive Units of L F 3 so This value must lie in the range 0 01 lt so lt s lt 0 9 The default is 0 01 4 s This value must lie in the range 0 01 sy lt s lt 0 9 The default is 0 01 plus a very small positive number since s cannot be equal to sy Data line for TYPE SCANNING First and only line 1 Slope of the scanning line duw ds This slope must be positive and larger than the slope of any segment of the absorption or exsorption behavior definitions 18 26 2 SPECIFIC HEAT 18 27 SPECIFIC HEAT Define specific heat This option is used to specify a material s specific heat Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Specific heat Section 23 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the definition of specific heat If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the specific heat is constant or depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information PORE FLUID This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter if t
157. Level Model Abaqus CAE Step module Beginning a step in an Abaqus Standard analysis References Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Convergence criteria for nonlinear problems Section 7 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Design sensitivity analysis Section 16 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e STEP Optional parameters AMPLITUDE This parameter defines the default amplitude variation for loading magnitudes during the step Set AMPLITUDE STEP if the load is to be applied instantaneously at the start of the step and remain constant throughout the step Set AMPLITUDE RAMP if the load magnitude is to vary linearly over the step from the value at the end of the previous step or zero at the start of the analysis to the value given on the loading option If this parameter 1s omitted the default amplitude choice depends on the procedure chosen as shown in Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The default amplitude variation can be overwritten for individual loadings by using the AMPLITUDE parameter on the loading options Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual This parameter is rarely needed and changing the defaults may cause problems For example the automatic load incrementation scheme in procedures without a real time scale such as the STATIC option applies the loads gra
158. NCE e MPORT Required parameters if the instance is not imported from a previous analysis NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the instance PART Set this parameter equal to the name of the part being instanced Required parameter if the instance is to be imported from a previous analysis INSTANCE Set this parameter equal to the name of the instance to be imported from the previous analysis Optional import parameter LIBRARY Set this parameter equal to the name of the previous analysis from which the instance should be imported The previous analysis output database odb file should reside in the current working directory If the LIBRARY parameter is omitted the job name of the previous analysis must be specified on the command line using the oldjob parameter see Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit 9 19 1 INSTANCE and Abaqus CFD execution Section 3 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If both methods are used the command line specification will take precedence over the LIBRARY parameter Data line to translate an instance that is not imported from a previous analysis First and only line 1 Value of the translation to be applied in the X direction 2 Value of the translation to be applied in the Y direction 3 Value of the translation to be applied in the Z direction Data lines to translate and or rotate an instance that is not imported from a previous analysi
159. NDITIONS TYPE VELOCITY option if it is used otherwise they are zero Step time is continued from the immediately preceding MODAL DYNAMIC or static perturbation step Data line for a transient modal dynamic analysis First and only line 1 Time increment to be used 2 Time period 13 12 1 MODAL FILE 13 13 MODAL FILE Write generalized coordinate modal amplitude data or eigendata to the results file during a mode based dynamic or eigenvalue extraction procedure This option is used during mode based dynamic or eigenvalue extraction procedures to control the writing of generalized coordinate modal amplitude and phase values or eigendata to the Abaqus Standard results file Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Unsupported Abaqus CAE reads output from the output database file only Reference e Output to the data and results files Section 4 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter FREQUENCY This parameter is valid only in mode based dynamic procedures Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be written to the results file at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output Data lines to request modal output in the results file during mode based dynamic procedures First line 1 Give the identifying keys for the var
160. NS parameter is included 1 X component of the first local material direction with respect to the orthonormal system at the material point 2 Y component of the first local material direction with respect to the orthonormal system at the material point 15 1 3 ORIENTATION 3 Z component of the first local material direction with respect to the orthonormal system at the material point Repeat the above data line to define additional local directions as needed with each direction on a separate line Data lines to define a spatially varying orientation for solid continuum and shell elements using a distribution when DEFINITION COORDINATES First line 1 Second line 1 Distribution name Data in the distribution define spatially varying coordinates for points a and b Local direction about which the additional rotation or rotations are given The default is the local 1 direction For shell membrane and cohesive elements this direction should have a nonzero component in the direction of the normal to the surface Additional rotation o defined by either a single scalar value or by a distribution A local coordinate system defined with a distribution can be used only for solid continuum elements and shell elements The additional rotation in degrees is applied to both directions orthogonal to the specified local direction The default is zero degrees Third line when the LOCAL DIRECTIONS parameter is included
161. NSITY FOAM Specify properties for a low density foam This option is used to define material coefficients for low density foam materials The LOW DENSITY FOAM option must be used in conjunction with the UNIAXIAL TEST DATA DIRECTION TENSION and the UNIAXIAL TEST DATA DIRECTION COMPRESSION options to specify the stress strain response of the foam material in uniaxial tension and compression respectively Products Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References Low density foams Section 19 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UNIAXIAL TEST DATA Optional parameters STRAIN RATE Use this parameter to define the strain rate measure used for constitutive calculations Set STRAIN RATE VOLUMETRIC default to use the volumetric strain rate Set STRAIN RATE PRINCIPAL to use the nominal strain rate along each principal direction of deformation RATE EXTRAPOLATION Use this parameter to specify extrapolation of rate dependent uniaxial stress strain curves beyond the maximum specified strain rate Set RATE EXTRAPOLATION NO default to prevent extrapolation The curve corresponding to the maximum specified strain rate will be used for strain rates greater than the maximum Set RATE EXTRAPOLATION YES to trigger extrapolation beyond the maximum specified strain rate by using the slope with respect to strain rate TENSION CUTOFF Include this parameter to specify a tensi
162. No part of this documentation may be reproduced or distributed in any form without prior written permission of Dassault Syst mes or its subsidiary The Abaqus Software is a product of Dassault Systemes Simulia Corp Providence RI USA Dassault Syst mes 2010 Abaqus the 3DS logo SIMULIA CATIA and Unified FEA are trademarks or registered trademarks of Dassault Systemes or its subsidiaries in the United States and or other countries Other company product and service names may be trademarks or service marks of their respective owners For additional information concerning trademarks copyrights and licenses see the Legal Notices in the Abaqus 6 10 Release Notes and the notices at http www simulia com products products_legal html SIMULIA Worldwide Headquarters SIMULIA European Headquarters United States Australia Austria Benelux Canada China Czech amp Slovak Republics Finland France Germany Greece India Israel Italy Japan Korea Latin America Malaysia New Zealand Poland Russia Belarus amp Ukraine Scandinavia Singapore South Africa Spain amp Portugal Taiwan Thailand Turkey United Kingdom Locations Rising Sun Mills 166 Valley Street Providence RI 02909 2499 Tel 1 401 276 4400 Fax 1 401 276 4408 simulia support 3ds com http www simulia com Gaetano Martinolaan 95 P O Box 1637 6201 BP Maastricht The Netherlands Tel 31 43 356 6906 Fax 31 43 356 6908 simulia eur
163. OELASTIC 3 Frequency f in cycles per time 4 Uniaxial nominal strain defines the level of uniaxial preload Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the uniaxial loss and storage moduli as functions of frequency and preload Data lines to define continuum material properties for FREQUENCY TABULAR PRELOAD VOLUMETRIC First line 1 Bulk loss modulus 2 Bulk storage modulus 3 Frequency f in cycles per time 4 Volume ratio J current volume original volume defines the level of volumetric preload Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the bulk loss and storage moduli as functions of frequency and preload Data lines to specify continuum material properties with the Prony series parameters directly using TIME PRONY or FREQUENCY PRONY First line 1 gf the modulus ratio in the first term in the Prony series expansion of the shear relaxation modulus 2 the modulus ratio in the first term in the Prony series expansion of the bulk relaxation modulus 3 the relaxation time for the first term in the Prony series expansion Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the second third etc terms in the Prony series There is no restriction on the number of terms in the Prony series To specify viscoelastic behavior via test data No data lines are used with this option when either TIME CREEP TEST DATA or TIME RELAXATION TEST DATA is specified The test data are given b
164. ON parameter is not included amp is measured relative to the default shell local directions see Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 18 14 5 SHELL GENERAL SECTION 5 Name of the ply Required only for composite layups defined in Abaqus CAE Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the layers of the shell The order of the laminated shell layers with respect to the positive direction of the shell normal is defined by the order of the data lines If the SYMMETRIC parameter is included specify only half the layers from the bottom layer to the midplane Data lines to define the shell section directly if the MATERIAL the COMPOSITE and the USER parameters are omitted First line 1 Symmetric half of the D matrix in the order D11 Di2 D22 Dis Das Das Di4 Daa Diss D555 6 Des Repeat this data line three times Enter 21 entries total 8 per line Second line optional 1 E vector F1 P5 Fe Third line optional Y scaling modulus for D The default is 1 0 a scaling modulus for F The default is 0 0 0 temperature for these values of Y and o First field variable Second field variable tn fF WN Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of
165. ONSTANTS option To define a user defined shift function No data lines are used with this option in Abaqus Standard analyses when DEFINITION USER is specified Instead user subroutine UTRS must be used to define the shift function For Abaqus Explicit analyses in which DEFINITION USER is specified data lines are used if the PROPERTIES parameter is also specified In all cases user subroutine VUTRS must be used to define the shift function The properties if entered are available for use in user subroutine VUTRS Data lines to define material properties when PROPERTIES is specified First line 1 Enter the material properties eight per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define all material properties 19 15 2 20 UEL PROPERTY 20 1 UEL PROPERTY Define property values to be used with a user element type This option is used to define the properties of a user element Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Model Abaqus CAE Actuator sensor interaction properties can be defined in the Interaction module References e User defined elements Section 29 16 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e USER ELEMENT Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the user elements for which these property values are being defined Optional parameters MATERIAL This parameter applies only
166. PRESSION Introduce a compressive failure theory tension only materials This option is used to modify the elasticity definition so that no compressive stress is allowed It can be used only in conjunction with the ELASTIC option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e No compression or no tension Section 19 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e ELASTIC There are no parameters or data lines associated with this option 14 5 1 NO TENSION 14 6 TENSION Introduce a tension failure theory compression only material This option is used to modify the elasticity definition so that no tensile stress is allowed It can be used only in conjunction with the ELASTIC option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e No compression or no tension Section 19 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e ELASTIC There are no parameters or data lines associated with this option 14 6 1 NODAL ENERGY RATE 14 7 NODAL ENERGY RATE Define critical energy release rates at nodes This option is used to define variable critical energy release rates on a nodal basis The critical energy release rate data defined with this option is ignored unless the NODAL ENERGY RATE parameter is included on the FRACTURE CRITERION TYPE VCCT option or the FRACTURE CRITERION TYPE
167. Property module References e Hyperelastic behavior of rubberlike materials Section 19 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Hyperelastic behavior in elastomeric foams Section 19 5 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Mullins effect in rubberlike materials Section 19 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Energy dissipation in elastomeric foams Section 19 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UMULLINS Section 1 1 40 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e BIAXIAL TEST DATA e PLANAR TEST DATA e UNIAXIAL TEST DATA Optional mutually exclusive parameters TEST DATA INPUT Include this parameter if the material constants are to be computed by Abaqus from data taken from simple tests on a material specimen If this parameter is omitted in Abaqus Standard the material constants may be given directly on the data lines or the damage variable may be defined through user subroutine UMULLINS If this parameter is omitted in Abaqus Explicit the material constants must be given directly on the data lines USER This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter if the damage variable defining the Mullins effect is defined in user subroutine UMULLINS 13 24 1 MULLINS EFFECT Optional parameters BETA This parameter can be used only when the TEST DATA INPUT parameter is used it defines the value of 8 while the other coefficients of the M
168. RDENING COMBINED with DATA TYPE HALF CYCLE First line Yield stress Plastic strain Temperature First field variable Second field variable QN Uu A U YN Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of yield stress on plastic strain and if needed on temperature and other predefined field variables 16 12 2 PLASTIC Data lines for HARDENING COMBINED with DATA TYPE STABILIZED First line Yield stress Plastic strain Strain range Temperature First field variable Second field variable Nn A U Ne 7 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of yield stress on plastic strain and if needed on strain range temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines for HARDENING COMBINED with DATA TYPE PARAMETERS First line Yield stress at zero plastic strain Kinematic hardening parameter Kinematic hardening parameter 7 RW N Etc specify kinematic hardening parameters C and for
169. Repeat the first and second data lines as often as necessary Each pair of lines defines a layer of rebar Data lines to define a single rebar in continuum elements SINGLE parameter included First line l 2 3 Element number or name of the element set that contains the rebar Cross sectional area of the rebar Fractional distance fi locating the rebar s position in the element see Figure 17 11 6 17 11 6 REBAR 4 Fractional distance f locating the rebar s position in the element 5 Isoparametric direction for three dimensional elements only In three dimensional cases the fractional distances fi and f are given along the first two edges of the face identified in Figure 17 11 7 for the isoparametric direction chosen Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line defines a single rebar Rebar Positive direction from lower to higher numbered edge y edge 1 Pd 3 edge 2 Figure 17 11 3 Orientation of rebar in plane and axisymmetric solid elements 17 11 7 REBAR y EL x Actual element Isoparametric mapping of Edge Corner nodes 1 2 rebar layer B 3 defined with 4 4 1 edge 2 or 4 rebar layer B 2 a 1 4 3 L y 1 Im L fi 1 2 Lao rebar layer A defined with 2 Sp L rebar layer A La L i edge 1 and f 4 element with rebar Figure 17 11 4 Rebar layer definition in solid elements with GEOMETRY ISOPARAMETRIC 17 11 8 R
170. Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define mass flow rates at various nodes or node sets Data lines for TYPE NODE REF COORDINATE First line 1 Node number 2 X coordinate of the node 3 Y coordinate of the node 4 Z coordinate of the node Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the initial coordinates of the mesh using nodal coordinates Data lines to prescribe initial plastic strains using TYPE PLASTIC STRAIN if the REBAR and SECTION POINTS parameters are omitted First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Value of first plastic strain component ei 3 Value of second plastic strain component ef 4 Etc up to six plastic strain components Give the plastic strain components as defined for this element type in Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Values given on the data lines are applied uniformly over the element In any element for which an ORIENTATION option applies the plastic strains must be given in the local system Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define initial plastic strains in various elements or element sets 9 18 11 INITIAL CONDITIONS Data lines for TYPE PLASTIC STRAIN REBAR First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Rebar name If this field is left blank the initial conditions will be applied to all rebars in the model
171. SIENT FIDELITY procedure to indicate that the process should use a quadratic velocity based extrapolation in time of the previous incremental solutions to begin the nonlinear equation solution for the current increment Set EXTRAPOLATION NO to suppress any extrapolation 18 36 2 INC NAME STEP Set this parameter equal to the maximum number of increments in a step or in a single loading cycle for direct cyclic analysis This value is only an upper bound The default value is 100 The INC parameter has no effect in procedures where automatic incrementation cannot be used for example BUCKLE STEADY STATE DYNAMICS and MODAL DYNAMIC Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the step on the output database Step names in the same input file must be unique Step names from the original input file can be reused in a restart input file NLGEOM Omit this parameter or set NLGEOM NO to perform a geometrically linear analysis during the current step Include this parameter or set NLGEOM YES to indicate that geometric nonlinearity should be accounted for during the step stress analysis and fully coupled thermal stress analysis only Once the NLGEOM option has been switched on it will be active during all subsequent steps in the analysis PERTURBATION SOLVER Include this parameter to indicate that this is a linear perturbation step For this type of analysis Abaqus Standard expects that load boundary a
172. ST DATA Used to provide planar test or pure shear data compression and or tension This option is used to provide planar test or pure shear data It can be used only in conjunction with the HYPERELASTIC option the HYPERFOAM option and the MULLINS EFFECT option This type of test does not define the hyperelastic material constants fully at the least uniaxial or biaxial test data should also be given Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Using planar test data to define a hyperelastic material References e Hyperelastic behavior of rubberlike materials Section 19 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual HYPERELASTIC Optional parameter SMOOTH Include this parameter to apply a smoothing filter to the stress strain data Ifthe parameter is omitted no smoothing is performed Set this parameter equal to the number n such that 2n 1 is equal to the total number of data points in the moving window through which a cubic polynomial is fit using the least squares method n should be larger than 1 The default is SMOOTH 3 Optional parameter when the PLANAR TEST DATA option is used in conjunction with the HYPERELASTIC MARLOW option DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the test data If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the test data depend only on tempe
173. Sn Standard deviation of the nucleation strain normal distribution fx volume fraction of nucleating voids Temperature First field variable Second field variable oO tn RR WN Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 21 7 1 VOID NUCLEATION 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of ey sy and fy on temperature and other predefined field variables 21 7 2 VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA 21 8 VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA Provide volumetric test data This option can be used only in conjunction with the HYPERELASTIC option the option or the VISCOELASTIC option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Hyperelastic material model Volumetric loading test data can be provided by this option to include user defined material compressibility Compressibility can alternatively be included by using the POISSON parameter on the HYPERELASTIC option or in the case of the Marlow model by specifying the nominal lateral strain under the UNIAXIAL TEST DATA option Ifnone of these options is used to specify volumetric behavior Abaqus Standard assumes that the material is incompressible while Abaqus Explicit will select a default valu
174. Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the stiffness as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define nonlinear constitutive behavior TYPE NONLINEAR First line 1 Force per unit length along pipeline 2 Relative displacement 16 10 2 PIPE SOIL STIFFNESS 3 Temperature 4 First field variable 5 Second field variable 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the force per unit length as a function of relative displacement temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define constitutive behavior using the ASCE formula for sand in the axial direction TYPE SAND DIRECTION AXIAL First line Effective unit weight of soil Coefficient of soil pressure at rest Ko Interface angle of friction 6 Give the value in degrees External pipe diameter D Ultimate relative displacement Temperature First field variable Second field variable OND tn FW YN Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a valu
175. T Required parameter TRACER SET Set this parameter equal to the name ofthe tracer set to which these tracer particles will be assigned Optional parameter PARTICLE BIRTH STAGES Set this parameter equal to the number of tracer particle births within the step If this parameter 1s omitted a single particle birth will occur at the beginning of the step If this parameter has a value n greater than one tracer particles will leave their parent nodes n times during the step at equally spaced intervals in time Data lines to define the tracer particles associated with the tracer set First line 1 List of nodes or node set labels to be assigned as tracer particles corresponding to this tracer set Repeat this data line as often as necessary Up to 16 entries are allowed per line 19 10 1 TRANSFORM 19 11 TRANSFORM Specify a local coordinate system at nodes This option is used to specify a local coordinate system for displacement and rotation degrees of freedom at a node Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Define nodal coordinate systems for prescribed conditions in the Load module Reference e Transformed coordinate systems Section 2 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set for which the local transformed system is being given Option
176. TENER 6 5 FASTENER PROPERTY 6 6 FIELD 6 7 FILE FORMAT 6 8 FILE OUTPUT 6 9 FILM 6 10 FILM PROPERTY 6 11 6 12 FIXED MASS SCALING 6 13 FLOW 6 14 FLUID BEHAVIOR 6 15 FLUID BULK MODULUS 6 16 FLUID CAVITY 6 17 FLUID DENSITY 6 18 FLUID EXCHANGE 6 19 FLUID EXCHANGE ACTIVATION 6 20 FLUID EXCHANGE PROPERTY 6 21 FLUID EXPANSION 6 22 FLUID FLUX 6 23 FLUID INFLATOR 6 24 FLUID INFLATOR ACTIVATION 6 25 FLUID INFLATOR MIXTURE 6 26 FLUID INFLATOR PROPERTY 6 27 FLUID LEAKOFF 6 28 FLUID LINK 6 29 FLUID PROPERTY 6 30 FOUNDATION 6 31 FRACTURE CRITERION 6 32 FRAME SECTION 6 33 FREQUENCY 6 34 FRICTION 6 35 G GAP 7 1 GAP CONDUCTANCE 7 2 GAP ELECTRICAL CONDUCTANCE 7 3 GAP FLOW GAP HEAT GENERATION GAP RADIATION GASKET BEHAVIOR GASKET CONTACT AREA GASKET ELASTICITY GASKET SECTION GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR GAS SPECIFIC HEAT GEL GEOSTATIC GLOBAL DAMPING HEADING HEAT GENERATION HEAT TRANSFER HEATCAP HOURGLASS STIFFNESS HYPERELASTIC HYPERFOAM HYPOELASTIC HYSTERESIS xi CONTENTS 7 4 7 5 7 6 77 7 8 7 9 7 10 7 11 7 12 7 13 7 14 7 15 CONTENTS Volume Il IMPEDANCE 9 1 IMPEDANCE PROPERTY 9 2 IMPERFECTION 9 3 IMPORT 9 4 IMPORT CONTROLS 9 5 IMPORT ELSET 9 6 IMPORT NSET 9 7 INCIDENT WAVE 9 8 INCIDENT WAVE FLUID PROPERTY 9 9 INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION 9 10 INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY 9 11 INCIDENT WAVE PROPERTY 9 12
177. TOR LOCK CONNECTOR MOTION CONNECTOR PLASTICITY CONNECTOR POTENTIAL CONNECTOR SECTION CONNECTOR STOP CONNECTOR UNIAXIAL BEHAVIOR CONSTRAINT CONTROLS CONTACT CONTACT CLEARANCE CONTACT CLEARANCE ASSIGNMENT CONTACT CONTROLS CONTACT CONTROLS ASSIGNMENT CONTACT DAMPING CONTACT EXCLUSIONS CONTACT FILE CONTACT FORMULATION CONTACT INCLUSIONS CONTACT INITIALIZATION ASSIGNMENT CONTACT INITIALIZATION DATA CONTACT INTERFERENCE CONTACT OUTPUT CONTACT PAIR CONTACT PRINT CONTACT PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT CONTACT RESPONSE CONTACT STABILIZATION CONTOUR INTEGRAL CONTROLS CONWEP CHARGE PROPERTY CORRELATION CO SIMULATION CO SIMULATION CONTROLS CO SIMULATION REGION COUPLED TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT COUPLED THERMAL ELECTRICAL COUPLING CRADIATE CREEP CREEP STRAIN RATE CONTROL vii CONTENTS 3 41 3 42 3 43 3 44 3 45 3 46 3 47 3 48 3 49 3 50 3 51 3 52 3 53 3 54 3 55 3 56 3 57 3 58 3 59 3 60 3 61 3 62 3 63 3 64 3 65 3 66 3 67 3 68 3 69 3 70 3 71 3 72 3 73 3 74 3 75 3 76 3 77 3 78 3 79 3 80 3 81 3 82 CONTENTS CRUSHABLE FOAM 3 83 CRUSHABLE FOAM HARDENING 3 84 CYCLED PLASTIC 3 85 CYCLIC 3 86 CYCLIC HARDENING 3 87 CYCLIC SYMMETRY MODEL 3 88 D D ADDED MASS 4 1 DAMAGE EVOLUTION 4 2 DAMAGE INITIATION 4 3 DAMAGE STABILIZATION 4 4 DAMPING 4 5 DAMPING CONTROLS 4 6 DASHPOT 4 7 DEBOND 4 8 DECHARGE 4 9 DECURRENT 4 10 DEFORMATION
178. TYPE PLANE the vector from xg to xo defines the direction ofthe incoming wave the distance between the two points is unimportant For incident wave loads using bubble amplitudes the source positions defined by the user with the INCIDENT WAVE PROPERTY option are interpreted as the initial positions of the source 9 12 2 INCIDENT WAVE REFLECTION 9 13 INCIDENT WAVE REFLECTION Define the reflection load on a surface caused by incident wave fields This option is used to define reflected incident wave fields It must be used in conjunction with the INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION option preferred interface for applying incident wave loading or the INCIDENT WAVE option alternative interface Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type History data Level Step References e Acoustic and shock loads Section 30 4 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION e INCIDENT WAVE There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define an incident wave reflection First line Distance from the source point to the first reflecting plane X direction cosine of the normal to the reflecting plane pointing away from the source point Y direction cosine of the normal to the reflecting plane pointing away from the source point Z direction cosine of the normal to the reflecting plane pointing away from the source point Un A U Ne Reflection coefficient The default value
179. This parameter is used to specify the method used to sample all steady state norms associated with this option See Steady state detection Section 11 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information regarding steady state norm definitions Set SAMPLING PLANE BY PLANE to calculate the steady state norms as each plane of elements crosses the exit plane This method should be used only for non Eulerian analyses with uniform planes of elements sequentially passing the exit plane Set SAMPLING UNIFORM to calculate the steady state norms at an interval defined by the time required for material to flow through an element of average length This interval is determined at the beginning of the step and remains constant throughout the step This method should be used only for analyses with material flowing in and out of Eulerian boundary regions in the primary direction Data line to define primary direction and cutting plane position First and only line 1 First direction cosine of primary direction 2 Second direction cosine of primary direction 18 33 1 STEADY STATE DETECTION 3 Third direction cosine of primary direction 4 Global X coordinate of a point on the cutting plane 5 Global Y coordinate of a point on the cutting plane 6 Global Z coordinate of a point on the cutting plane 18 33 2 STEADY STATE DYNAMICS 18 34 STEADY STATE DYNAMICS Steady state dynamic response based on harmonic excitation Th
180. UE YES to specify that this step will carry over the damping factors from the end of the immediately preceding general step This parameter must be used in conjunction with the ALLSDTOL and the STABILIZE parameters This parameter selects direct user control of the incrementation through the step If this parameter is used constant increments of the size defined by the first item on the data line are used If this parameter is omitted Abaqus Standard will choose the increments after trying the user s initial time increment for the first attempt at the first increment The parameter can have the value NO STOP If this value is included the solution to an increment is accepted after the maximum number of iterations allowed has been completed as defined by the CONTROLS option even if the equilibrium tolerances are not satisfied Very small increments and a minimum of two iterations are usually necessary if this value is used This approach is not recommended it should be used only in special cases when the analyst has a thorough understanding of how to interpret results obtained in this way Set this parameter equal to the damping factor to be used in the automatic damping algorithm see Solving nonlinear problems Section 7 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual if the problem is expected to be unstable due to local instabilities and the damping factor calculated by Abaqus is not suitable This parameter must be used in conjunction with th
181. When the REVOLVE parameter is used the offset is added to each node number on the previous cross section to obtain the numbering of the nodes on the next cross section starting at the reference cross section 9 0 0 The reference cross section uses the same numbering as the original axisymmetric model When the REFLECT parameter is used the offset is added to the original node numbers to define the numbering on the reflected part The default and minimum value is the largest node number used in the original model TOLERANCE Set this parameter equal to the distance to be used in the search for duplicate nodes Duplicate nodes on the axis of revolution of a revolved model on the connection planes between sectors of a periodic model and on the connection plane between the two parts of a reflected model will be eliminated The default distance is 1 0 of the average element dimension Data lines if each generated sector in the periodic model has a constant angle PERIODICZCONSTANT First line X coordinate of point a Y coordinate of point a Z coordinate of point a X coordinate of point b Y coordinate of point b Z coordinate of point b Second line 1 Segment angle 0 in degrees of the original three dimensional sector 0 0 0 lt 360 0 18 56 2 SYMMETRIC MODEL GENERATION 2 Number of three dimensional repetitive sectors including the original sector in the generated periodic model The default is 1
182. a are written to the output database file or specify time points in the loading history at which the response of a structure will be evaluated in a direct cyclic analysis This option is used to specify time points at which data are written to the output database file or if it is used in conjunction with the DIRECT CYCLIC option to specify time points in the loading history at which the response of a structure will be evaluated Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Step module References e DIRECT CYCLIC e OUTPUT Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the time points Optional parameters GENERATE If this parameter is included each data line should give a starting time point 1 an ending time point 5 and the time increment between these two specified time points At INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line 19 7 1 TIME POINTS Data lines if the GENERATE parameter is omitted First line 1 List of time points the points must be arranged in ascending order Repeat this data line as often as necessary Up to eight entries are a
183. a stiffness or mass is required or twice to give both matrices Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance Model References e User defined elements Section 29 16 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e USER ELEMENT Required parameter TYPE Set TYPE MASS to define the mass matrix Set TYPE STIFFNESS to define the stiffness matrix Optional parameter INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file from which the data lines are to be read See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter 1s omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line Data lines to define the matrix First line 1 Matrix entries four per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary 13 6 1 MATRIX ASSEMBLE 13 7 MATRIX ASSEMBLE Define stiffness mass or damping matrices for a part of the model This option can be used to identify a stiffness mass or damping matrix that will be assembled into the corresponding global finite element matrix This matrix must have been input previously by using the MATRIX INPUT option Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Model References Defining matrices Section 2 10 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e MATRIX INPUT At least one of the following parameters is required MASS Set this parameter equal to the name of
184. able for tabularly dependent parameters This option is used to define the dependence table that specifies the relationship between tabularly dependent and independent parameters Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Model Step References e Parametric input Section 1 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Parametric shape variation Section 2 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters NUMBER VALUES Set this keyword parameter equal to the number of values in each line of the parameter dependence table This number must be equal to the sum of the number of dependent and the number of independent parameters for which this table is used TABLE Set this keyword parameter equal to the name of the table being defined in this option Data lines to define the parameter dependence table First line 1 Values in the first row of the dependence table Give the dependent and independent parameter data values that are to be interpolated The dependent parameter values must precede the independent parameter values The total number of entries in the row must equal the value of the NUMBER VALUES parameter Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define additional rows of the parameter dependence table The data given on this data line cannot be parameterized 16 2 1 PARAMETER SHAPE VARIATION 16 3 PARAMETER SHAPE VARIATION De
185. able only for STEADY STATE DYNAMICS DIRECT STEADY STATE DYNAMICS SUBSPACE PROJECTION and STEADY STATE DYNAMICS and MODAL DYNAMIC analyses that support nondiagonal damping Temperature First field variable Second field variable A UC 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 18 29 2 SPRING 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the spring stiffness as a function of frequency temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define nonlinear spring behavior for SPRINGA or ITS elements First line 1 Enter a blank line Second line Force Relative displacement Temperature First field variable Second field variable nA BP WN 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the spring stiffness as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define linear spring behavior for SPRING1 SPRING2 or JOINTC elements First line 1 Degree of freedom with which the springs are associated at their first nodes or for JOINTC elements the deg
186. ace or edge identifier label see Element based surface definition Section 2 3 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the face and edge identifiers for various elements or the word EDGE optional Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the surface Data lines to define a surface using nodes or node sets when the TYPE NODE parameter is used First line 1 Node set name or node number 2 Cross sectional area or distributing weight factor In Abaqus Standard contact calculations the default is the area specified in the associated SURFACE INTERACTION option if the surface is defined in a contact pair otherwise a unit area is used In Abaqus Explicit the cross sectional area used for contact pair calculations for node based surface nodes is always set to 1 0 regardless of the value specified here If the surface is used in a COUPLING or SHELL TO SOLID COUPLING definition the default distributing weight factor is zero in Abaqus Standard and 1 0 in Abaqus Explicit Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the surface Data lines to define a surface using a plane cutting through the given element sets when TYPE CUTTING SURFACE DEFINITION COORDINATES First line X coordinate of a point on the cutting plane in the initial configuration Y coordinate of a point on the cutting plane in the initial configuration Z coordinate of a point on the cutting plane in the initial configuration
187. ading pressure data from the first step available on the results file BINC Set this parameter equal to the increment number of the analysis whose results file is being used as input to this option that begins the history data to be read If no value is supplied Abaqus Standard will begin reading pressure data from the first increment available excluding any zero increments for step BSTEP on the results file ESTEP Set this parameter equal to the step number of the analysis whose results file is being used as input to this option that ends the history data to be read If no value is supplied ESTEP is taken as equal to BSTEP EINC Set this parameter equal to the increment number of the analysis whose results file is being used as input to this option that ends the history data to be read If no value is supplied EINC is taken as the last available increment of step ESTEP on the results file Required parameter for defining data in user subroutine UPRESS USER Include this parameter to indicate that user subroutine UPRESS will be used to define equivalent pressure stress values UPRESS will be called for each node given on the data lines If values are also given on the data lines these values will be ignored If a results file has been specified in addition to user subroutine UPRESS values read from the results file will be passed into UPRESS for possible modification 16 25 2 PRESSURE STRESS Data lines to define press
188. after the maximum number of iterations allowed has been completed as defined by the CONTROLS option even if the equilibrium tolerances are not satisfied Very small increments and a minimum of two iterations are usually necessary if this value is used This approach is not recommended it should be used only in special cases when the analyst has a thorough understanding of how to interpret results obtained in this way ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of an element set for which the rigid body motion will be described in a spatial or Eulerian manner The rest of the elements in the model will be treated in a classical Lagrangian manner Only one Eulerian element set can be specified in the whole model If this parameter is omitted the rigid body motion in the whole model will be described in a spatial or Eulerian manner FACTOR Set this parameter equal to the damping factor to be used in the automatic damping algorithm see Solving nonlinear problems Section 7 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual if the problem is expected to be unstable due to local instabilities and the damping factor calculated by Abaqus is not suitable This parameter must be used in conjunction with the STABILIZE parameter and overrides the automatic calculation of the damping factor based on a value of the dissipated energy fraction INERTIA Include this parameter to indicate that inertia effects must be accounted for Set INERTIA NO default
189. ain a desired thickness direction the appropriate numerical value for the STACK DIRECTION parameter depends on the element connectivity For a mesh independent 18 15 3 SHELL SECTION specification use STACK DIRECTION ORIENTATION If the orientation assigned to the ORIENTATION parameter is defined with a distribution Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual STACK DIRECTION ORIENTATION is not supported SYMMETRIC This parameter is relevant only when the COMPOSITE parameter is used Include this parameter if the layers in the composite shell are symmetric about a central core This parameter cannot be used if a spatially varying thickness or orientation angle is defined on any composite layer using a distribution Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual TEMPERATURE Use this parameter to select the mode of temperature and field variable input used on the FIELD the INITIAL CONDITIONS or the TEMPERATURE options Omit the TEMPERATURE parameter to define the predefined field by its magnitude on the reference surface of the shell and its gradient through the thickness Set TEMPERATURE where n is the number of predefined field variable points in the shell or in each layer if the COMPOSITE parameter is used to define the predefined field at n equally spaced points through each layer of the shell section In a heat transfer analysis step or a coupl
190. ain for various elements or element sets Data lines for TYPE HARDENING REBAR First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Rebar name If this field 1s left blank the initial conditions will be applied to all rebars in the model 3 Initial equivalent plastic strain amp o 4 Initial first backstress a19 Only relevant for the kinematic hardening models 9 18 9 INITIAL CONDITIONS Subsequent lines only needed if the NUMBER BACKSTRESSES parameter has a value greater than one 1 Initial second backstress 2 Only relevant for the kinematic hardening models 2 Etc backstress components for each backstress must be specified on a separate data line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the hardening parameters for rebars in various elements or element sets No data lines are required for TYPE HARDENING USER Data lines for TYPE HARDENING SECTION POINTS First line Element number or element set label Section point number Initial equivalent plastic strain o BW N First value of the first initial backstress a1 Only relevant for the kinematic hardening models Un Second value of the first initial backstress a19 6 Third value of the first initial backstress ab Subsequent lines only needed if the NUMBER BACKSTRESSES parameter has a value greater than one 1 First value of the initial second backstress 20 2 Second
191. al The AMPLITUDE parameter is ignored for nonuniform seepage flow boundary conditions defined in user subroutine FLOW and for drainage only seepage boundary conditions OP Set OP MOD default to modify existing flows or to define additional flows Set OP NEW if all existing SFLOWs applied to the model should be removed New flows can be defined Data lines to define uniform seepage First line 1 Surface name 2 Seepage flow type label Q 3 Reference pore pressure value u Units of FL 4 Reference seepage coefficient value ks Units of F L T Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define uniform seepage for various surfaces 18 9 1 SFLOW Data lines to define drainage only seepage First line 1 Surface name 2 Seepage flow type label QD 3 Drainage only seepage coefficient value k Units of F L T Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define drainage only seepage for various surfaces Data lines to define nonuniform seepage First line 1 Surface name 2 Seepage flow type label QNU 3 Optional reference pore pressure value If given this value is passed into user subroutine FLOW in the variable used to define the sink pore pressure 4 Optional reference seepage coefficient If given this value is passed into user subroutine FLOW in the variable used to define the seepage coefficient The reference pore pressure value u and reference seepage coefficient k are de
192. al parameter TYPE Set TYPE R default to indicate a rectangular Cartesian system Figure 19 11 1 Set TYPE C to indicate a cylindrical system Figure 19 11 2 Set TYPE S to indicate a spherical system Figure 19 11 3 Data line to define a transformed coordinate system First and only line 1 Global X coordinate of point a specifying transformation Global Y coordinate of point a specifying transformation Global Z coordinate of point a specifying transformation Global X coordinate of point b specifying transformation Global Y coordinate of point b specifying transformation QN Ur BW N Global Z coordinate of point 6 specifying transformation 19 11 1 TRANSFORM X global Figure 19 11 1 Cartesian transformation option y tangential X global Figure 19 11 2 Cylindrical transformation option 19 11 2 TRANSFORM zZ meridional Y circumferential radial X global Figure 19 11 3 Spherical transformation option 19 11 3 TRANSPORT VELOCITY 19 12 TRANSPORT VELOCITY Specify angular transport velocity This option is used to define the angular velocity of material transported through the mesh of a deformable body or the transport of material relative to the reference node of a rigid body during a steady state transport analysis Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References e Steady state transport analysis Section 6 4
193. also required To obtain a desired thickness direction the appropriate numerical value for the STACK DIRECTION parameter depends on the element connectivity For a mesh independent specification use STACK DIRECTION ORIENTATION If the orientation assigned to the ORIENTATION parameter is defined with a distribution Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual STACK DIRECTION ORIENTATION is not supported SYMMETRIC This parameter is relevant only when the COMPOSITE parameter is used Include this parameter if the layers in the composite shell are symmetric about a central core This parameter cannot be used if a spatially varying thickness or orientation angle is defined on any composite layer using a distribution Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual THICKNESS MODULUS This parameter is relevant only for continuum shells Set this parameter equal to an effective thickness modulus The default effective thickness modulus is twice the initial in plane shear modulus based on the material definition ZERO If the section is defined by its general stiffness set this parameter equal to 9 the reference temperature for thermal expansion for example ZERO 50 means 6 50 This parameter is ignored if the COMPOSITE the MATERIAL or the USER parameter is specified 18 14 3 SHELL GENERAL SECTION The following parameters are optional mutually e
194. alysis when the ITERATION parameter is included No data lines are needed when the ITERATION parameter is specified To recover additional output from a previous low cycle fatigue analysis when the CYCLE parameter is included No data lines are needed when the CYCLE parameter is specified 16 21 2 POTENTIAL 16 22 POTENTIAL Define an anisotropic yield creep model This option is used to define stress ratios for anisotropic yield and creep behavior It can be used only in conjunction with material models defined by the CREEP option the PLASTIC option HARDENING ISOTROPIC KINEMATIC or COMBINED the POTENTIAL option can be used in conjunction with COMBINED hardening only in Abaqus Explicit and or the VISCOUS option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Classical metal plasticity Section 20 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Models for metals subjected to cyclic loading Section 20 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Rate dependent plasticity creep and swelling Section 20 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Anisotropic yield creep Section 20 2 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Two layer viscoplasticity Section 20 2 11 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the d
195. ame Node number or node set label on master surface First component of normal in global coordinates Second component of normal in global coordinates Un d WN Third component of normal in global coordinates Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the normals 14 15 1 NSET 14 16 NSET Assign nodes to a node set This option assigns nodes to a node set Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model or history data Level Part Part instance Assembly Model Step Abaqus CAE Set toolset Reference Node definition Section 2 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set to which the nodes will be assigned Optional parameters ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of a previously defined element set The nodes that define the elements that belong to this element set at the time this option is encountered will be assigned to the node set specified The UNSORTED parameter cannot be used with this parameter The ELSET and GENERATE parameters are mutually exclusive GENERATE If this parameter is included each data line should give a first node n a last node na and the increment in node numbers between these nodes i Then all nodes going from n to na in steps of i will be added to the set must be an integer such that nz n4 i is a whole number not a fraction The
196. ameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the scaling moduli in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the moduli are constant or depend only on temperature Data line if the MATERIAL parameter is included First and only line 1 Shell thickness This value is ignored if the NODAL THICKNESS or SHELL THICKNESS parameter is included Data lines if the COMPOSITE parameter is included First line 1 Positive scalar value defining layer thickness or in Abaqus Standard the name of a distribution Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual that defines spatially varying layer thicknesses A distribution for composite layer thickness can be used only for conventional shell elements not continuum shell elements The layer thickness is modified if the NODAL THICKNESS or SHELL THICKNESS parameter is included 2 This field is not used any value given will be ignored It is included for compatibility with the SHELL SECTION option 3 Name of the material forming this layer 4 Orientation angle or the name of a distribution Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual that defines spatially varying orientation angles Orientation angles in degrees are measured positive counterclockwise relative to the orientation definition given with the ORIENTATION parameter If the ORIENTATI
197. ameter is omitted and the INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS parameter is included First line First independent component number 1 6 Second independent component number 1 6 Etc up to N entries The independent components should not include the component for which the uniaxial loading behavior is being defined Subsequent lines 1 Force or moment in the direction specified by the COMPONENT parameter on the CONNECTOR UNIAXIAL BEHAVIOR option Provide the absolute value if the DIRECTION parameter is defined Constitutive relative displacement or rotation Provide the absolute value if the DIRECTION parameter is defined 3 Constitutive relative motion in the first independent component identified on the first data line Constitutive relative motion in the second independent component identified on the first data line 5 Etc up to N entries as identified on the first data line 6 7 First field variable 8 Temperature Second field variable If the number of data entries exceeds the limit of eight entries per line continue the input on the next data line Do not repeat the first data line Repeat the subsequent data lines as often as necessary to define the loading curve data 12 3 4 LOADING DATA Data lines to define rate dependent uniaxial behavior in the direction of the specified component of relative motion the RATE DEPENDENT parameter is included and the INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS p
198. ameters if the READ parameter is used END STEP Include this parameter to specify that the current step should be terminated at this point The INTERVAL parameter is required when this parameter is used This parameter is useful when the user wishes to redefine the loading history contact surface definitions etc If this parameter is omitted Abaqus Explicit will continue the analysis from the last available restart interval to complete the current step as it is defined in the run from which the restart is being made INTERVAL Set this parameter equal to the interval number within the step specified by the STEP parameter after which the analysis will resume The END STEP parameter is required when this parameter is used Optional parameters if the WRITE parameter is used NUMBER INTERVAL Set this parameter equal to the number of intervals during the step at which the RESTART data are to be written The value of this parameter must be a positive integer The default is NUMBER INTERVAL 1 Abaqus Explicit will always write the restart data at the beginning and end of the step For example if NUMBER INTERVAL 10 Abaqus Explicit will write 11 restart states consisting of the values at the beginning of the step and the values at 10 evenly spaced intervals throughout the step TIME MARKS Set TIME MARKS NO default to write the restart at the increment ending immediately after the time dictated by the NUMBER INTERVAL parameter Set
199. ant Units of T Flow behavior index n Temperature First field variable Second field variable Third field variable oN QN tn FW 21 4 2 VISCOSITY Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the coefficients of the Cross viscosity model as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the Ellis Meter viscous shear behavior DEFINITION ELLIS METER First line 1 Shear viscosity at low shear rates Newtonian limit 70 Units of FL T 2 Shear viscosity at large shear rates Nos Units of FL T UJ Effective shear stress 2 at which the viscosity is 50 between the Newtonian limit no and the infinite shear viscosity no Units of FL Flow behavior index n Temperature First field variable Second field variable Third field variable IDO tA Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the coefficients of the Ellis Meter viscosity model as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the Herschel Bulkey vis
200. anual Response spectrum analysis Section 6 3 10 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Random response analysis Section 6 3 11 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual MODAL DAMPING Optional parameters DEFINITION Set DEFINITION MODE NUMBERS default to indicate that the selected modes are given as a collection of mode numbers Set DEFINITION FREQUENCY RANGE to indicate that the modes are selected from the specified frequency ranges including frequency boundaries Frequency ranges can be discontinuous If both the MODAL DAMPING and SELECT EIGENMODES options are used in the same step the DEFINITION parameter must be set equal to the same value in both options GENERATE If this parameter is included each data line should give a first mode n a last mode and the increment in mode numbers between these modes i Then all modes going from n to in steps of i will be added to the set must be an integer such that nz n i is a whole number not a fraction This parameter can be used only with DEFINITION MODE NUMBERS 18 7 1 SELECT EIGENMODES Data lines if DEFINITION MODE NUMBERS and the GENERATE parameter is omitted First line 1 List of modes to be used Repeat this data line as often as necessary Up to 16 entries are allowed per line Data lines if DEFINITION MODE NUMBERS and the GENERATE parameter is included First line 1 First mode number 2 Last mode number 3 Increme
201. anual e fluid contact properties Section 33 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UINTER Section 1 1 34 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e VUINTER Section 1 2 15 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e VUINTERACTION Section 1 2 16 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to this surface interaction property Use this label on the INTERACTION parameter of the CONTACT PAIR option for an Abaqus Standard contact analysis or an Abaqus Explicit analysis using the contact pair algorithm or on the data line of the CONTACT PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT option for an Abaqus Explicit analysis using the general contact algorithm to assign this surface interaction property to a contact interaction 18 50 1 SURFACE INTERACTION Optional DEPVAR parameters This parameter is relevant only when the USER parameter is included Set DEPVAR equal to the number of state dependent variables required for user subroutine UINTER in an Abaqus Standard analysis or for user subroutine VUINTER or VUINTERACTION in an Abaqus Explicit analysis The default is DEPVAR 0 PAD THICKNESS This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses using the contact pair algorithm Set this parameter equal to the thickness of an interfacial layer between the contacting surfaces The value can be positive or negative PROP
202. aqus Standard Type History data Level Model References e Output Section 4 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Restarting an analysis Section 9 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter STEP Set this parameter equal to the step number from which output is required Optional parameters CYCLE This parameter applies only to postprocessing a low cycle fatigue analysis see Low cycle fatigue analysis using the direct cyclic approach Section 6 2 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set this parameter equal to the cycle number in a low cycle fatigue analysis from which additional output is being requested ITERATION This parameter applies only to postprocessing a direct cyclic analysis see Direct cyclic analysis Section 6 2 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set this parameter equal to the iteration number in a direct cyclic analysis from which additional output is being requested Data lines to request output from specified increments if both the ITERATION and the CYCLE parameters are omitted First line 1 First increment number at which additional output is being requested 2 Second increment number at which additional output is being requested 3 Etc up to eight increments per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the increments at which output is required 16 21 1 POST OUTPUT To recover additional output from a previous direct cyclic an
203. ar strain rate y Units of T Temperature First field variable Second field variable QN Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the viscosity as a function of effective shear strain rate temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the material properties for the user defined viscosity model DEFINITION USER No data lines are needed if the PROPERTIES parameter is omitted or set to 0 Otherwise first line 1 Give the material properties eight per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material properties 21 4 5 VISCOELASTIC 21 5 VISCOELASTIC Specify dissipative behavior for use with elasticity This option is used to generalize a material s elastic response to include viscoelasticity The viscoelasticity can be defined as a function of frequency for steady state small vibration analyses or as a function of reduced time for time dependent analyses Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References Time domain viscoelasticity Section 19 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Frequency domain viscoelasticity Section 19 7 2
204. arameter is omitted First line Second line Force or moment Provide the absolute value Constitutive relative displacement or rotation Provide the absolute value Relative velocity Provide the absolute value Temperature First field variable D UU A U Nel Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Do not repeat the first data line Repeat the subsequent data lines as often as necessary to define the loading curve data Data lines to define rate dependent uniaxial behavior that depends on the relative motions in several component directions the RATE DEPENDENT and INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS parameters are included First line 1 First independent component number 1 6 2 Second independent component number 1 6 3 Etc up to N entries The independent components should not include the component for which the uniaxial loading behavior is being defined Second line 1 2 m 3 12 3 5 LOADING DATA Subsequent lines 1 Force or moment in the direction specified by the COMPONENT parameter on the CONNECTOR UNIAXIAL BEHAVIOR option Provide the absolute value Constitutive relative displacement or rotation Provide the absolute value Relative velocity Provide the absolute value Constitutive relative m
205. arameter is omitted the analysis is imported from the last available interval of the specified step ITERATION This parameter is relevant only when the results are imported from a previous direct cyclic Abaqus Standard analysis When importing an analysis from Abaqus Standard into Abaqus Explicit or from one Abaqus Standard analysis into another Abaqus Standard analysis set this parameter equal to the iteration number of the specified step on the Abaqus Standard restart file from which the analysis is to be imported Since restart information can be written only at the end of an iteration in a direct cyclic analysis the INCREMENT parameter is irrelevant and is ignored if the ITERATION parameter is specified If this parameter is omitted the analysis is imported from the last available iteration of the specified step Optional parameters STATE STEP Set STATE YES default to import the current material state of the elements at the specified step and the specified interval increment or iteration Set STATE NO if no material state is to be imported In this case the elements will start with no initial state or with the state as defined by the INITIAL CONDITIONS option Set this parameter equal to the step on the Abaqus Explicit state file or on the Abaqus Standard restart file from which the analysis is being imported If this parameter is omitted the analysis is imported from the last available step on the state file or the restart
206. arameter when the NODE OUTPUT option is used in conjunction with the OUTPUT HISTORY option GLOBAL This parameter is relevant only at nodes where the TRANSFORM option has been used to define a local coordinate system Set GLOBAL NO to write vector valued nodal variables in the local directions Set GLOBAL YES default to write vector valued nodal variables in the global directions This default is the opposite of the default on the NODE PRINT option and is used because most postprocessors assume that components are given in the global system Optional parameter VARIABLE Set VARIABLE ALL to indicate that all nodal variables applicable to this procedure and material type should be written to the output database Set VARIABLE PRESELECT to indicate that the default nodal output variables for the current procedure type should be written to the output database Additional output variables can be requested on the data lines If this parameter is omitted the nodal variables requested for output must be specified on the data lines Data lines to request nodal output First line 1 Specify the identifying keys for the variables to be written to the output database The keys are defined in Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual and Abaqus Explicit output variable identifiers Section 4 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as
207. arameters are to be computed by Abaqus from data taken from shear and volumetric creep tests Set TIME FREQUENCY DATA if the Prony series parameters are to be computed by Abaqus from frequency dependent cyclic test data Set TIME PRONY to define a linear isotropic viscoelastic material by giving the parameters of the Prony series representation of the relaxation moduli Set TIME RELAXATION TEST DATA if the Prony series parameters are to be computed by Abaqus from data taken from shear and volumetric relaxation tests Optional parameters PRELOAD TYPE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter can be used only in conjunction with FREQUENCY TABULAR to specify the nature of preload used for defining frequency domain viscoelastic material properties or effective thickness direction gasket properties Set PRELOAD UNIAXIAL to specify that the frequency domain viscoelastic material properties correspond to a uniaxial test Set PRELOAD VOLUMETRIC to specify that the frequency domain viscoelastic material properties correspond to a volumetric test This setting is not meaningful when used with gasket elements to define effective thickness direction properties Use this parameter to define whether the VISCOELASTIC option is being used to define continuum material properties or effective thickness direction gasket properties Set TYPE ISOTROPIC default and only option for Abaqus Explicit to define continuum ma
208. arametric rebar in three dimensional shell or membrane Data lines to define skew rebar in three dimensional shell elements First line BW N Element number or name of the element set that contains these rebar Cross sectional area of each rebar Spacing of rebar in the plane of the shell The default is 1 0 Position of the rebar in the shell section thickness direction This value is given as the distance of the rebar from the middle surface of the shell positive in the direction of the positive normal to the shell This value is modified if the NODAL THICKNESS parameter is included with the SHELL SECTION option of the underlying shell element Angular orientation of rebar in degrees between the positive local 1 direction and the rebar The optional ORIENTATION parameter given on the SHELL SECTION option should have no influence on the rebar angular orientation Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line defines a layer of rebar Data lines to define skew rebar in three dimensional membrane elements First line WN Element number or name of the element set that contains these rebar Cross sectional area of each rebar Spacing of rebar in the plane of the membrane The default is 1 0 Angular orientation of rebar in degrees between the positive local 1 direction and the rebar The optional ORIENTATION parameter given on the MEMBRANE SECTION option should have no influence on
209. arbitrary angle of incidence This parameter can be used only for transient dynamics Set NONREFLECTING CIRCULAR to specify a radiation condition appropriate for a circular boundary in two dimensions or a right circular cylinder in three dimensions Set NONREFLECTING SPHERICAL to specify a radiation condition appropriate for a spherical boundary Set NONREFLECTING ELLIPTICAL to specify a radiation condition appropriate for an elliptical boundary in two dimensions or a right elliptical cylinder in three dimensions Set NONREFLECTING PROLATE SPHEROIDAL to specify a radiation condition appropriate for a prolate spheroidal boundary 9 1 1 IMPEDANCE Optional parameter OP Set OP MOD default to modify existing impedances or to define additional impedances Set OP NEW if all existing impedances applied to the model should be removed To remove only selected impedances use OP NEW and respecify all impedances that are to be retained Data line to define an impedance for PROPERTY NONREFLECTING PLANAR or NONREFLECTING IMPROVED First and only line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Surface impedance type label In for impedance on face n Data line to define an absorbing boundary impedance for NONREFLECTING CIRCULAR or NONREFLECTING SPHERICAL First and only line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Surface impedance type label In for impedance on face n 3 the radius of the circle or sphere def
210. as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines for TYPE MEMBER First line Va compressive capacity Va tensile capacity Hm horizontal capacity Mm moment capacity Temperature First field variable Second field variable Third field variable 10 3 2 JOINT PLASTICITY Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the plastic behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 10 3 3 10 4 JOINTED MATERIAL JOINTED MATERIAL Specify the jointed material model This option is used to define a failure surface and the flow parameters for a single joint system or for bulk material failure in the elastic plastic model of a jointed material or it can be used to define shear retention in open joints Up to three joint systems can be defined for each material point Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Model Reference e Jointed material model Section 20 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the parameters of the model in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the
211. at the offset specified in element section definitions via the OFFSET parameter on SHELL SECTION or RIGID BODY will be used Repeat this data line as often as necessary If the offset fraction assignments overlap the last assignment applies in the overlap region 18 52 4 SURFACE PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT Data lines for PROPERTY THICKNESS First line 1 Surface name If the surface name is omitted a default surface that encompasses the entire general contact domain is assumed 2 The word ORIGINAL default the word THINNING available only in Abaqus Explicit or a scalar value representing a nominal thickness 3 A constant scaling factor default is 1 0 Repeat this data line as often as necessary If the thickness assignments overlap the last assignment applies in the overlap region 18 52 5 SURFACE SECTION 18 53 SURFACE SECTION Specify section properties for surface elements This option is used to specify a surface element cross section It must be used in conjunction with the REBAR LAYER option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Property module References e Surface elements Section 29 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Defining reinforcement Section 2 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual REBAR LAYER Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element se
212. at this data line as often as necessary to define the relationship between the bending moment and the plastic rotation about the first cross section axis At least three pairs of data are required 16 14 1 PLASTIC M2 16 15 PLASTIC M2 Define the second plastic bending moment behavior for frame elements This option can be used only in conjunction with the FRAME SECTION option and is available only for FRAMES3D elements It describes the bending moment in a frame element as a function of the plastic rotation about the second cross section direction Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Frame section behavior Section 26 4 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FRAME SECTION There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define the variation of yield moment M with plastic rotation First line 1 Bending yield moment M about the second cross section direction 2 Plastic rotation about the second cross section direction Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the relationship between the bending moment and the plastic rotation about the second cross section axis At least three pairs of data are required 16 15 1 PLASTIC TORQUE 16 16 PLASTIC TORQUE Define the plastic torsional moment behavior for frame elements This option can be used only in conjunction with the FRAME SECTION option and is available only for FRAMEJ3D el
213. at this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the yield stress ratio on equivalent plastic strain and if needed on temperature and other predefined field variables 17 8 2 RATIOS 17 9 RATIOS Define anisotropic swelling This option is used to specify ratios that define anisotropic swelling The RATIOS option can be used only in conjunction with the MOISTURE SWELLING option or the SWELLING option and it should appear immediately after either one Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Moisture swelling Section 23 7 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Rate dependent plasticity creep and swelling Section 20 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e MOISTURE SWELLING e SWELLING Optional parameter when the RATIOS option is used with the SWELLING option DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the anisotropy ratios in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the ratios depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define anisotropic swelling ratios First line fil 9 T33 Temperature This value and all of the following field variables
214. ayer This number must be an odd number The default is one integration point Name of the material forming this layer Name of the orientation to be used with this layer an orientation angle d or in Abaqus Standard the name of a distribution Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual that defines spatially varying orientation angles If the name of an orientation is used the orientation cannot be defined with distributions Orientation angles in degrees are measured positive counterclockwise relative to the local direction which must be defined on the ORIENTATION definition Name of the ply Required only for composite layups defined in Abaqus CAE Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the properties for each layer of the composite solid If the SYMMETRIC parameter is included specify only half the layers from the bottom layer to the midplane 18 22 3 SOLUBILITY 18 23 SOLUBILITY Specify solubility This option is used to define the solubility for a material diffusing through a base material It must be used in conjunction with the DIFFUSIVITY option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Solubility Section 23 5 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DIFFUSIVITY Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies
215. baqus Analysis User s Manual Set this parameter equal to the highest mode number for which output is required The default value is LAST MODE N where N is the number of modes extracted If the MODE parameter is used the default value is LAST MODE M where Mis the value of the MODE parameter This parameter is useful only during natural frequency extraction complex eigenvalue extraction and eigenvalue buckling estimation Set this parameter equal to the first mode number for which 14 12 1 NODE PRINT output is required The default is MODE 1 See also the LAST MODE parameter When performing a FREQUENCY analysis the normalization will follow the format set by the NORMALIZATION parameter Otherwise the normalization is such that the largest displacement component in the mode has a magnitude of 1 0 NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set for which this output request is being made If this parameter is omitted the output will be printed for all of the nodes in the model SUMMARY Set SUMMARY YES default to obtain a summary and the locations of the maximum and minimum values in each column of the table Set SUMMARY NO to suppress this summary TOTALS Set TOTALS YES to print the total of each column in the table This is useful for example to sum reaction forces in a particular direction The default is TOTALS NO Data lines to request nodal output in the data file First line 1 Give the identif
216. before mapping If the value entered is zero or blank a scale factor of 1 0 is assumed Data lines for TYPE BLENDED First line 1 Node number of the first control node 2 X coordinate of the point to which this control node is to be mapped 3 Y coordinate of the point to which this control node is to be mapped 4 Z coordinate of the point to which this control node is to be mapped Second line 1 Node number of the second control node 14 4 5 NMAP 2 X coordinate of the point to which this control node is to be mapped 3 Y coordinate of the point to which this control node is to be mapped 4 Z coordinate of the point to which this control node is to be mapped Continue giving up to 20 control nodes but giving at least the eight corner nodes If an edge of the blended mapping is to be mapped linearly the corresponding mid edge control node can be omitted from the list This is done by inserting a line with node number 0 only a blank line in place of the definition of the control node and its mapped coordinates The control nodes do not have to be nodes in the finite element model they can be nodes used just for mesh generation Abaqus eliminates any nodes that are not used in the analysis model before doing the analysis 14 4 6 NMAP skewed Cartesian A Z N gt spherical cylindrical toroidal Figure 14 4 1 Coordinate systems angles are in degrees 14 4 7 NO COMPRESSION 14 5 NO COM
217. behavior in the different local directions Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance References Pipe soil interaction elements Section 29 13 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Pipe soil interaction element library Section 29 13 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UMAT Section 1 1 36 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e PIPE SOIL INTERACTION Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the material property values If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the properties are independent of field variables See Using the DEPENDENCIES parameters to define field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information DIRECTION Set this parameter equal to the direction in the local orientation system for which the behavior is defined The DIRECTION parameter can be set equal to a label or to a numerical value Omit the DIRECTION parameter to define an isotropic model The DIRECTION parameter must be used to define a constitutive model using the ASCE formulae Set DIRECTION AXIAL or DIRECTION 1 to specify behavior along the first local direction Set DIRECTION VERTICAL or DIRECTION 2 to specify behavior along the second local direction Set DIRECTION HORIZONTAL or DIRECTION 3 to spec
218. blank data lines for some elements if any other element in the model has more solution dependent state variables because the total number of variables that Abaqus expects to read for any element is based on the maximum number of solution dependent state variables for all the elements in the model These trailing initial values will be zero and will not be used in the analysis Values given on the data lines will be applied uniformly over the element Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define initial values of solution dependent state variables for various elements or element sets No data lines are required for TYPE SOLUTION USER Data lines for TYPE SPECIFIC ENERGY First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Initial specific energy Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define initial specific energy in various elements or element sets Data lines for TYPE SPUD EMBEDMENT First line 1 Element set or element number 2 Spud can embedment v Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define initial embedment for various elements or element sets 9 18 16 INITIAL CONDITIONS Data lines for TYPE SPUD PRELOAD First line 1 Element set or element number 2 Spud can preload ye Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define initial preload for various elements or element sets Data lines for TYPEZSTRESS if the GEOSTATIC REBAR SECTION POINTS and USER parameters are o
219. bstructure First and only line 1 Value of the translation to be applied in the global X direction 2 Value of the translation to be applied in the global Y direction 3 Value of the translation to be applied in the global Z direction Data lines to translate and or rotate a substructure First line 1 Value of the translation to be applied in the global X direction 2 Value of the translation to be applied in the global Y direction 3 Value of the translation to be applied in the global Z direction Enter values of zero to apply a pure rotation 18 46 1 SUBSTRUCTURE PROPERTY Second line Global X coordinate of point a on the axis of rotation see Figure 18 46 1 Global Y coordinate of point a on the axis of rotation Global Z coordinate of point a on the axis of rotation Global X coordinate of point b on the axis of rotation Global Y coordinate of point b on the axis of rotation Nn BW YN Global Z coordinate of point 6 on the axis of rotation 7 Angle of rotation about the axis a b in degrees Data lines to translate and or reflect a substructure First line 1 Value of the translation to be applied in the global X direction 2 Value of the translation to be applied in the global Y direction 3 Value of the translation to be applied in the global Z direction Enter values of zero to apply a pure reflection Second line 1 Enter a blank line Third line Global X coordinate o
220. by the FILE parameter If this parameter is not used or has a value of 0 0 the EXTERIOR TOLERANCE parameter will apply DEFINITION Set DEFINITION COORDINATES default to define the axis of rotation for TYPE ROTATING VELOCITY by giving the coordinates of the two points a and b Set DEFINITION NODES to define the axis of rotation for TYPE ROTATING VELOCITY by giving global node numbers for points a and b EXTERIOR TOLERANCE This parameter is relevant only for use with the INTERPOLATE parameter Set this parameter equal to the fraction of the average element size by which nodes of the current model may lie outside the region of the elements of the model in the output database specified by the FILE parameter The default value is 0 05 If both tolerance parameters are specified Abaqus uses the tighter tolerance FILE Set this parameter equal to the name of the results file or output database file from which initial field variable stress pore pressure or pressure stress data are to be read This parameter must be used in conjunction with the STEP and INC parameters FULL TENSOR Include this parameter if the kinematic shift tensor backstress components are specified using the full tensor format regardless of the element type to which the initial conditions are applied This parameter can be used only in conjunction with the parameter TYPE HARDENING It cannot be used if any of the parameters REBAR SECTION POINTS or USER has been us
221. ce of the shear retention behavior on temperature and other predefined field variables 18 12 2 SHEAR TEST DATA 18 13 SHEAR TEST DATA Used to provide shear test data This option can be used only in conjunction with the VISCOELASTIC option The SHEAR TEST DATA option cannot be used for a viscoelastic material if the COMBINED TEST DATA option is used Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Using shear test data to define a viscoelastic material References e Time domain viscoelasticity Section 19 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e VISCOELASTIC Optional parameter SHRINF To specify creep test data set this parameter equal to the value of the long term normalized shear compliance jg To specify relaxation test data set this parameter equal to the value of the long term normalized shear modulus gn oc The shear compliance and shear modulus are related by js oo 1 gr co The fitting procedure will use the specified value in the constraint 91 gn oo Data lines to specify creep test data First line 1 Normalized shear compliance js t js t gt 1 2 Time t t gt 0 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to give the compliance time data Data lines to specify relaxation test data First line 1 Normalized shear relaxation modulus gr t 0 lt gn t 1 18 13 1 SHEAR TEST DATA
222. cepts positive or negative values the labels SPOS or SNEG or in an Abaqus Standard analysis the name ofa distribution See Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Positive values of the offset are in the positive normal direction see Shell elements overview Section 26 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual When OFFSET 0 5 or SPOS the top surface of the shell is the reference surface When OFFSET 0 5 or SNEG the bottom surface of the shell is the reference surface The default is OFFSET 0 which indicates that the middle surface of the shell is the reference surface This parameter is ignored for continuum shells In an Abaqus Standard analysis a spatially varying offset can be specified by setting OFFSET equal to the name of a distribution The distribution used to define the shell offset must have a default value The default offset is used by any shell element assigned to the shell section that is not specifically assigned a value in the distribution ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the name of an orientation definition Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to be used with material calculations in this definition of shell section behavior This orientation will be used for material calculations and stress output in the individual layers for the section forces output and for the transverse shear stiffness It is possible to use a different
223. chastic analysis only 2 Wave amplitude Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the wave spectrum These data pairs are passed into user subroutine UWAVE They are not used otherwise by Abaqus Aqua 22 1 3 WIND 22 2 WIND Define wind velocity profile for wind loading This option is used to define a wind velocity profile for use in applying loads Product Abaqus Aqua Type Model data Level Model Reference e Abaqus Aqua analysis Section 6 11 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to define the wind velocity profile First and only line Air density pa Reference height for wind profile 20 Local z direction velocity constant c default value 1 0 Local y direction velocity constant c default value 1 0 Un BW N e z direction cosine defining the direction of the unit vector i the wind local z axis with respect to the global coordinate system In three dimensional cases both z and y components are needed in two dimensional cases only the z component is used 6 y direction cosine defining the direction of the unit vector i the wind local z axis with respect to the global coordinate system This component is not needed in two dimensional cases 7 default value 1 7 22 2 1 About SIMULIA SIMULIA is the Dassault Systemes brand that delivers a scalable portfolio of Realistic Simulati
224. cified with increasing strains along the specified yarn direction A fabric shear test is specified with increasing shear strains as the fill and the warp yarns rotate with respect to each other Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Model Defining the unloading response for uniaxial behavior in connectors References e Connector uniaxial behavior Section 28 2 10 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR e CONNECTOR UNIAXIAL BEHAVIOR e LOADING DATA Required parameter DEFINITION Set DEFINITION COMBINED to define an unloading path based on the specified unloading curve and a transition slope to transition from the loading to the unloading curve Set DEFINITION EXPONENTIAL to define an exponential unloading path Set DEFINITION INTERPOLATED CURVE to define an unloading path based on an interpolation between the specified unloading curves Set DEFINITION QUADRATIC to define a quadratic unloading path Set DEFINITION SHIFTED CURVE to define an unloading path based on shifting the specified unloading curve to the point of unloading 20 51 UNLOADING DATA Optional parameter RATE DEPENDENT Include this parameter to define rate dependent unloading data If this parameter is omitted the data are assumed to be rate independent This parameter can be used only if the loading data are elastic and rate dependent Data lines for DEFINITION COMBINED to define rate independent unloading behav
225. cit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Extended Drucker Prager models Section 20 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters A Set this parameter equal to the value of the material constant a if it is known and is held fixed at the input value Omit the parameter and its value if a is to be obtained from the calibration B Set this parameter equal to the value of the material constant b if it is known and is held fixed at the input value Omit the parameter and its value if b is to be obtained from the calibration PT Set this parameter equal to the value of the material constant p if it is known and is held fixed at the input value Omit the parameter and its value if p is to be obtained from the calibration Data lines to specify triaxial test data First line 1 Sign and magnitude of confining stress o 2 Sign and magnitude of the stress in loading direction c3 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to give the yield stress at different levels of confining stress 19 14 1 TRS 19 15 TRS Used to define temperature time shift for time history viscoelastic analysis This option can be used only in conjunction with the VISCOELASTIC option and in Abaqus Explicit with the VISCOSITY option In an Abaqus Standard analysis viscoelasticity must be defined in the time domain by using the VISCOELASTIC option with the TIME parame
226. constant First line 1 Element set name 2 Rebar name The stress in all rebar included in the above element set will be held fixed throughout the step 3 Repeat this data line as often as necessary Give four pairs of data per line 16 26 1 PRE TENSION SECTION 16 27 PRE TENSION SECTION Associate a pre tension node with a pre tension section This option is used to associate a pre tension node with a pre tension section Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Load module Reference e Prescribed assembly loads Section 30 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter NODE Set this parameter equal to either the pre tension node number or the name of a node set containing the pre tension node If the name of a node set is chosen the node set must contain exactly one node Required mutually exclusive parameters ELEMENT Set this parameter equal to either the element number of the truss or beam element used to define the pre tension section or the name of an element set containing the truss or beam element used to define the pre tension section If the name of an element set is chosen the element set must contain exactly one element SURFACE Set this parameter equal to the name of the surface definition SURFACE that defines the pre tension section when continuum elements are used Data line to define the normal
227. cous shear behavior DEFINITION HERSCHEL BULKEY First line Shear viscosity at low shear rates 79 Units of FL T Yield shear stress Units of FL 2 Consistency index k Units of FL T Flow behavior index n Temperature First field variable Second field variable Third field variable CNA t 21 4 3 VISCOSITY Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the coefficients of the Herschel Bulkey viscosity model as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define Newtonian viscous shear behavior DEFINITION NEWTONIAN First line Viscosity Units of FL T Temperature First field variable Second field variable Un AeA U N e Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the viscosity as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the Powell Eyring viscous shear behavior DEFINITION POWELL EYRING First line Shear viscosity at low shear rates Newtonian limit no Unit
228. ctivate contact pairs 13 16 1 MODEL CHANGE Data lines to remove reactivate elements TYPE ELEMENT First line 1 Give a list of element numbers and or element set names that are involved in the removal or reactivation Repeat this data line as often as necessary Data lines to remove reactivate contact pairs TYPE CONTACT PAIR First line 1 Slave surface name used in the contact pair being removed or reactivated 2 Master surface name used in the contact pair being removed or reactivated For self contact the master surface name is omitted or is the same as the slave surface name Repeat this data line as often as necessary No data lines are used with this option when the ACTIVATE parameter is included 13 16 2 MOHR COULOMB 13 17 MOHR COULOMB Specify the Mohr Coulomb plasticity model This option is used to define the yield surface and flow potential parameters for elastic plastic materials that use the Mohr Coulomb plasticity model It must be used in conjunction with the MOHR COULOMB HARDENING option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Mohr Coulomb plasticity Section 20 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual MOHR COULOMB HARDENING Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the material parameters
229. cts in the shell Bending stiffness coefficients are computed normally Membrane bending coupling coefficients are set to zero Diagonal membrane stiffness coefficients are set to 1 x 10 times the largest diagonal bending stiffness term Off diagonal membrane stiffness coefficients are set to zero 18 14 1 SHELL GENERAL SECTION CONTROLS LAYUP In an Abaqus Explicit analysis set this parameter equal to the name of a section controls definition see Section controls Section 24 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to be used to specify the second order accurate element formulation option a nondefault hourglass control formulation option or scale factors In an Abaqus Standard analysis set this parameter equal to the name of a section controls definition to be used to specify the enhanced hourglass control formulation see Section controls Section 24 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual or to be used in a subsequent Abaqus Explicit import analysis This parameter is relevant only when the COMPOSITE parameter is used Set this parameter equal to the name of a composite layup see Chapter 22 Composite layups of the Abaqus CAE User s Manual Abaqus CAE uses this name to identify the composite layup that contains the shell section MEMBRANE ONLY OFFSET Include this parameter to ignore bending stiffness effects in the shell Membrane stiffness coefficients are computed normally Membrane bending co
230. cy spread Determines the spread as a fractional value of each eigenfrequency in the specified range The value must be greater than 0 0 and less than 1 0 The default frequency spread is 0 1 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define frequency ranges in which results are required 18 34 4 STEADY STATE TRANSPORT 18 35 STEADY STATE TRANSPORT Steady state transport analysis This option is used to indicate that the step should be analyzed as a steady state transport analysis Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References e Steady state transport analysis Section 6 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Symmetric model generation Section 10 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters ALLSDTOL Include this parameter to indicate that an adaptive automatic damping algorithm will be activated in this step Set this parameter equal to the maximum allowable ratio of the stabilization energy to the total strain energy The initial damping factor is specified via the STABILIZE parameter or the FACTOR parameter This damping factor will then be adjusted through the step based on the convergence history and the value of ALLSDTOL If this parameter is set equal to zero the adaptive automatic damping algorithm is not activated a constant damping factor will be used throughout the step If this parameter is included without a specified value the default value is 0 05
231. d Set ORIGIN SHEAR CENTER to place the beam node at the shear center Data line to define the location of the beam node if the ORIGIN parameter is omitted First and only data line 1 Global z coordinate of the beam node The default is 0 0 2 Global y coordinate of the beam node The default is 0 0 If this option is not used the section origin is placed at the origin of the coordinate system on the meshed cross section model If this option is used without the ORIGIN parameter and no data line is given the section origin is placed at the centroid 18 3 1 SECTION POINTS 18 4 SECTION POINTS Locate points in the beam section for which stress and strain output are required This option is used as model data in Abaqus Standard and Abaqus Explicit in conjunction with the BEAM GENERAL SECTION option and as history data in Abaqus Standard in conjunction with the BEAM SECTION GENERATE option When used in conjunction with the BEAM GENERAL SECTION option and a predefined library section it locates section points in the beam section for which axial stress and axial strain output are required When used in conjunction with the BEAM GENERAL SECTION SECTION MESHED option it locates elements and integration points in the beam cross section model for which stress and strain output are required and provides material data and derivatives of the warping function required for determining stress and strain output When used in conjunctio
232. d from an Abaqus results or output database file FILE and USER parameters included First line 1 Node set or node number Repeat this data line as often as necessary The nodes identified on the data lines will be assigned values from the results or output database file optionally these values can be modified in user subroutine UTEMP 19 1 5 TENSILE FAILURE 19 2 TENSILE FAILURE Specify a tensile failure model and criterion This option is used with the Mises or the Johnson Cook plasticity models or the equation of state model to specify a tensile failure model and criterion It must be used in conjunction with the PLASTIC HARDENING ISOTROPIC option the PLASTIC HARDENING JOHNSON COOK option or the EOS option Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Model References e Equation of state Section 22 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Classical metal plasticity Section 20 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Johnson Cook plasticity Section 20 2 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Dynamic failure models Section 20 2 8 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e EOS e PLASTIC Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the hydrostatic cutoff stress in addition to temperature If this parameter 1s omitted it is assumed that the hydrostatic cutoff stress is constant or depends only o
233. d surface in the X plane for planar models or in the r z plane for axisymmetric models by defining connected line segments Set TYPE CYLINDER to define a three dimensional rigid surface by providing connected line segments and then sweeping them along a specified generator vector Set TYPE REVOLUTION to define a three dimensional rigid surface by providing connected line segments which are given in an r z plane and are rotated about an axis Set TYPE USER to define a rigid surface via user subroutine RSURFU Optional parameter FILLET RADIUS This parameter can be used with TYPE SEGMENTS TYPE CYLINDER TYPE REVOLUTION to define a radius of curvature to smooth discontinuities between adjoining straight line segments adjoining circular arc segments and adjoining straight line and circular arc segments It has no effect on rigid surfaces defined with TYPE USER No data lines are needed for TYPE USER Data lines to define surfaces created with TYPE SEGMENTS First line 1 The word START 2 Global X coordinate or r coordinate of the starting point of the line segments 3 Global Y coordinate or z coordinate of the starting point of the line segments Second and subsequent data lines define the various line circular and parabolic segments see below for their format that form the profile of the rigid surface Data lines to define surfaces created with TYPE CYLINDER First line Global X coordinate of poin
234. damping coefficients given in this option The data lines after the keyword line specify the modal damping values to be used in the analysis If the MODAL DAMPING option is used without parameters MODAL DIRECT is assumed Set MODAL COMPOSITE to select composite modal damping using the damping coefficients that have been calculated in the FREQUENCY step Natural frequency extraction Section 6 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual from the material damping factors given on the DAMPING material definition option Material damping Section 23 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Composite modal damping can be used only with DEFINITION MODE NUMBERS RAYLEIGH Include this parameter to select Rayleigh damping The damping term for a particular mode is defined as Pmkm where and Bm are factors defined on the first data line of the option and my is the modal mass and km is the modal stiffness for mode M STRUCTURAL Include this parameter to select structural damping which means that the damping is proportional to the internal forces but opposite in direction to the velocity This parameter can be used only with the STEADY STATE DYNAMICS RANDOM RESPONSE or SIM based MODAL DYNAMIC 13 11 1 MODAL DAMPING procedures see Mode based steady state dynamic analysis Section 6 3 8 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Random response analysis Section 6 3 11 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Man
235. data lines as often as necessary to define Y and a as functions of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define spatially varying shell section stiffness with a distribution if the MATERIAL the COMPOSITE and the USER parameters are omitted First line 1 Distribution name The data in the distribution define the symmetric half of the D matrix Second line optional 1 E vector F1 Fo Fe 18 14 6 SHELL GENERAL SECTION Third line optional Y scaling modulus for D The default is 1 0 a scaling modulus for F The default is 0 0 0 temperature for these values of Y and o First field variable Second field variable D Un BW Ne Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define Y and a as functions of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines if the USER parameter is included First line 1 Shell thickness This value is ignored if the NODAL THICKNESS or SHELL THICKNESS parameters are included Second line 1 Enter the data to be used as properties in user subroutine UGENS Enter all floating point values first followed immediately by the integer values Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the properties
236. de defined by the AMPLITUDE option Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual This amplitude defines the time variation of the load case SUBSTRUCTURE LOAD CASE magnitude throughout the step If this parameter is omitted the default amplitude is that defined in Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the particular procedure used in the step OP Set OP MOD default to modify or add to the currently active SLOADs Set OP NEW if all existing SLOADs applied to the model should be removed and new ones possibly defined Data lines to define the loading First line 1 Element number or element set name The elements must be substructures 2 Load case name as defined on the associated SUBSTRUCTURE LOAD CASE option 3 Load magnitude This magnitude is a multiplier for the load case magnitude defined under the SUBSTRUCTURE LOAD CASE option It can be adjusted throughout the step by the amplitude specification in the usual way Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the loadings on the substructures 18 20 1 18 21 SOILS SOILS Effective stress analysis for fluid filled porous media This option is used to specify transient consolidation or steady state response analysis of partially or fully saturated fluid filled porous media Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module Ref
237. dictated by the NUMBER INTERVAL or TIME POINTS parameter TIME MARKS YES cannot be used when either the FIXED TIME INCREMENTATION or DIRECT USER CONTROL parameter is included on the DYNAMIC option TIME POINTS Set this parameter equal to the name of the TIME POINTS option that defines the time points at which output 1s to be written If this parameter and the NUMBER INTERVAL parameter are omitted field output will be written at 20 equally spaced intervals throughout the step The NUMBER INTERVAL and TIME POINTS parameters are mutually exclusive The following parameters are optional and valid only if the HISTORY parameter is included FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be written to the output database at the last increment of each step Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output If both this parameter and the TIME INTERVAL parameter are omitted history output will be written at 200 equally spaced intervals throughout the step The FREQUENCY and TIME INTERVAL parameters are mutually exclusive SENSOR Include this parameter to associate this history output request with a sensor definition The name of the associated sensor is given by the NAME parameter 15 3 5 OUTPUT The following parameters are optional and valid only if the FIELD or HISTORY parameter is included FILTER OP Set this parameter equal to the name of the FILTER option to be used to filter the ele
238. dually by incrementing the normalized time scale The use of AMPLITUDE STEP specifies that the entire load will be applied immediately so Abaqus Standard may not be able to choose suitable small increments if the loading causes strongly nonlinear response 18 36 1 CONVERT SDI DSA This parameter determines how severe discontinuities such as contact changes are accounted for during nonlinear analysis Set CONVERT SDI YES default to use local convergence criteria to determine whether a new iteration is needed Abaqus Standard will determine the maximum penetration and estimated force errors associated with severe discontinuities and check whether these errors are within the tolerances Hence a solution may converge if the severe discontinuities are small Set CONVERT SDI NO to force a new iteration 1f severe discontinuities occur during an iteration regardless of the magnitude of the penetration and force errors This option also changes some time incrementation parameters and uses different criteria to determine whether to do another iteration or to make a new attempt with a smaller increment size If the CONVERT SDI parameter is omitted Abaqus Standard will use the value specified in the previous general analysis step An exception is the first new step of a restart analysis which will use CONVERT SDI YES by default regardless of the setting in the previous step This parameter has no relevance and will be ignored for heat
239. duct Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Model References e Classical metal plasticity Section 20 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Johnson Cook plasticity Section 20 2 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Dynamic failure models Section 20 2 8 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e PLASTIC Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES This parameter is relevant only for TYPE TABULAR Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the equivalent plastic strain at failure in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the strain at failure depends on the plastic strain the plastic strain rate the dimensionless pressure deviatoric stress ratio and possibly on temperature See Using the DEPENDENCIES parameter to define field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information ELEMENT DELETION Set ELEMENT DELETION YES default to allow element deletion when the failure criterion is met Set ELEMENT DELETION NO to allow the element to take hydrostatic compressive stress only when the failure criterion is met TYPE Set TYPE JOHNSON COOK to define the Johnson Cook shear failure criterion It requires the use of the PLASTIC HARDENING JOHNSON COOK option Set TYPE TABULAR default to define the failure strain in tabular data form It requi
240. e 1 Nominal stress Ty 20 4 1 UNIAXIAL TEST DATA 2 Nominal strain ey Repeat this data line as often as necessary to give the stress strain data Data lines to specify uniaxial test data for the Marlow model the nominal strains must be arranged in ascending order if the SMOOTH parameter is used First line 1 Nominal stress Ty 2 Nominal strain UJ Nominal lateral strain eg Not needed if the POISSON parameter is specified on the HYPERELASTIC option or if the VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA option is used Temperature 0 First field variable Second field variable ND Uu Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the test data as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Nominal strains and nominal stresses must be given in ascending order Using uniaxial test data to define an elastomeric foam References e Hyperelastic behavior in elastomeric foams Section 19 5 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There no parameters associated with this option Data lines to specify uniaxial test data for a hyperfoam First line 1 Nominal stress 2 Nominal strain ey 3 Nominal lateral strain
241. e 9 1 3 IMPEDANCE PROPERTY 9 2 IMPEDANCE PROPERTY Define the impedance parameters for an acoustic medium boundary This option is used to define the proportionality factors between the pressure and the normal components of surface displacement and velocity in acoustic analysis The IMPEDANCE PROPERTY option must be used in conjunction with the IMPEDANCE or SIMPEDANCE option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Acoustic and shock loads Section 30 4 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual IMPEDANCE SIMPEDANCE Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the impedance property on the IMPEDANCE or SIMPEDANCE option Optional parameters DATA Set DATA ADMITTANCE default to specify an impedance using a table of admittance values Set DATA IMPEDANCE to specify an impedance using a table of real and imaginary parts of the impedance INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line 9 2 1 IMPEDANCE PROPERTY Data lines to define an impedance using DATA ADMITTANCE default First line 1 1 k the p
242. e word CIRCUMFERENTIAL Global X coordinate of point a the approximate center origin of the circular arc Un UU NN Global Y coordinate of point a the approximate center origin of the circular arc Data line to define smoothing on regions of surfaces that correspond or nearly correspond to a surface of revolution see Figure 18 54 2 1 Name of slave surface or surface corresponding to a subregion of the slave surface 2 Name of master surface or surface corresponding to a subregion of the master surface 3 The word CIRCUMFERENTIAL 4 Global X coordinate of point a on the approximate axis of revolution for the surface 18 54 1 SURFACE SMOOTHING 8 9 Global Y coordinate of point a on the approximate axis of revolution for the surface Global Z coordinate of point a on the approximate axis of revolution for the surface Global X coordinate of point 6 on the approximate axis of revolution for the surface see Figure 18 54 2 Global Y coordinate of point b on the approximate axis of revolution for the surface Global Z coordinate of point b on the approximate axis of revolution for the surface Data line to define smoothing on regions of surfaces that correspond or nearly correspond to a sphere section see Figure 18 54 3 1 6 Name of slave surface or surface corresponding to a subregion of the slave surface Name of master surface or surface corresponding to a sub
243. e Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Load module Reference Initial conditions in Abaqus Standard and Abaqus Explicit Section 30 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters TYPE Set TYPE ACOUSTIC STATIC PRESSURE to define initial static pressure values at acoustic nodes for use in evaluating the cavitation status of the acoustic element nodes in Abaqus Explicit Set TYPE CONCENTRATION to give initial normalized concentrations for a mass diffusion analysis in Abaqus Standard Set TYPE CONTACT to specify initial bonded contact conditions on part of the slave surface identified by a node set in an Abaqus Standard analysis Set TYPE ENRICHMENT to specify initial location of an enriched feature such as a crack in an Abaqus Standard analysis Two signed distance functions per node are generally required to describe the crack location including the location of crack tips in a cracked geometry The first describes the crack surface while the second is used to construct an orthogonal surface so that the intersection of the two surfaces gives the crack front The first signed distance function is assigned only to nodes of elements intersected by the crack while the second signed distance function is assigned only to nodes of elements containing the crack tips No explicit representation of the crack is needed as the crack is entirely described by the nodal data Set TYPE FIELD to specify initial values of field
244. e STABILIZE parameter and overrides the automatic calculation of the damping factor based on a value of the dissipated energy fraction This parameter cannot be used if the RIKS parameter is included FULLY PLASTIC This parameter is relevant only for cases where fully plastic analysis is required with deformation theory plasticity For that purpose set this parameter equal to the name of the element set being monitored for fully plastic behavior The step will end when the solutions at all constitutive calculation points in the element set are fully plastic defined by the equivalent strain being 10 times the offset yield strain The step will end before this occurs if either the maximum number of increments given on the STEP option or the time period given on the data line of STATIC is exceeded LONG TERM Include this parameter to obtain the fully relaxed long term elastic solution with time domain viscoelasticity or the long term elastic plastic solution for two layer viscoplasticity If the LONG TERM parameter is omitted the instantaneous elastic solution is obtained for time domain 18 31 2 STATIC viscoelasticity and the combined response of the elastic plastic and elastic viscous networks is obtained for two layer viscoplasticity The parameter is relevant only for time domain viscoelastic and two layer viscoplastic materials RIKS Include this parameter to use the modified Riks method for proportional loading cases U
245. e Simpson s rule for the shell section integration Set SECTION INTEGRATION GAUSS to use Gauss quadrature for the shell section integration Gauss quadrature cannot be used for heat transfer or thermally coupled shell elements SHELL THICKNESS Set this parameter equal to the name of a distribution Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to define spatially varying thickness If this parameter is used for a non composite section the thickness on the data line is ignored For composite sections the total thickness is defined by the distribution and the thicknesses of the layers specified on the data lines are scaled proportionally This parameter is ignored for continuum shells The distribution used to define shell thickness must have a default value The default thickness is used by any shell element assigned to the shell section that is not specifically assigned a value in the distribution The NODAL THICKNESS and SHELL THICKNESS parameters are mutually exclusive STACK DIRECTION This parameter is relevant only for continuum shells Set this parameter equal to 1 2 3 or ORIENTATION to define the continuum shell stack or thickness direction Specify one of the numerical values to select the corresponding isoparametric direction of the element as the stack or thickness direction The default is STACK DIRECTION 3 If STACK DIRECTION ORIENTATION the ORIENTATION parameter is also required To obt
246. e been previously defined 2 Number of the second end node it must have been previously defined 3 Increment in the numbers between each node along the line The default is 1 14 3 1 4 Number of the third node giving the extra point if required it must have been previously defined 5 First coordinate of the extra point if required 6 Second coordinate of the extra point if required 7 Third coordinate of the extra point if required The following entries are used only for a circular are equal to or larger than 180 8 First component of a normal to the circular arc 9 Second component of a normal to the circular arc 10 Third component of a normal to the circular arc Repeat this data line as often as necessary Rectangular Cartesian default Cylindrical Spherical 0 and are given in degrees Figure 14 3 1 Coordinate systems 14 3 2 14 4 NMAP NMAP Map nodes from one coordinate system to another and rotate translate or scale the nodal coordinates Map nodes from one coordinate system to another and rotate translate or scale the nodal coordinates Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level This option is not supported in a model defined in terms of an assembly of part instances Abaqus CAE Unsupported meshing techniques in the Mesh module are usually preferable Reference Node definition Section 2 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis
247. e created internally The INTERNAL parameter is used only in models defined in terms of an assembly of part instances The default is to omit the INTERNAL parameter REGION TYPE This parameter is relevant only for surfaces defined on the boundary of an adaptive mesh domain A surface defined in the interior of an adaptive mesh domain will move independently of the material unless the surface is constrained by mesh constraints See Defining ALE adaptive mesh domains in Abaqus Explicit Section 12 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set REGION TYPE LAGRANGIAN to create a Lagrangian boundary region The edge of a Lagrangian boundary region will follow the material while allowing adaptive meshing along the edge and within the interior of the region 18 47 2 TRIM TYPE SURFACE Set REGION TYPE SLIDING default to create a sliding boundary region The edge of a sliding boundary region will slide over the material Adaptive meshing will occur on the edge and within the interior of the region Mesh constraints are typically applied on the edge of a sliding boundary region to fix it spatially Set REGION TYPE EULERIAN to create an Eulerian boundary region in an adaptive mesh domain This option is used to create a boundary region across which material can flow Mesh constraints must be used normal to an Eulerian boundary region to allow material to flow through the region Ifno mesh constraints are applied an Eulerian boundary region
248. e elastic shear modulus of the uncracked concrete If this option is used it should follow the CONCRETE option The SHEAR RETENTION option can also be used in conjunction with the FAILURE RATIOS option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Concrete smeared cracking Section 20 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONCRETE e FAILURE RATIOS Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of shear retention behavior in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the shear retention behavior depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define the shear retention behavior First line 1 0 se The default is 1 0 2 The default is a very large number full shear retention 3 Not used 4 Not used 5 Temperature 6 First field variable 18 12 1 SHEAR RETENTION 7 Second field variable 8 Third field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependen
249. e for the compressibility See the discussion under Compressibility in Hyperelastic behavior of rubberlike materials Section 19 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual before using this option in Abaqus Explicit References e Hyperelastic behavior of rubberlike materials Section 19 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual HYPERELASTIC Optional parameter SMOOTH Include this parameter to apply a smoothing filter to the stress strain data Ifthe parameter is omitted no smoothing is performed Set this parameter equal to the number n such that 2n 1 is equal to the total number of data points in the moving window through which a cubic polynomial is fit using the least squares method n should be larger than 1 The default is SMOOTH 3 21 8 1 VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA Optional parameter when the VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA option is used in conjunction with the HYPERELASTIC MARLOW option DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the test data If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the test data depend only on temperature See Using the DEPENDENCIES parameter to define field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to specify volumetric test data for hyperelasticity other than the Marlow model the volume ratios must be arranged
250. e greater than two 1 Third field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the parameters for the ASCE formulae as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define constitutive behavior using the ASCE formula for clay in the axial direction TYPE CLAY DIRECTION AXIAL First line Undrained soil shear strength S Empirical adhesion factor o External pipe diameter D Ultimate relative displacement Temperature First field variable QN Ua BW 16 10 3 PIPE SOIL STIFFNESS 7 Second field variable 8 Third field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the parameters for the ASCE formulae as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define constitutive behavior using the ASCE formula for sand in the vertical direction TYPE SAND DIRECTION VERTICAL First line Total unit weight of soil y Bearing capacity factor N Bearing capacity factor Ny Vertical uplift factor Ultimate relative displacement for downward motion amp Ultimate relative displacement for upward motion Eyn Temperature First field var
251. e in conjunction with part instances importing selected part instances stored in an output database is supported using the File menu and importing the initial state of part instances is supported in the Load module References e Transferring results between Abaqus analyses overview Section 9 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e NSTANCE Required parameter UPDATE Set UPDATE NO to continue the analysis without resetting the reference configuration Set UPDATE YES to continue the analysis by resetting the reference configuration to be the imported configuration In this case displacement and strain values are calculated from the new reference configuration Optional mutually exclusive parameters INCREMENT When importing an analysis from Abaqus Standard into Abaqus Explicit or from one Abaqus Standard analysis into another Abaqus Standard analysis set this parameter equal to the increment of the specified step on the Abaqus Standard restart file from which the analysis is to be imported If this parameter is omitted the analysis is imported from the last available increment of the specified step INTERVAL When importing an analysis from Abaqus Explicit into Abaqus Standard or from one Abaqus Explicit analysis into another Abaqus Explicit analysis set this parameter equal to 9 4 1 IMPORT the interval of the specified step on the Abaqus Explicit state file from which the analysis is to be imported If this p
252. e initial geometry of all Eulerian material instances An element may appear in more than one data line if it initially contains more than one material Elements are filled incrementally by reading the data lines in the input file from bottom to top once the volume fraction for an element reaches one additional volume fractions assigned to that element are ignored If the final volume fraction for an element is less than one the remainder of that element is filled with void similarly uninitialized elements are filled with void 9 18 19 INSTANCE 9 19 INSTANCE Begin an instance definition This option is used to instance a part within an assembly It must be used in conjunction with the ASSEMBLY and END INSTANCE options If the instance is not imported from a previous analysis the INSTANCE option must be used in conjunction with the PART option When importing a part instance from a previous analysis the INSTANCE option must be used in conjunction with the IMPORT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Assembly Abaqus CAE Assembly module for part instances not imported from a previous analysis Load module for part instances imported from a previous analysis References e Defining an assembly Section 2 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Transferring results between Abaqus analyses overview Section 9 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e END INSTA
253. e initial saturation and the pore fluid pressure must be consistent in the sense that the pore fluid pressure must lie within the range of absorption and exsorption values for the initial saturation value If this is not the case Abaqus Standard will adjust the saturation value as needed to satisfy this requirement Set TYPE SOLUTION to give initial values of solution dependent state variables The REBAR and in Abaqus Standard USER parameters can be used with this parameter If TYPE SOLUTION is used without the USER parameter element average quantities of the solution dependent state variables must be defined on each data line Set TYPE SPECIFIC ENERGY to give initial specific energy values for materials defined with the EOS option in Abaqus Explicit Set TYPE SPUD EMBEDMENT to give the initial embedment for a spud can in an Abaqus Aqua analysis Set TYPE SPUD PRELOAD to give the initial preload value for a spud can in an Abaqus Aqua analysis Set TYPE STRESS to give initial stresses These stresses are effective stresses when the analysis includes pore fluid flow The GEOSTATIC the REBAR the SECTION POINTS and in Abaqus Standard the USER parameters can be used with this parameter If TYPE STRESS is used without the USER parameter it is assumed that the stress components are defined on each data line in the order given for the element type as defined in Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The STEP and INC para
254. e or a plane Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level This option is not supported in a model defined in terms of an assembly of part instances Reference e Symmetric model generation Section 10 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required mutually exclusive parameters PERIODIC Use this parameter to indicate that a periodic three dimensional model must be generated by revolving a single three dimensional sector of the model about the symmetry axis see Figure 18 56 1 Set PERIODIC CONSTANT default to indicate that each generated sector in the periodic model has a constant angle Set PERIODIC VARIABLE to indicate that each generated sector in the periodic model can have a variable angle in the circumferential direction In both cases each sector always has the same geometry and mesh The surfaces on both sides of the original sector must be completely planar when PERIODIC VARIABLE If the surface meshes on either side of the original sector are not matched completely constraints between the neighboring pairs of corresponding surfaces specified on the data lines will be applied with an automatically generated TIE option when the periodic three dimensional model is generated REFLECT Set REFLECT LINE to indicate that a three dimensional model must be generated by reflecting a partial three dimensional model through a symmetry line Figure 18 56 3 Set REFLECT PLANE to indicate that a three dimensional mod
255. e same input file must be unique Optional parameters DISTORTION CONTROL This parameter applies to Abaqus Explicit analyses and to solid sections in Abaqus Standard analyses containing C3D10I elements Set DISTORTION CONTROL YES to activate a constraint that acts to prevent negative element volumes or other excessive distortion for crushable materials This is the default value for elements with hyperelastic or hyperfoam materials The DISTORTION CONTROL parameter is not relevant for linear kinematics and cannot prevent elements from being distorted due to temporal instabilities hourglass instabilities or physically unrealistic deformation Set DISTORTION CONTROL NO to deactivate a constraint that acts to prevent negative element volumes or other excessive distortion for crushable materials This value is the default except for elements with hyperelastic or hyperfoam materials DRILL STIFFNESS This parameter applies only to the small strain shell elements S3RS and S4RS Set DRILL STIFFNESS ON default to activate the constraint against the drill mode in S3RS and S4RS elements Set DRILL STIFFNESS OFF to deactivate the constraint against the drill mode Deactivating the drill constraint can result in large values for the rotation degrees of freedom at the nodes of these elements Use this setting if you need to match the element formulation offered in Abaqus Explicit 6 9 and earlier for these elements The drill constraint is always acti
256. e second point defining the reflection line 6 Z coordinate of the second point defining the reflection line Data lines if REFLECT MIRROR First line 1 X coordinate of the first point defining the reflection plane point a in Figure 14 1 3 2 Y coordinate of the first point defining the reflection plane 14 1 2 NCOPY Z coordinate of the first point defining the reflection plane X coordinate of the second point defining the reflection plane point b in Figure 14 1 3 Y coordinate of the second point defining the reflection plane Z coordinate of the second point defining the reflection plane Second line 1 X coordinate of the third point defining the reflection plane point c in Figure 14 1 3 2 Y coordinate of the third point defining the reflection plane 3 Z coordinate of the third point defining the reflection plane Data line if REFLECT POINT First and only line 1 X coordinate of the reflection point point a in Figure 14 14 2 Y coordinate of the reflection point 3 Z coordinate of the reflection point Data line if the POLE parameter is included First and only line 1 Number of the pole node optional it must have been defined already 2 X coordinate of the pole node point ain Figure 14 1 5 only required if the pole node number was not entered 3 Y coordinate of the pole node only required if the pole node number was not entered 4 Z coordinate of the pole node only req
257. e set The default is 1 Repeat this data line as often as necessary There are no data lines when the ELSET parameter is specified 14 16 2 15 ORIENTATION 15 1 ORIENTATION Define a local axis system for material or element property definition for kinematic coupling constraints for free directions for inertia relief loads or for connectors This option is used to define a local coordinate system for definition of material properties for material calculations at integration points for element property definitions e g connector elements for output of components of stress strain and element section forces and for kinematic and distributing coupling constraints A spatially varying local coordinate system can be defined for solid continuum elements and shell elements using distributions Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The ORIENTATION option can also be used to specify local material directions for anisotropic hyperelastic materials with invariant based formulation Invariant based formulation in Anisotropic hyperelastic behavior Section 19 5 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The local directions are defined with respect to the local coordinate system In Abaqus Standard the ORIENTATION option can be used to define local directions for contact pair interaction properties and spring dashpot and JOINTC elements for definition of local free directions f
258. e the uniform strain formulation and the hourglass shape vectors in the hourglass control This is the only option available for Abaqus Standard Set KINEMATIC SPLIT CENTROID to use the centroid strain formulation and the hourglass base vectors in the hourglass control in Abaqus Explicit Set KINEMATIC SPLIT ORTHOGONAL to use the centroid strain formulation and the hourglass shape vectors in the hourglass control in Abaqus Explicit If SECOND ORDER ACCURACY YES the KINEMATIC SPLIT parameter will be reset to AVERAGE STRAIN in Abaqus Explicit LENGTH RATIO This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses and is valid only when the DISTORTION CONTROL parameter is used Set this parameter equal to r 0 0 lt r lt 1 0 to define the length ratio when using distortion control for crushable materials The default value is r 0 1 18 1 3 SECTION CONTROLS MAX DEGRADATION This parameter applies to all elements with progressive damage behavior except connector elements in Abaqus Explicit Set this parameter equal to the value of the damage variable at or above which a material point will be assumed to be completely damaged This parameter also determines the amount of residual stiffness that will be retained by elements for which the ELEMENT DELETION parameter is set to NO For elements other than cohesive elements connector elements and elements with plane stress formulations the default value is 1 0 if the element is deleted from
259. ection through a plane See Figure 17 13 2 This option can be used only for three dimensional cases Set TYPE ZCONST to create a cavity composed by the cavity surface defined in the model and its reflection through a line of constant zcoordinate See Figure 17 13 3 This option can be used only for axisymmetric cases Data line to define reflection of a two dimensional cavity TYPE LINE First and only line 1 X coordinate of point a see Figure 17 13 1 2 Y coordinate of point a 3 X coordinate of point b 4 Y coordinate of point b 17 13 1 REFLECTION Data lines to define reflection of a three dimensional cavity First line X coordinate of point a see Figure 17 13 2 Y coordinate of point a Z coordinate of point a X coordinate of point b Y coordinate of point b Z coordinate of point b Second line 1 X coordinate of point c 2 Y coordinate of point c 3 Z coordinate of point c Data line to define reflection of an axisymmetric cavity TYPE ZCONST First and only line 1 z coordinate of symmetry line see Figure 17 13 3 X Figure 17 13 1 REFLECTION TYPE LINE option 17 13 2 Figure 17 13 2 REFLECTION TYPE PLANE option 17 13 3 REFLECTION REFLECTION z const symmetry line Figure 17 13 3 REFLECTION TYPE ZCONST option 17 13 4 RELEASE 17 14 RELEASE Release rotatio
260. ed GEOSTATIC This parameter is used only with TYPE STRESS to specify that a geostatic stress state in which stresses vary with elevation only is being defined INC This parameter is used only with the FILE parameter If the initial conditions are read from the results file the INC parameter is required If the initial conditions are read from the output database file the INC parameter is optional if omitted the initial conditions will be read from the end of the step specified on the STEP parameter The parameter specifies the increment in the results file of a previous Abaqus analysis from which prescribed fields of TYPE FIELD TYPE PRESSURE STRESS or TYPE TEMPERATURE are to be read It can also specify the increment in the output database file of a previous Abaqus analysis from which prescribed fields of TYPE FIELD TYPE PORE PRESSURE TYPE STRESS or TYPE TEMPERATURE are to be read 9 18 4 INITIAL CONDITIONS INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line INTERPOLATE Include this parameter in conjunction with the FILE STEP and INC parameters to indicate that the nodal temperatures being read into the temperature field or the scalar nodal output variable be
261. ed results file 14 10 2 NODE OUTPUT 14 11 NODE OUTPUT Define output database requests for nodal data This option is used to write nodal variables to the output database It must be used in conjunction with the OUTPUT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e OUTPUT One of the following mutually exclusive parameters is required when the NODE OUTPUT option is used in conjunction with the OUTPUT HISTORY option NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set for which this output request is being made TRACER SET This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the name of the tracer set for which this output request 1s being made Optional parameters when the NODE OUTPUT option is used in conjunction with the OUTPUT FIELD option NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set for which this output request is being made If this parameter is omitted the output will be written for all the nodes in the model TRACER SET This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the name of the tracer set for which this output request 1s being made This parameter is valid only for displacement output requests 14 11 1 NODE OUTPUT Optional p
262. ed temperature displacement analysis step when the FIELD option is used to specify values of predefined field variables the TEMPERATURE parameter is required to specify the number of field variable points in the shell The number of temperature points in the shell with temperature degrees of freedom is defined by the number of integration points specified on the data lines THICKNESS MODULUS This parameter is relevant only for continuum shells Set this parameter equal to an effective thickness modulus The default effective thickness modulus is twice the initial in plane shear modulus based on the material definition Data line to define a homogeneous shell the MATERIAL parameter is included First and only line 1 Shell thickness This value is ignored if the NODAL THICKNESS or SHELL THICKNESS parameters are included 2 Number of integration points to be used through the shell section The default is five points if Simpson s rule is used and three points if Gauss quadrature is used The number of integration points must be an odd number for Simpson s rule and is equal to the number of temperature degrees of freedom at a node of the element if this section is associated with heat transfer or coupled temperature displacement elements The maximum number of points for Simpson s rule is 99 and in the case of heat transfer or coupled temperature displacement elements it is 19 This number must be at least 2 and less than or equal to 15 for
263. edding a set of surface or membrane elements with rebar layers in a set of host continuum elements through the use of the EMBEDDED ELEMENT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Property module supported only for membrane and shell elements References Defining reinforcement Section 2 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Embedded elements Section 31 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual EMBEDDED ELEMENT MEMBRANE SECTION SHELL SECTION SURFACE SECTION Optional parameters GEOMETRY Use this parameter to specify the type of rebar geometry Set GEOMETRY CONSTANT default if the rebar spacing in the element is constant The spacing is given as a length measure on the data lines Set GEOMETRY ANGULAR if the rebar spacing increases linearly as a function of the distance measured from the axis of revolution in a cylindrical coordinate system The spacing is given as an angular spacing in degrees on the data lines A cylindrical orientation system must be defined if this option is used with three dimensional membrane shell or surface elements Set GEOMETRY LIFT EQUATION if the rebar spacing and orientation within the element is determined by the tire lift equation The rebar parameters are defined with respect to the uncured or green tire configuration and the lift equation maps the rebar parameters to the cured ti
264. ee Figure 18 48 1 The default is 1 3 Data line for PRESSURE OVERCLOSURE EXPONENTIAL First and only line 1 2 Clearance at which the contact pressure is zero see Figure 18 48 2 Pressure at zero clearance po The following data item is available only in Abaqus Explicit analyses 3 Value of the maximum stiffness kmax When using penalty contact large stiffness values obtained from the exponential law may significantly lower the stable time increment size Choose a suitable maximum stiffness to mitigate this effect see Figure 18 48 2 By default kmax 15 set equal to infinity for kinematic contact and the default penalty stiffness for penalty contact Data line for PRESSURE OVERCLOSURE LINEAR First and only line l Slope of the pressure overclosure curve This value must be positive 18 48 3 SURFACE BEHAVIOR Data line for PRESSURE OVERCLOSURE SCALE FACTOR First and only line 1 Overclosure factor r see Figure 18 48 3 which defines the overclosure measure used to delineate the segments of the pressure overclosure curve as a percentage of the minimum element size in the contact region This value must be greater than zero Leave blank if an overclosure measure second data item is specified 2 Overclosure measure d see Figure 18 48 3 which defines the overclosure measure used to delineate the segments of the pressure overclosure curve directly This value must be greater
265. efinition of Ri in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the anisotropy ratios are constant or depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines used to define stress ratios First line su PF WN a S i N 16 22 1 POTENTIAL 7 Temperature 8 First field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than one 1 Second field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of R on temperature and other field variables 16 22 2 PREPRINT 16 23 PREPRINT Select printout for the analysis input file processor This option is used to select the printout that will be obtained from the analysis input file processor Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Job module Reference e Output Section 4 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters CONTACT This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set CONTACT YES to print detailed information about the contact constraints generated by the contact pair definition data Set CONTACT NO default to suppress this printout ECHO Set ECHO YES to print an echo ofthe input data Se
266. egrees of freedom are different at subsequent nodes 1 Enter the position in the connectivity list node position on the element where the new list of active degrees of freedom first applies 2 Enter the new list of active degrees of freedom Repeat the second data line as often as necessary 20 7 5 USER MATERIAL 20 8 USER MATERIAL Define material constants for use in subroutine UMAT UMATHT or VUMAT This option is used to input material constants for use in a user defined mechanical model user subroutine UMAT in Abaqus Standard or user subroutine VUMAT in Abaqus Explicit In Abaqus Standard it is also used to input material constants for use in a user defined thermal material model user subroutine UMATHT Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e User defined mechanical material behavior Section 23 8 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e User defined thermal material behavior Section 23 8 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UMAT Section 1 1 36 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e UMATHT Section 1 1 37 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e VUMAT Section 1 2 17 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Required parameter CONSTANTS Set this parameter equal to the number of constants being entered Optional parameters TYPE This parameter applies only to Aba
267. egrees of freedom of the user element are 2 3 and 6 the value of COORDINATES will be changed to 3 If COORDINATES 2 and the active degrees of freedom of the user element are 11 and 12 the value of COORDINATES will remain as 2 I PROPERTIES Set this parameter equal to the number of integer property values needed as data in user subroutine UEL or VUEL to define such an element The default is I PROPERTIES 0 PROPERTIES Set this parameter equal to the number of real floating point property values needed as data in user subroutine UEL or VUEL to define such an element The default is PROPERTIES 0 UNSYMM This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter if the element matrices are not symmetric This parameter will cause Abaqus Standard to use its unsymmetric equation solution capability VARIABLES Set this parameter equal to the number of solution dependent state variables that must be stored within the element Its value must be greater than 0 The default is VARIABLES 1 20 7 4 USER ELEMENT Data lines to define a general user defined element First line 1 Enter the list of active degrees of freedom at the first node of the element as determined by the connectivity list The rule in Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual regarding which degrees of freedom can be used for displacement rotation temperature etc must be conformed to Second line if the active d
268. el must be generated by reflecting a partial three dimensional model through a symmetry plane Figure 18 56 4 REVOLVE Include this parameter to indicate that a three dimensional model must be generated by revolving the cross section of an axisymmetric mesh about the symmetry axis See Figure 18 56 2 18 56 1 SYMMETRIC MODEL GENERATION Optional parameters ELEMENT OFFSET Set this parameter equal to an integer to define the offset for element numbering When the REVOLVE parameter is used the offset is added to each element number on the previous cross section to obtain the numbering of the elements on the next cross section starting at the reference cross section 0 0 0 The reference cross section uses the same numbering as the original axisymmetric model When the REFLECT parameter is used the offset is added to the original element numbers to define the numbering on the reflected part The default and minimum value is the largest element number used in the original model FILE NAME Set this parameter equal to the name of an external file without an extension to which keyword and data lines for the model definition will be written The extension axi will be added to the file name provided by the user See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names NODE OFFSET Set this parameter equal to an integer to define the offset used for node numbering
269. ement type This parameter must be used in conjunction with the INTEGRATION parameter Set TENSOR THREED to specify that it is a three dimensional element in a stress displacement or heat transfer analysis Set TENSOR TWOD to specify that it is a two dimensional element in a heat transfer analysis Set TENSOR PSTRAIN to specify that it is a plane strain element in a stress displacement analysis Set TENSOR PSTRESS to specify that it is a plane stress element in a stress displacement analysis Required parameters if the FILE parameter is included OLD ELEMENT Set this parameter equal to the element number that was assigned to the element whose matrices are being read This parameter can also be set to a substructure identifier to read a substructure matrix from an Abaqus Standard results file STEP Set this parameter equal to the step number in which the element matrix was written This parameter is not required if using a substructure whose matrix was output during its generation INCREMENT Set this parameter equal to the increment number in which the element matrix was written This parameter is not required if using a substructure whose matrix was output during its generation Required parameters if the FILE parameter is omitted LINEAR Include this parameter to indicate that the behavior of the element type is linear and is defined by a stiffness matrix and or a mass matrix The MATRIX option is required to define the element
270. ements It describes the torsional moment in a frame element as a function of the plastic rotation about the element s axis Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Frame section behavior Section 26 4 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FRAME SECTION There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define the variation of torsional yield moment with plastic rotation First line 1 Torsional yield moment T 2 Plastic rotation about the element s axis Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the relationship between the torsional moment and the plastic rotation At least three pairs of data are required 16 16 1 POROUS BULK MODULI 16 17 POROUS BULK MODULI Define bulk moduli for soils and rocks This option is used to define the bulk moduli of solid grains and a permeating fluid such that their compressibility can be considered in the analysis of a porous medium The POROUS BULK MODULI option cannot be used with the porous metal plasticity material model Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Porous bulk moduli Section 23 7 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define bulk moduli First line 1 Bulk modulus of solid grains Units of FL If this entry is blank or
271. ements only the radial position at which the spacing of the rebar is measured If this entry is nonzero the rebar spacing is assumed to vary linearly with radial position If this entry is zero or blank the rebar spacing does not vary with position Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line defines a layer of rebar Data lines to define a layer of uniformly spaced rebar in continuum elements SINGLE parameter omitted when the layer is parallel to only one isoparametric direction in the element s local isoparametric coordinate system GEOMETRY SKEW First line 1 2 3 4 5 6 Second line 1 Element number or name of the element set that contains these rebar Cross sectional area of each rebar Spacing of rebar The default is 1 0 Orientation of rebar in degrees See Figure 17 11 3 For axisymmetric elements only give the radial position at which the spacing of the rebar is measured If this entry is nonzero the rebar spacing is assumed to vary linearly with radial position If this entry is zero or blank the rebar spacing does not vary with position Isoparametric direction for three dimensional elements only Fractional distance along edge 1 f see Figure 17 11 5 2 Fractional distance along edge 2 f 3 4 Fractional distance along edge 4 fa Fractional distance along edge 3 fs Only the two values corresponding to the two edges that the rebar intersects can be nonzero
272. en specified ALLSDTOL Include this parameter to indicate that an adaptive automatic damping algorithm will be activated in this step Set this parameter equal to the maximum allowable ratio of the stabilization energy to the total strain energy The initial damping factor is specified via the STABILIZE parameter or the FACTOR parameter This damping factor will then be adjusted through the step based on the convergence history and the value of ALLSDTOL Ifthis parameter is set equal to zero the adaptive automatic damping algorithm is not activated a constant damping factor will be used throughout the step If this parameter is included without a specified value the default value is 0 05 If this parameter 1s omitted but the STABILIZE parameter is included with the default value of dissipated energy fraction the adaptive automatic damping algorithm will be activated automatically with ALLSDTOL 0 05 This parameter must be used in conjunction with the STABILIZE parameter see Solving nonlinear problems Section 7 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 18 31 1 STATIC CONTINUE DIRECT FACTOR Set CONTINUE NO default to specify that this step will not carry over the damping factors from the results of the preceding general step In this case the initial damping factors will be recalculated based on the declared damping intensity and on the solution of the first increment of the step or can be specified directly Set CONTIN
273. ening behavior in addition to temperature and possibly strain range If this parameter is omitted the hardening behavior does not depend on field variables See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information 16 12 1 PLASTIC Optional parameter for use with HARDENING ISOTROPIC RATE 1 Set this parameter equal to the equivalent plastic strain rate 2 for which this stress strain curve applies Optional parameters for use with HARDENING COMBINED DATA TYPE Set DATA TYPE HALF CYCLE default to specify stress versus plastic strain values of the first half cycle for calibrating the kinematic hardening parameters Set DATA TYPE PARAMETERS to specify the calibrated kinematic hardening material parameters directly Set DATA TYPE STABILIZED to specify stress versus plastic strain values of a stabilized cycle for calibrating the kinematic hardening parameters NUMBER BACKSTRESSES Set this parameter equal to the number of backstresses The default number of backstresses is 1 and the maximum allowed is 10 Optional parameter for use with HARDENING USER PROPERTIES Set this parameter equal to the number of property values needed as data in user subroutine UHARD in Abaqus Standard analyses and user subroutine VUHARD in Abaqus Explicit analyses The default is PROPERTIES 0 Data lines for HARDENING ISOTROPIC or HA
274. ently supported See Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set DEFINITION NODES to define the local system by giving global node numbers for points a b and optionally c the origin Set DEFINITION OFFSET TO NODES to define the local system by giving local node numbers on the element where the orientation is being used to define the points a b and optionally c the origin in Figure 15 1 1 This parameter value cannot be used with spring dashpot or JOINTC elements In addition it cannot be used with the KINEMATIC COUPLING INERTIA RELIEF or CONTACT PAIR options For all DEFINITION parameter values a spatially varying local coordinate system can be created for solid continuum elements and shell elements by using a distribution to define a spatially varying additional rotation angle o See Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual LOCAL DIRECTIONS This parameter is relevant only for anisotropic materials with preferred material directions or fiber directions such as anisotropic hyperelastic materials or in Abaqus Explicit fabric materials Set this parameter equal to the number of local directions that are applicable to the material model for example two for a fabric material The local directions are specified with respect to the orthonormal system at the material point resulting from the current orientation definition Up to three local directio
275. entry so that values are being given for one mode only 3 Fraction of critical damping Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define modal damping for different modes Data lines to define Rayleigh damping by specifying mode numbers RAYLEIGH and DEFINITION MODE NUMBERS First line 1 Mode number of the lowest mode of a range 2 Mode number of the highest mode of a range If this entry is left blank it is assumed to be the same as the previous entry so that values are being given for one mode only 13 11 2 MODAL DAMPING 3 Mass proportional damping 4 Stiffness proportional damping Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define modal damping for different modes Data lines to define composite modal damping MODAL COMPOSITE First line 1 Mode number of the lowest mode of a range 2 Mode number of the highest mode of a range If this entry is left blank it is assumed to be the same as the previous entry so that values are being given for one mode only Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define modal damping for different modes Data lines to define structural damping by specifying mode numbers STRUCTURAL and DEFINITION MODE NUMBERS First line 1 Mode number of the lowest mode of a range 2 Mode number of the highest mode of a range If this entry is left blank it is assumed to be the same as the previous entry so that values are being given for one mode
276. equal to the name of the material to be used with these elements The COMPOSITE and MATERIAL parameters are mutually exclusive REF NODE This parameter is required only for generalized plane strain elements and acoustic infinite elements it is ignored for all other element types Set this parameter equal to either the node number of the reference node or the name of a node set containing the reference node If the name of a node set is chosen the node set must contain exactly one node 18 22 1 SOLID SECTION Required parameter for anisotropic materials optional parameter for isotropic materials ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the name of an orientation definition Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to be used to define a local coordinate system for material calculations in the elements in this set This parameter is required when the material is anisotropic For a composite solid this orientation together with the orientation angle specified on the layer data lines can also be used to define the material orientations in the individual layers Alternatively a material orientation can be specified by referencing an orientation definition on each layer data line In this case the reference given on the ORIENTATION parameter is ignored Any layer definition line that does not have an orientation reference or an angle specified will use the section orientation defined on the keyword line Op
277. er analysis Section 6 5 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UMASFL Section 1 1 35 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE INPUT OP USER Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude versus time curve that defines the magnitude of the flow rate during the step Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line Set OP MOD default for existing MASS FLOW RATE values to remain with this option modifying existing flow rates or defining additional flow rates Set OP NEW if all existing MASS FLOW RATE values applied to the model should be removed Include this parameter to indicate that user subroutine UMASFL will be used to define mass flow rate values UMASFL will be called for each node given on the data lines If values are also given on the data lines these
278. er defined section Depending on the analysis type the output may include one or several of the following the total force the total moment the total heat flux the total current the total mass flow or the total pore fluid volume flux associated with the section This option is not available for eigenfrequency extraction eigenvalue buckling prediction complex eigenfrequency extraction or linear dynamics procedures Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References Output to the data and results files Section 4 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to identify the output for the section Section names in the same input file must be unique SURFACE Set this parameter equal to the name used in the SURFACE option to define the surface Optional parameters AXES Set AXES LOCAL if output is desired in the local coordinate system Set AXES GLOBAL default to output quantities in the global coordinate system FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be printed at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output UPDATE Set UPDATE NO if output is desired in the original local system of coordinat
279. er equal to the maximum pore pressure change permitted in any increment in pressure units in a transient consolidation analysis Abaqus Standard will restrict the time step to ensure that this value will not be exceeded at any node except nodes with boundary conditions during any increment of the analysis Set this value equal to any nonzero value in a steady state analysis to activate automatic time incrementation Data line to define incrementation for a soils analysis First and only line 1 Initial time increment This value will be modified as required if the automatic time stepping scheme is used it will be used as a constant time increment otherwise 2 Time period If END SS is chosen the step ends after this time period or when steady state conditions are reached whichever comes first 3 Minimum time increment allowed If Abaqus Standard finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value the analysis is terminated If this entry is zero a default value of the smaller of the suggested initial time increment or 10 times the total time period is assumed Only used for automatic time incrementation 4 Maximum time increment allowed If this value is not specified the upper limit is the total time period Only used for automatic time incrementation 5 The rate of change of pore pressure with time used to define steady state only needed if END SS is chosen When all nodal wetting liquid pressures are changing at rate
280. er polynomials are to be used The default is ORDER 10 which is the value always used in Abaqus Standard STACK DIRECTION This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses 18 22 2 SYMMETRIC SOLID SECTION This parameter can be used only with composite elements It defines the stacking direction with respect to a pair of element faces Set this parameter equal to 1 2 or 3 The default is STACK DIRECTION 3 This parameter is relevant only when the COMPOSITE parameter is used Include this parameter if the layers in the composite shell are symmetric about a central core This parameter cannot be used if spatially varying orientation angles are defined on any composite layer using distributions Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Data line to define homogeneous solid elements infinite elements acoustic elements or truss elements First and only line 1 Enter any attribute values required The default for the first attribute is 1 0 See the description in Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual of the element type being used for a definition of the data required Data lines to define a composite solid First line 9 Layer thickness The layer thickness will be adjusted such that the sum of the layer thicknesses corresponds to the element length in the stack direction Number of integration points to be used through the l
281. ere N is the number of modes extracted If the MODE parameter is used the default value is LAST MODE M where Mis the value of the MODE parameter This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter is useful only during eigenvalue extraction for natural frequencies and for eigenvalue buckling estimation Set this parameter equal to the first mode number for which output is required The default is MODE 1 See also the LAST MODE parameter When performing a FREQUENCY analysis the normalization will follow the format set by the NORMALIZATION parameter Otherwise the normalization is such that the largest displacement component in the mode has a magnitude of 1 0 Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set for which the output is being written to the results file If this parameter is omitted the output will be written for all nodes in the model Data lines to request nodal output in the results or selected results file First line 1 Give the identifying keys for the variables to be written to the results or selected results file The keys are defined in the Nodal variables section of Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual and Abaqus Explicit output variable identifiers Section 4 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the nodal variables to be written to the results or select
282. erences e Coupled pore fluid diffusion and stress analysis Section 6 8 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Rate dependent plasticity creep and swelling Section 20 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters ALLSDTOL CETOL Include this parameter to indicate that an adaptive automatic damping algorithm will be activated in this step Set this parameter equal to the maximum allowable ratio of the stabilization energy to the total strain energy The initial damping factor is specified via the STABILIZE parameter or the FACTOR parameter This damping factor will then be adjusted through the step based on the convergence history and the value of ALLSDTOL Ifthis parameter is set equal to zero the adaptive automatic damping algorithm is not activated a constant damping factor will be used throughout the step If this parameter is included without a specified value the default value is 0 05 If this parameter 1s omitted but the STABILIZE parameter is included with the default value of dissipated energy fraction the adaptive automatic damping algorithm will be activated automatically with ALLSDTOL 0 05 This parameter must be used in conjunction with the STABILIZE parameter see Solving nonlinear problems Section 7 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual This parameter will invoke automatic time incrementation If the UTOL DELTMX and CETOL parameters are omitted fixed time increments will be used
283. es Set UPDATE YES default to output quantities in a local system of coordinates that rotates with the 18 5 1 SECTION PRINT average rigid body motion of the surface section This parameter is relevant only if AXES LOCAL and the NLGEOM parameter is active in the step Optional data lines First line Node number of the anchor point blank if coordinates given First coordinate of the anchor point ignored if node number given Second coordinate of the anchor point ignored if node number given BR WO N Third coordinate of the anchor point for three dimensional cases only ignored if node number given Leave this line blank to allow Abaqus to define the anchor point Second line 1 Node number used to specify point a in Figure 18 5 1 blank if coordinates given 2 First coordinate of point a ignored if node number given 3 Second coordinate of point a ignored if node number given The remaining data items are relevant only for three dimensional cases 4 Third coordinate of point a ignored if node number given 5 Node number used to specify point b blank if coordinates given 6 First coordinate of point b ignored if node number given 7 Second coordinate of point b ignored if node number given 8 Third coordinate of point b ignored if node number given Leave this line blank to allow Abaqus to define the axes Third line 1 Give the identifying keys for the variables to be output The
284. es of freedom in Abaqus Standard If this field is left blank all degrees of freedom will be constrained 131 KINEMATIC COUPLING 3 Last degree of freedom constrained If this field is left blank the degree of freedom specified in the second field will be the only one constrained Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify constraints at different nodes and degrees of freedom When the ORIENTATION parameter is specified the degrees of freedom are in the referenced local system in the initial configuration otherwise they are in the global system In either case these directions will rotate with the reference node in large displacement analyses when the NLGEOM parameter is included on the STEP option 11 3 2 12 LATENT HEAT 12 1 LATENT HEAT Specify latent heats This option is used to specify a material s latent heat Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Latent heat Section 23 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter PORE FLUID This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter if the latent heat of the pore fluid in a porous medium is being defined Data lines to define a material s latent heat First line 1 Latent heat per unit mass Units of JM 2 Solidus temperature 3 Liquidus temperature Repeat this data line as often as neces
285. essary to describe the loading on the surfaces due to the incident wave In problems involving fluid solid boundaries both the fluid surface and the solid surface comprising the boundary must have an incident wave load specified using the appropriate load type 9 8 2 INCIDENT WAVE FLUID PROPERTY 9 9 INCIDENT WAVE FLUID PROPERTY Define the fluid properties associated with an incident wave The preferred interface for defining the fluid properties for an incident wave is the INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY option used in conjunction with the INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION option The alternative interface uses the INCIDENT WAVE FLUID PROPERTY option to define the fluid properties used to define an incident wave The INCIDENT WAVE FLUID PROPERTY must be used in conjunction with the INCIDENT WAVE PROPERTY option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Unsupported this option has been superseded by incident wave interaction properties References e Acoustic medium Section 23 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Acoustic and shock loads Section 30 4 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e INCIDENT WAVE PROPERTY There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to define incident wave fluid properties First and only line 1 Ky the fluid bulk modulus 2 the fluid mass density 9 9 1 INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION 9 10
286. essure displacement elements are used in a model 18 21 2 SOILS Set HEAT YES default to specify that heat transfer effects are to be modeled in these regions In this case Abaqus Standard solves the heat transfer equation in conjunction with the mechanical equilibrium and the fluid flow continuity equations Set HEAT NO to specify that heat transfer will not be modeled in these regions STABILIZE UTOL Include this parameter to use automatic stabilization if the problem is expected to be unstable due to local instabilities Set this parameter equal to the dissipated energy fraction of the automatic damping algorithm see Solving nonlinear problems Section 7 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted the stabilization algorithm is not activated If this parameter is included without a specified value the default value of the dissipated energy fraction is 2 x 10 and the adaptive automatic damping algorithm will be activated by default with ALLSDTOL 0 05 in this step set ALLSDTOL 0 to deactivate the adaptive automatic damping algorithm If the FACTOR parameter is used any value of the dissipated energy fraction will be overridden by the damping factor This parameter can be used only in conjunction with the CONSOLIDATION parameter This parameter will invoke automatic time incrementation Ifthe UTOL DELTMX and the CETOL parameters are omitted fixed time increments will be used Set this paramet
287. esults files Section 4 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FILE OUTPUT Optional parameters FREQUENCY This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be written to the results file at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output GLOBAL This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter is relevant only at nodes where the TRANSFORM option has been used to define a local coordinate system Set GLOBAL NO to write vector valued nodal variables in the local directions Set GLOBAL YES default to write vector valued nodal variables in the global directions This default is the opposite of the default on the NODE PRINT option and is used because most postprocessors assume that components are given in the global system LAST MODE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter is useful only during eigenvalue extraction for natural frequencies Natural frequency extraction Section 6 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual and for eigenvalue buckling estimation Eigenvalue buckling prediction Section 6 2 3 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set this parameter equal to the highest mode number for which output is required 14 10 1 NODE FILE MODE NSET The default value is LAST MODE N wh
288. eter to prevent any separation of the two surfaces once contact has been established PRESSURE OVERCLOSURE Use this parameter to choose a contact pressure overclosure relationship other than the default hard contact Set PRESSURE OVERCLOSURE HARD default to choose a pressure overclosure relationship without physical softening Note that some numerical softening will occur 1f a penalty or augmented Lagrange constraint enforcement method is used Set PRESSURE OVERCLOSURE EXPONENTIAL to define an exponential pressure overclosure relationship Set PRESSURE OVERCLOSURE LINEAR to define a linear pressure overclosure relationship Set PRESSURE OVERCLOSURE SCALE FACTOR to define a piecewise linear pressure overclosure relationship based on scaling the default contact stiffness This option 1s available only for the general contact algorithm in Abaqus Explicit Set PRESSURE OVERCLOSURE TABULAR to define a piecewise linear pressure overclosure relationship in tabular form If a contact area is not defined such as may occur for node based surfaces or for GAP or ITT type contact elements pressure should be interpreted as force For contact with three dimensional beams or trusses pressure should be interpreted as force per unit length When used to modify the default surface behavior the PRESSURE OVERCLOSURE parameter cannot be used with the NO SEPARATION parameter in an Abaqus Standard analysis 18 48 2 SURFACE BEHAVIOR Optiona
289. eters is required ENTER ELEMENT Include this parameter if output requests within a substructure are to follow Set this parameter equal to the element number used for the substructure at the usage level at which Abaqus Standard is operating before the appearance of this option LEAVE Include this parameter to leave a substructure and go back up to its usage level There are no data lines associated with this option 18 45 1 SUBSTRUCTURE PROPERTY 18 46 SUBSTRUCTURE PROPERTY Translate rotate and or reflect substructures This option is used to define properties for a substructure It is required for all substructures in a model Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level This option is not supported in a model defined in terms of an assembly of part instances Reference e Using substructures Section 10 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the substructures for which properties are being defined Optional parameter POSITION TOL Set this parameter equal to the tolerance on the distance between usage level nodes and the corresponding substructure nodes If this parameter is omitted the default is a tolerance of 107 times the largest overall dimension within the substructure If the parameter is given with a value of 0 0 the position of the retained nodes is not checked Data line to translate a su
290. f a reference node This option is used to impose constraints between degrees of freedom of a node or node set and the rigid body motion defined by a reference node The preferred method of providing a kinematic constraint of this type is the COUPLING option used in conjunction with the KINEMATIC option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Unsupported this option has been superseded by coupling constraints used in conjunction with the kinematic option Reference e Kinematic constraints overview Section 31 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter REF NODE Set this parameter equal to either the node number of the reference node or the name of a node set containing the reference node If the name of a node set is chosen the node set must contain exactly one node Optional parameter ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the name given to the ORIENTATION definition Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual that specifies the initial orientation of the local system in which the constrained degrees of freedom are defined Data lines to specify the nodes and degrees of freedom to be constrained First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 First degree of freedom constrained See Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a definition of the numbering of degre
291. f all existing RADIATE definitions applied to the model should be removed REGION TYPE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses This parameter is relevant only for radiation conditions applied to the boundary of an adaptive mesh domain If a radiation condition is applied to a surface in the interior of an adaptive mesh domain the nodes on the surface will move with the material in all directions they will be nonadaptive Abaqus Explicit will create a boundary region automatically on the surface subjected to the defined radiation condition 17 1 1 RADIATE Set REGION TYPE LAGRANGIAN default to apply the radiation condition to a Lagrangian boundary region The edge of a Lagrangian boundary region will follow the material while allowing adaptive meshing along the edge and within the interior of the region Set REGION TYPE SLIDING to apply the radiation condition to a sliding boundary region The edge of a sliding boundary region will slide over the material Adaptive meshing will occur along the edge and in the interior of the region Mesh constraints are typically applied on the edge of a sliding boundary region to fix it spatially Set REGION TYPE EULERIAN to apply the radiation condition to an Eulerian boundary region This option is used to create a boundary region across which material can flow Mesh constraints must be used normal to an Eulerian boundary region to allow material to flow through the region Ifno mesh c
292. f freedom in Abaqus 3 Last translational component of motion prescribed only degrees of freedom 1 2 or 3 can be entered This field can be left blank 1f motion for only one component is being prescribed 4 Magnitude of the translational displacement or rotation This magnitude can be redefined in user subroutine UMOTION Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the nodes and degrees of freedom that will have their motion prescribed by user subroutine UMOTION 13 22 3 MPC 13 23 MPC Define multi point constraints This option is used to impose constraints between different degrees of freedom of the model Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e General multi point constraints Section 31 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e MPC Section 1 1 14 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line MODE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter is used only if the USER parameter is included Set MODE DOF default for user subr
293. f point a in the plane of reflection see Figure 18 46 2 Global Y coordinate of point a in the plane of reflection Global Z coordinate of point a in the plane of reflection Global X coordinate of point b in the plane of reflection Global Y coordinate of point b in the plane of reflection D Uu BR WN Global Z coordinate of point b in the plane of reflection Fourth line 1 Global X coordinate of point c in the plane of reflection 2 Global Y coordinate of point c in the plane of reflection 3 Global Z coordinate of point c in the plane of reflection Data lines to translate rotate and reflect a substructure First line 1 Value of the translation to be applied in the global X direction 2 Value of the translation to be applied in the global Y direction 3 Value of the translation to be applied in the global Z direction 18 46 2 SUBSTRUCTURE PROPERTY Second line Global X coordinate of point a on the axis of rotation see Figure 18 46 1 Global Y coordinate of point a on the axis of rotation Global Z coordinate of point a on the axis of rotation Global X coordinate of point b on the axis of rotation Global Y coordinate of point b on the axis of rotation Global Z coordinate of point 6 on the axis of rotation NA Buona Angle of rotation about the axis a b in degrees Third line Global X coordinate of point a in the plane of reflection see Figure 18 46 2 Global
294. f values are also given on the data lines these values will be ignored If a results or an output database file has been specified in addition to user subroutine UTEMP values read from this file will be passed into UTEMP for possible modification Data lines to define gradients of temperature in beams and shells First line 1 Node set or node number 2 Reference temperature value If the AMPLITUDE parameter is present this value and subsequent gradient values will be modified by the AMPLITUDE specification 19 1 3 TEMPERATURE 3 Temperature gradient in the n2 direction for beams or temperature gradient through the thickness for shells 4 Temperature gradient in the n direction for beams Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define temperatures at different nodes or node sets Data lines to define temperatures at temperature points in beams and shells First line 1 Node set or node number 2 Temperature at the first temperature point If the AMPLITUDE parameter is present this value and subsequent temperature values will be modified by the AMPLITUDE specification 3 Temperature of the second temperature point 4 Temperature of the third temperature point 5 Etc up to seven temperatures Subsequent lines only needed if there are more than seven temperature points in the element 1 Temperature of the eighth temperature point 2 Etc up to eight temperatures per line If more than seven tempe
295. face on the exterior boundary of an Eulerian material instance This option applies only to Abaqus Explicit Set TYPE USER to define an analytical surface via user subroutine RSURFU in Abaqus Standard Additional optional parameters used for contact pair analyses in Abaqus Explicit MAX RATIO Set this parameter equal to the upper bound of the ratio of a facet s contact thickness to its minimum edge or diagonal length This ratio is computed after the SCALE THICK parameter is applied to the contact thickness The contact thickness for individual facets will be adjusted if necessary to conform to this maximum ratio If this parameter is omitted no upper bound will be enforced If this parameter is included without a value specified the default value is 0 6 18 47 3 SURFACE NO OFFSET Include this parameter to indicate that this surface will ignore the midplane offset of any shell membrane or rigid elements that form the surface NO THICK Include this parameter to indicate that this surface will ignore the thickness of any shell membrane or rigid elements that form the surface A surface defined with this parameter cannot be used to define a double sided surface or for self contact SCALE THICK This parameter applies only when the surface is used with the CONTACT PAIR option Set this parameter equal to the amount by which to scale the thicknesses of the underlying elements to compute the contact thicknesses The default i
296. face properties for surfaces that are involved in general contact interactions It must be used in conjunction with the CONTACT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data in Abaqus Standard Model or history data in Abaqus Explicit Level Model in Abaqus Standard Model or Step in Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Surface properties for general contact in Abaqus Standard Section 32 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Assigning surface properties for general contact in Abaqus Explicit Section 32 4 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONTACT Required parameter PROPERTY Use this parameter to specify the property type being assigned To modify more than one type of surface property use this option more than once with different values for the PROPERTY parameter Set PROPERTY FEATURE EDGE CRITERIA to control which primary feature edges and secondary feature edges should be activated in the general contact domain This parameter setting is available only in Abaqus Explicit Set PROPERTY GEOMETRIC CORRECTION to assign geometric corrections This parameter setting is available only in Abaqus Standard Set PROPERTY OFFSET FRACTION to assign the surface offset as a fraction of the surface thickness Set PROPERTY THICKNESS to assign the surface thickness Data lines for PROPERTY FEATURE EDGE CRITERIA First line 1 Surface name A non blan
297. face stiffness matrix is not symmetric This parameter causes Abaqus Standard to use its unsymmetric equation solution procedures In an Abaqus Standard analysis include this parameter if the surface interaction model is to be defined in user subroutine UINTER In an Abaqus Explicit analysis include this parameter without any assignment if the surface interaction model is to be defined in user subroutine VUINTER Set USER INTERACTION if the surface interaction model is to be defined in user subroutine VUINTERACTION VUINTER is applicable to contact pairs whereas VUINTERACTION is applicable to general contact 18 50 2 SURFACE INTERACTION When this parameter is included the SURFACE BEHAVIOR option and its various suboptions cannot be used under the same interaction definition Optional data line for two dimensional models in Abaqus Standard or for contact pairs involving node based surfaces in Abaqus Standard if the USER parameter is omitted First and only line 1 Out of plane thickness of the surface or cross sectional area for every node in the node based surface The default value is 1 0 Data lines to define the surface interaction in an Abaqus Standard analysis if the USER parameter is used First line 1 Out of plane thickness of the surface for two dimensional models or cross sectional area for every node in the node based surface The default value for both is 1 0 In other situations enter a blank line Second l
298. file at the specified increment interval or iteration Data lines to specify element sets to be imported First line 1 List of element sets that are to be imported Specify only element set names that are used to define the section properties in the previous Abaqus Explicit or Abaqus Standard analysis Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the element sets to be imported Up to 16 element sets can be listed per data line There are no data lines for importing a part instance 9 4 2 IMPORT CONTROLS 9 5 IMPORT CONTROLS Specify tolerances used in importing model and results data This option is used to specify the tolerance for error checking on shell normals in Abaqus Standard or Abaqus Explicit when the IMPORT UPDATE YES option is used If the IMPORT CONTROLS option is used it must appear after the IMPORT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Model References e Transferring results between Abaqus Explicit and Abaqus Standard Section 9 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e MPORT Required parameter NORMAL TOL Set this parameter equal to the tolerance required for the error checking on shell normals The default value is 0 1 There are no data lines associated with this option 9 5 1 IMPORT ELSET 9 6 IMPORT ELSET Import element set definitions from a previous Abaqus Explicit or Abaqus Standard analysis This option is used
299. fine parametric shape variations This option is used to define parametric shape variations Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Parametric shape variation Section 2 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Design sensitivity analysis Section 16 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter PARAMETER Set this keyword parameter equal to the name of the parameter to which the shape variation data refer If this parameter is also a design parameter the shape variations are used to define the design gradients of the nodal coordinates for design sensitivity analysis Optional parameters mutually exclusive if neither parameter is specified Abaqus assumes that the shape variation data will be entered directly on the data lines FILE Set this parameter equal to the name of the results file from a previous Abaqus Standard analysis containing either the mode shapes from a BUCKLE or FREQUENCY analysis or the nodal displacements from a STATIC analysis This option cannot be used for models defined in terms of an assembly of part instances INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the shape variation data See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names Required parameter if the FILE parameter is used STEP Set this para
300. fined Set OP ADD to indicate that the output request being defined should be added to the output requests defined in previous steps Set OP REPLACE to indicate that this output request should replace an output request of the same type e g FIELD and frequency defined in a previous step If there is no matching request this output request will be interpreted as OP ADD TIME INTERVAL Set this parameter equal to the time interval at which the output states are to be written If this parameter and the FREQUENCY NUMBER INTERVAL and TIME POINTS parameters are omitted output will be written at every increment of the analysis for all procedure types except DYNAMIC and MODAL DYNAMIC output will be written every 10 increments for these procedure types The FREQUENCY NUMBER INTERVAL TIME INTERVAL and TIME POINTS parameters are mutually exclusive VARIABLE Set VARIABLE ALL to indicate that all variables applicable to this procedure and material type should be written to the output database Set VARIABLE PRESELECT to indicate that the default output variables for the current procedure type should be written to the output database Additional output requests can be defined with the output options used in conjunction with the OUTPUT option listed previously If this parameter is omitted only the variables requested for output with the individual output options will be written to the output database The output behavior of the variables
301. fined in user subroutine FLOW for nonuniform flow Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define nonuniform seepage for various surfaces 18 9 2 SHEAR CENTER 18 10 SHEAR CENTER Define the position of the shear center of a beam section This option can be used only in conjunction with the BEAM GENERAL SECTION SECTION GENERAL or the BEAM GENERAL SECTION SECTION MESHED option It is used to define the position of the shear center of the section with respect to the local 1 2 axis system Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Property module References e Using a general beam section to define the section behavior Section 26 3 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e BEAM GENERAL SECTION e Meshed beam cross sections Section 10 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to define the shear center First and only line 1 Local 2 of shear center z1 The default is 0 2 Local x2 coordinate of shear center x gt The default is 0 18 10 1 SHEAR FAILURE 18 11 SHEAR FAILURE Specify a shear failure model and criterion This option is used with the Mises or the Johnson Cook plasticity models to specify shear failure of the material It must be used in conjunction with the option PLASTIC HARDENING ISOTROPIC or JOHNSON COOK Pro
302. fthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line TYPE Set TYPE DISPLACEMENT TYPE VELOCITY or TYPE ACCELERATION default to define the units in which the spectrum is defined Set TYPE G to enter an acceleration spectrum in g units The parameter G then defines the gravitational acceleration Date lines to define a spectrum First line 1 Magnitude of the spectrum 18 28 1 SPECTRUM 2 Frequency in cycles per time at which this magnitude is used 3 Associated damping given as ratio of critical damping Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the spectrum at all frequencies at each damping value 18 28 2 SPRING 18 29 SPRING Define spring behavior This option is used to define the spring behavior for spring elements It is also used to assign a structural damping factor to form the imaginary part of the spring stiffness matrix The imaginary stiffness represents an element level damping contribution to the frequency domain dynamic equations and to the time domain mode based dynamic analyses that support nondiagonal damping see Modal dynamic analysis Section 2 5 5 of the Abaqus Theory Manual In Abaqus Standard analyses it is also used to define the spring behavior for ITS and JOINTC elements If the SPRING option is being used to define part of the behavior of ITS or JOINTC elements it mus
303. gin a part definition This option is used to begin a part definition It must be used in conjunction with the ASSEMBLY END PART and INSTANCE options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Part module References e Defining an assembly Section 2 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e END PART Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the part There are no data lines associated with this option 16 4 1 16 5 PERIODIC PERIODIC Define periodic symmetry for a cavity radiation heat transfer analysis This option is used to define cavity symmetry by periodic repetition in a given direction It can be used only following the RADIATION SYMMETRY option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Cavity radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e RADIATION SYMMETRY Required parameter TYPE Set TYPE 2D to create a cavity composed of the cavity surface defined in the model and a series of similar images generated by its repetition according to a two dimensional distance vector The repeated images are bounded by lines parallel to line ab see Figure 16 5 1 The distance vector must be defined so that it points away from line ab and into the domain of the model This option can be used
304. h iteration Set SOLVE NO to suppress the output Optional parameters in Abaqus Explicit analyses ALLKE Set ALLKE YES to request that a column containing the total kinetic energy be printed in the status file Set ALLKE NO to suppress this printout The default is ALLKE YES CRITICAL ELEMENT Set CRITICAL ELEMENT YES to request that a column listing the element that has the smallest stable time increment and a column listing the value be printed in the status file Set CRITICAL ELEMENT NO to suppress this printout The default is CRITICAL ELEMENT YES DMASS Set DMASS YES to request that a column containing the percent change in total mass of the model due to mass scaling be printed in the status file Set DMASS NO to suppress this printout The default is DMASS NO unless active mass scaling is present in the step FIXED MASS SCALING propagated from a previous step is not considered to be active mass scaling ETOTAL Set ETOTAL YES to request that a column containing the energy balance of the model be printed in the status file Set ETOTAL NO to suppress this printout The default is ETOTAL YES Other energy variables can also be printed Please refer to Total energy output in Abaqus Standard and Abaqus Explicit in Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for energy variables available in Abaqus Explicit MASS Set MASS YES to request that a column containing the total mass of the
305. he initial configuration gradually into the model to scale the linear and quadratic bulk viscosities to specify whether elements must be deleted when they are completely damaged or to specify a value of the scalar degradation parameter at or above which elements are assumed to be completely damaged It is used in conjunction with the MEMBRANE SECTION SHELL GENERAL SECTION SHELL SECTION and or SOLID SECTION options It can be used with BEAM SECTION and BEAM GENERAL SECTION to scale the linear and bulk viscosities It can also be used with the SOLID SECTION SHELL SECTION MEMBRANE SECTION COHESIVE SECTION and CONNECTOR SECTION options to specify whether elements must be deleted when they are completely damaged to specify a value of the scalar degradation parameter at or above which elements are assumed to be completely damaged or in Abaqus Standard to specify the viscosity coefficient that controls the viscous regularization Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Mesh module References e Section controls Section 24 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e COHESIVE SECTION e CONNECTOR SECTION e MEMBRANE SECTION e SHELL GENERAL SECTION e SHELL SECTION e SOLID SECTION 18 1 1 SECTION CONTROLS Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the section control definition All section control names in th
306. he arc must be less than 179 74 nA A U Ne The word CIRCL x coordinate of the end point of the circular arc y coordinate of the end point of the circular arc x coordinate of the center origin of the circular arc y coordinate of the center origin of the circular arc Data line to define a parabolic arc segment e U N e The word PARAB Local z coordinate of the middle point along the parabolic arc Local y coordinate of the middle point along the parabolic arc Local z coordinate of the end point of the parabolic arc 3 Local y coordinate of the end point of the parabolic arc For surfaces created with TYPE SEGMENTS the z and y coordinates are the global X and Y coordinates or r and zcoordinates For surfaces created with TYPE CYLINDER the z and y coordinates are the local z and y coordinates For surfaces created with TYPE REVOLUTION the z and y coordinates are the local r and z coordinates 18 47 8 SURFACE Outward n a E a Line segment 4 Circular arc segment Local y axis p NM p direction Local x axis Local z axis Figure 18 47 1 SURFACE TYPE CYLINDER 18 47 9 SURFACE local z line segment local r circular arc segment Figure 18 47 2 SURFACE TYPE REVOLUTION 18 47 10 SURFACE BEHAVIOR 18 48 SURFACE BEHAVIOR Define alternative pressure overclosure relationships for contact This option is used
307. he axis of the tube 9 23 2 10 JOINT 10 1 JOINT Define properties for JOINTC elements This option is used to define the properties for JOINTC elements The DASHPOT and SPRING options must immediately follow this option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Unsupported similar functionality is available by modeling connectors References e Flexible joint element Section 29 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DASHPOT e SPRING Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the JOINTC elements for which properties are being defined Optional parameter ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the name given to the ORIENTATION definition Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual that specifies the initial orientation of the local system in the joint There no data lines associated with this option instead include SPRING and DASHPOT options as needed to define the joint behavior 164 1 JOINT ELASTICITY 10 2 JOINT ELASTICITY Specify elastic properties for elastic plastic joint elements This option is used to define linear elastic moduli for elastic plastic joint elements It can be used only in conjunction with the EPJOINT option Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Elastic plas
308. he modal subspace of the dynamic equations are to be performed at the lower limit of each frequency range and at the upper limit of the last frequency range The interpolation is done on a linear scale This value can be used only with the SIM architecture Optional parameters DAMPING CHANGE This parameter is relevant only for SUBSPACE PROJECTION PROPERTY CHANGE Set this parameter equal to the maximum relative change in damping material properties before a new projection is to be performed The default value is 0 1 FREQUENCY SCALE This parameter is relevant only if INTERVAL EIGENFREQUENCY or INTERVAL RANGE If INTERVAL SPREAD linear scale is used Set this parameter equal to LOGARITHMIC default or LINEAR to determine whether a logarithmic or linear scale is used for output If the SUBSPACE PROJECTION parameter is included and is set equal to either EIGENFREQUENCY or PROPERTY CHANGE the same scale will be used for the interpolation of the subspace projections FRICTION DAMPING This parameter is relevant only if the DIRECT or the SUBSPACE PROJECTION parameter is included Set FRICTION DAMPING NO default or YES to ignore or to include friction induced damping effects at the slipping contact interface for which a velocity differential is imposed INTERVAL Set INTERVAL EIGENFREQUENCY if the frequency ranges specified on each data line are to be subdivided using the system s eigenfrequencies This option requires a preceding FREQUEN
309. he second data line as often as necessary Introducing a general user defined element References e User defined elements Section 29 16 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e VUEL Section 1 2 10 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e UEL Section 1 1 23 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e ELEMENT e UEL PROPERTY 20 7 3 USER ELEMENT Required parameters TYPE Set this parameter equal to the element type key used to identify this element on the ELEMENT option The format of this type key must be Un in Abaqus Standard and VUn in Abaqus Explicit where is a positive integer less than 10000 To use this element type set TYPE Un VUn on the ELEMENT option NODES Set this parameter equal to the number of nodes associated with an element of this type Optional parameters COORDINATES Set this parameter equal to the maximum number of coordinates needed in user subroutine UEL in Abaqus Standard and user subroutine VUEL in Abaqus Explicit at any node point of the element Abaqus assigns space to store the coordinate values at all the nodes associated with elements of this type The default is COORDINATES 1 Abaqus will change the value of COORDINATES to be the maximum of the user specified value of the COORDINATES parameter or the value of the largest active degree of freedom of the user element that is less than or equal to 3 For example if COORDINATES 1 and the active d
310. he specific heat of the pore fluid in a porous medium is being defined Data lines to specify a material s specific heat First line Specific heat per unit mass Units of JM 9 Temperature First field variable Second field variable nA UD Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the specific heat as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 18 27 1 SPECTRUM 18 28 SPECTRUM Define a response spectrum This option is used to define a spectrum to be used in a RESPONSE SPECTRUM analysis Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Model References e Response spectrum analysis Section 6 3 10 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e RESPONSE SPECTRUM Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the spectrum This label is used to cross reference a spectrum on the RESPONSE SPECTRUM option Optional parameters G Set this parameter equal to the value of the acceleration of gravity This parameter is used only when TYPE G is specified INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 o
311. he test data as defined on the LOADING DATA option Optional parameter RATE DEPENDENT Include this parameter equal to define rate dependent unloading data If this parameter is omitted the data are assumed to be rate independent This parameter can be used only if the loading data are elastic and rate dependent Data lines for DEFINITION COMBINED First line 1 Transition slope Second line 1 Nominal stress Provide the absolute value 2 Nominal strain Provide the absolute value 20 5 5 UNLOADING DATA 3 Temperature 4 First field variable 5 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Do not repeat the first data line Repeat the subsequent data lines as often as necessary to define the unloading curve data Data line for DEFINITION EXPONENTIAL and DEFINITION QUADRATIC First and only line 1 Energy dissipation factor 2 Permanent deformation factor Should be defined only in conjunction with the LOADING DATA TYPE PERMANENT DEFORMATION option Data lines for DEFINITION INTERPOLATED CURVE and DEFINITION SHIFTED CURVE to define uniaxial rate independent unloading behavior the RATE DEPENDENT parameter is omitted First line Nominal stress Provide the absolute value Nominal strain Provide the absolute value Tempe
312. his data line as often as necessary to define the crack depth at all nodal locations along the crack 18 49 1 SURFACE INTERACTION 18 50 SURFACE INTERACTION Define surface interaction properties This option is used to create a surface interaction property definition The surface interaction properties will govern any contact interactions that reference this surface interaction Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data in Abaqus Standard Model or history data in Abaqus Explicit Level Model in Abaqus Standard Model or Step in Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Assigning surface properties for contact pairs in Abaqus Explicit Section 32 5 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Mechanical contact properties overview Section 33 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Contact pressure overclosure relationships Section 33 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Contact damping Section 33 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Frictional behavior Section 33 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e User defined interfacial constitutive behavior Section 33 1 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Breakable bonds Section 33 1 9 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Thermal contact properties Section 33 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Electrical contact properties Section 33 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s M
313. ia uk info 3ds com Complete contact information is available at http www simulia com locations locations html Preface This section lists various resources that are available for help with using Abaqus Unified FEA software Support Both technical engineering support for problems with creating a model or performing an analysis and systems support for installation licensing and hardware related problems for Abaqus are offered through a network of local support offices Regional contact information is listed in the front of each Abaqus manual and is accessible from the Locations page at www simulia com SIMULIA Online Support System The SIMULIA Online Support System SOSS provides a knowledge database of SIMULIA Answers The SIMULIA Answers are solutions to questions that we have had to answer or guidelines on how to use Abaqus SIMULIA SLM Isight and other SIMULIA products You can also submit new requests for support in the SOSS All support incidents are tracked in the SOSS If you are contacting us by means outside the SOSS to discuss an existing support problem and you know the incident number please mention it so that we can consult the database to see what the latest action has been To use the SOSS you need to register with the system Visit the My Support page at www simulia com to register Many questions about Abaqus can also be answered by visiting the Products page and the Support page at www simulia com Anonym
314. iable 10 tn fF WN Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than one 1 Second field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the parameters for the ASCE formulae as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define constitutive behavior using the ASCE formula for clay in the vertical direction TYPE CLAY DIRECTION VERTICAL First line Bearing capacity factor N Vertical uplift factor N Ultimate relative displacement for downward motion Ultimate relative displacement for upward motion Evn Temperature First field variable Second field variable Third field variable Na tn FWY 16 10 4 PIPE SOIL STIFFNESS Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the parameters for the ASCE formulae as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define constitutive behavior using the ASCE formula for sand in the horizontal direction TYPE SAND DIRECTION HORIZONTAL First line Horizontal bearing capacity factor Ngn Ultimate relative displacement 2 Temperature First field variable Second field
315. iables to be written to the results file The keys are defined in the Modal variables section of Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary To write eigendata during an eigenvalue extraction procedure No data lines are required the eigendata are written automatically 13 13 1 MODAL OUTPUT 13 14 MODAL OUTPUT Write generalized coordinate modal amplitude data to the output database during a mode based dynamic or complex eigenvalue extraction procedure This option is used during a mode based dynamic or complex eigenvalue extraction procedure to write generalized coordinate modal amplitude and phase values to the Abaqus Standard output database It must be used in conjunction with the OUTPUT HISTORY option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e OUTPUT Optional parameter VARIABLE Set VARIABLE ALL to indicate that all modal variables applicable to this procedure and material type should be written to the output database If this parameter is omitted the modal variables requested for output must be specified on the data lines Data lines to request modal output First line 1 Give the identifying keys for the variables to be written to the outp
316. ical round off errors associated with contact modeling The value given must lie between 0 0 and 0 2 The default value is 0 1 GENERATE Include this parameter to allow incremental generation of node numbers along a slide line 18 19 1 SLIDE LINE SMOOTH Set this parameter equal to the smoothing fraction f to round discontinuities between line segments of a slide line The default is 0 The limit is f lt 0 5 Data lines if the GENERATE parameter is omitted First line 1 First node number on this slide line 2 Second node number on this slide line 3 Third node number on this slide line 4 Ete Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify the nodes forming the slide line Enter up to 16 integer values per line Data lines if the GENERATE parameter is included First line 1 First node number of the series 2 Last node number of the series 3 Increment between node numbers Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify the nodes forming the slide line 18 19 2 SLOAD 18 20 SLOAD Apply loads to a substructure This option is used to activate a substructure load case defined by the SUBSTRUCTURE LOAD CASE option Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References e Using substructures Section 10 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e SUBSTRUCTURE LOAD CASE Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name given to an amplitu
317. ied on the data lines associated with the SHELL SECTION options 3 Initial value of this field variable at the second temperature point 4 Etc up to seven values Subsequent lines only needed if initial values must be specified at more than seven temperature points at any node 1 Eighth initial value of this field variable at this temperature point 2 Etc up to eight initial values per line It may be necessary to leave blank data lines for some nodes if any other node in the model has more than seven field variable points because the total number of field variables that Abaqus expects to read for any node is based on the maximum number of field variable values for all the nodes in the model These trailing initial values will be zero and will not be used in the analysis Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define initial temperatures at various nodes or node sets No data lines are required for TYPE FIELD VARIABLE n FILE file STEP step INC inc Data lines for TYPE FLUID PRESSURE First line 1 Node set or node number of fluid cavity reference node 2 Fluid pressure Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define initial fluid pressure for various fluid filled cavities 9 18 8 INITIAL CONDITIONS Data lines to prescribe initial equivalent plastic strain or backstresses using TYPE HARDENING if the REBAR SECTION POINTS and USER parameters are omitted First line Element number
318. ied local direction The default is zero degrees Third line when the LOCAL DIRECTIONS parameter is included 1 X component of the first local material direction with respect to the orthonormal system at the material point 2 Y component of the first local material direction with respect to the orthonormal system at the material point 3 Z component of the first local material direction with respect to the orthonormal system at the material point Repeat the above data line to define additional local directions as needed with each direction on a separate line Data lines to define an orientation using DEFINITION OFFSET TO NODES First line 1 Local node number of point a 2 Local node number of point b The next item specification of point c the origin is optional and relevant only for SYSTEM RECTANGULAR and SYSTEM Z RECTANGULAR The default location of the origin c is the first node of the element local node number 1 3 Local node number of point c Second line 1 Local direction about which the additional rotation or rotations are given The default is the local 1 direction For shell membrane and cohesive elements this direction should have a nonzero component in the direction of the normal to the surface 2 Additional rotation o defined by either a single scalar value or by a distribution A local coordinate system defined with a distribution can only be used for solid continuum elements and shell elements The add
319. ies in the overlap region surface Figure 18 52 1 Two dimensional circumferential smoothing Data lines for PROPERTY GEOMETRIC CORRECTION to define smoothing on regions of surfaces that correspond or nearly correspond to a surface of revolution First line 1 Surface name 2 The word CIRCUMFERENTIAL 18 52 2 he 8 SURFACE PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT Global X coordinate of point a on the approximate axis of revolution for the surface see Figure 18 54 2 Global Y coordinate of point a on the approximate axis of revolution for the surface Global Z coordinate of point a on the approximate axis of revolution for the surface Global X coordinate of point b on the approximate axis of revolution for the surface see Figure 18 54 2 Global Y coordinate of point 6 on the approximate axis of revolution for the surface Global Z coordinate of point b on the approximate axis of revolution for the surface Repeat this data line as often as necessary If the geometry correction assignments overlap the last assignment applies in the overlap region surface Figure 18 52 2 Three dimensional circumferential smoothing Data lines for PROPERTY GEOMETRIC CORRECTION to define smoothing on regions of surfaces that correspond or nearly correspond to a spherical section First line Surface name The word SPHERICAL Global X coordinate of point a the approximate center origin of the sphere see
320. ies included in the definition of the real spring stiffness data in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the spring stiffness is independent of field variables See Using the DEPENDENCIES parameters to define field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information NONLINEAR Include this parameter to define nonlinear spring behavior Omit this parameter to define linear spring behavior ORIENTATION This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses If the option is being used to define the behavior of SPRINGI or SPRING2 elements this parameter can be used to refer to an orientation definition so that the spring is acting in a local system Set this parameter equal to the name of the ORIENTATION definition Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual RTOL This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the tolerance to be used for regularizing the material data The default is RTOL 0 03 See Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a discussion of data regularization Data lines to define linear spring behavior for SPRINGA or ITS elements First line 1 Enter a blank line Second line 1 Spring stiffness force per relative displacement 2 Frequency in cycles per time Applic
321. ify behavior along the third local direction 16 10 1 PIPE SOIL STIFFNESS TYPE Set TYPE LINEAR default to define a linear constitutive model Set TYPE NONLINEAR to define a nonlinear constitutive model Set TYPE CLAY to define a constitutive model using the ASCE formulae for clay This parameter must be used in conjunction with the DIRECTION parameter Set TYPE SAND to define a constitutive model using the ASCE formulae for sand This parameter must be used in conjunction with the DIRECTION parameter Set TYPE USER to indicate the constitutive behavior is defined in user subroutine UMAT The following optional parameters can be used only in combination with TYPE USER PROPERTIES Set this parameter equal to the number of property values needed as data in user subroutine UMAT The default is PROPERTIES 0 VARIABLES Set this parameter equal to the number of solution dependent variables that must be stored for the material calculations in user subroutine UMAT The default is VARIABLES 1 Data lines to define linear constitutive behavior TYPE LINEAR First line 1 Interaction stiffness force per relative displacement corresponding to positive relative displacements Kp 2 Interaction stiffness force per relative displacement corresponding to negative relative displacements Kn The default is Kp Temperature First field variable Second field variable Hn A W Etc up to five field variables
322. ile output format Section 5 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 18 44 1 SUBSTRUCTURE MATRIX OUTPUT Set OUTPUT FILE USER DEFINED to write the results to a user specified file in the format of the USER ELEMENT LINEAR option User defined elements Section 29 16 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The name of the file is specified using the FILE NAME parameter Set OUTPUT FILE ODB to write the data to the output database odb file RECOVERY MATRIX Set RECOVERY MATRIX YES to write the substructure recovery matrix only available if the recovery matrix is requested with the SUBSTRUCTURE GENERATE option The default is RECOVERY MATRIX NO SLOAD Set SLOAD YES to write the substructure load case vectors The default is SLOAD NO STIFFNESS Set STIFFNESS YES to write the substructure stiffness matrix The default is STIFFNESS NO There are no data lines associated with this option 18 44 2 SUBSTRUCTURE PATH 18 45 SUBSTRUCTURE PATH Enter into a substructure to obtain output or return back from a previously entered substructure This option is used to navigate through levels of substructures to obtain output of results Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level This option is not supported in a model defined in terms of an assembly of part instances Reference e Using substructures Section 10 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual At least one of the following param
323. ill not consider the stiffness contributions from frequency domain viscoelasticity There are no data lines associated with this option 13 8 1 MATRIX INPUT 13 9 MATRIX INPUT Read in a matrix for a part of the model This option can be used to input a matrix in sparse format Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Model References e Defining matrices Section 2 10 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e MATRIX ASSEMBLE Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to this matrix Optional parameters INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file from which the data lines are to be read See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter 1s omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line SCALE FACTOR Set this parameter equal to a nonzero real number s by which all matrix entries will be multiplied The default value is s 1 0 TYPE This parameter defines the shape of the matrix Set TYPE SYMMETRIC default to read the upper or lower triangular portion of a square symmetric matrix If a full matrix is specified corresponding terms above and below the diagonal must be equal Set TYPE UNSYMMETRIC to read a square unsymmetric matrix Data lines to define the matrix in sparse format only nonzero terms First line 1 Row node number
324. ill restrict the time step to ensure that this value is not exceeded at any node during any increment ofthe step If this parameter the CETOL parameter and the UTOL parameter are all omitted in a transient analysis fixed time increments will be used with a constant time increment equal to the initial time increment END This parameter is meaningful only for transient analysis Set END PERIOD default to analyze a specified time period Set END SS to end the step when steady state is reached CREEP Set CREEP NONE to specify that there is no creep or viscoelastic response occurring during this step even if creep or viscoelastic material properties have been defined FACTOR Set this parameter equal to the damping factor to be used in the automatic damping algorithm see Solving nonlinear problems Section 7 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual if the problem is expected to be unstable due to local instabilities and the damping factor calculated by Abaqus Standard is not suitable This parameter must be used in conjunction with the STABILIZE and CONSOLIDATION parameters and overrides the automatic calculation of the damping factor based on a value of the dissipated energy fraction HEAT This parameter is relevant if there are regions in the model that use coupled temperature pore pressure elements it specifies whether heat transfer effects are to be modeled in these regions This parameter 1s not relevant 1f only coupled pore pr
325. imensions or a right elliptical cylinder in three dimensions Set NONREFLECTING PROLATE SPHEROIDAL to specify a radiation condition appropriate for a prolate spheroidal boundary 18 17 1 SIMPEDANCE Optional parameter OP Set OP MOD default to modify existing impedances or to define additional impedances Set OP NEW if all existing impedances applied to the model should be removed To remove only selected impedances use OP NEW and respecify all impedances that are to be retained Data line to define an impedance for PROPERTY NONREFLECTING PLANAR or NONREFLECTING IMPROVED First and only line 1 Surface name Data line to define an absorbing boundary impedance for NONREFLECTING CIRCULAR or NONREFLECTING SPHERICAL First and only line 1 Surface name 2 r the radius of the circle or sphere defining the absorbing boundary surface Data line to define an absorbing boundary impedance for NONREFLECTING ELLIPTICAL or NONREFLECTING PROLATE SPHEROIDAL First and only line 1 Surface name 2 The semimajor axis a of the ellipse or prolate spheroid defining the surface a is 1 2 of the maximum distance between two points on the ellipse or spheroid analogous to the radius of a circle or sphere 3 The eccentricity e of the ellipse or prolate spheroid The eccentricity is the square root of one minus the square of the ratio of the minor axis b to the major axis a e 4 1 b a G
326. ine needed only if the PROPERTIES parameter is used 1 Enter the values of the surface interaction properties eight per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define all material constants Data lines to define the surface interaction in an Abaqus Explicit analysis if the PROPERTIES parameter is used First line 1 Enter a blank line Second line 1 Enter the values of the surface interaction properties eight per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define all material constants 18 50 3 SURFACE PROPERTY 18 51 SURFACE PROPERTY Define surface properties for cavity radiation This option is used to define surface properties for cavity radiation analysis It must immediately precede the EMISSIVITY option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Cavity radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e EMISSIVITY Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the property name for cross referencing to the surface definitions for which properties are being defined Only element based surfaces can be used There are no data lines associated with this option 18 51 1 SURFACE PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT 18 52 SURFACE PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT Assign surface properties to a surface for the general contact algorithm This option is used to modify sur
327. ine as often as necessary to define the fluid pore pressure at various nodes or node sets 9 18 12 INITIAL CONDITIONS No data lines are required for TYPE PORE PRESSURE USER No data lines are required for TYPE PORE PRESSURE FILE file STEP step INC inc Data lines for TYPE POROSITY First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Initial porosity Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define initial porosity in various elements or element sets Data lines for TYPEZPRESSURE STRESS First line 1 Node set or node number 2 Equivalent pressure stress p Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the pressure stress at various nodes or node sets No data lines are required for TYPE PRESSURE STRESS FILE file STEP step INCz inc Data lines for TYPE RATIO if the USER parameter is omitted First line Node set or node number First value of void ratio Vertical coordinate corresponding to the above value Second value of void ratio nA UN Vertical coordinate corresponding to the above value Omit the elevation values and the second void ratio value to define a constant void ratio distribution Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define void ratios at various nodes or node sets No data lines are required for TYPE RATIO USER Data lines for TYPE REF COORDINATE First line Element number X coordinate of the first node Y coordinate of the first
328. ined at the last available step found on the restart file INC Set this parameter equal to the increment number on the restart file at which the results must be obtained If this parameter is omitted the results will be obtained at the end of the step specified by the STEP parameter ITERATION This parameter is relevant only if the solution is transferred from a previous direct cyclic analysis Set this parameter equal to the iteration number on the restart file at which the results must be obtained Since restart information can be written only at the end of an iteration in a direct cyclic analysis the INC parameter is irrelevant and is ignored if the ITERATION parameter is specified If this parameter is omitted the results will be obtained at the end of the step specified by the STEP parameter UNBALANCED STRESS Set UNBALANCED STRESS STEP default if the stress unbalance is to be resolved in the first increment 18 57 1 SYMMETRIC RESULTS TRANSFER Set UNBALANCED STRESS RAMP if the stress unbalance is to be resolved linearly over the step There are no data lines associated with this option 18 57 2 SYSTEM 18 58 SYSTEM Specify a local coordinate system in which to define nodes This option is used to define nodes by accepting coordinates relative to a specified local rectangular coordinate system and generating the nodal coordinates in the global coordinate system Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus
329. ing copied The default library name is jobname There are no data lines associated with this option 18 39 1 SUBSTRUCTURE DELETE 18 40 SUBSTRUCTURE DELETE Remove a substructure from the substructure library This option is used to delete a substructure from a substructure library Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level This option is not supported in a model defined in terms of an assembly of part instances Reference Using substructures Section 10 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter TYPE Set this parameter equal to the TYPE identifier of the substructure being removed Optional parameter LIBRARY Set this parameter equal to the name of the substructure library from which the substructure 1s being deleted The default library name is jobname There are no data lines associated with this option 18 40 1 SUBSTRUCTURE DIRECTORY 18 41 SUBSTRUCTURE DIRECTORY List information about the substructures on a substructure library This option is used to provide a summary of information about the substructures stored on a substructure library Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level This option is not supported in a model defined in terms of an assembly of part instances Reference e Using substructures Section 10 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter LIBRARY Set this parameter equal to the name of the substructure
330. ing read into a predefined field needs to be interpolated between dissimilar meshes This feature is used to read nodal values from an output database file generated during a previous Abaqus analysis For temperature fields this parameter and the MIDSIDE parameter are mutually exclusive For temperature fields if the initial analysis uses first order elements and the current mesh is the same but uses second order elements use the MIDSIDE parameter instead The MIDSIDE parameter is not supported for predefined fields therefore the INTERPOLATE parameter is the only option for initializing predefined fields using scalar nodal output values from a dissimilar mesh MIDSIDE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter in conjunction with the FILE STEP and INC parameters to indicate that midside node temperatures in second order elements are to be interpolated from corner node temperatures This feature is used to read temperatures from a results or output database file generated during a heat transfer analysis using first order elements This parameter and the INTERPOLATE parameter are mutually exclusive NORMAL This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter can be used only with TYPE CONTACT to specify that the nodes in the node set or the contact pair if a node set is not defined are bonded only in the normal contact direction and are allowed to move freely in the tangential direct
331. ing displacement value is being monitored Degree of freedom being monitored Value of the total displacement or rotation at the node and degree of freedom that if crossed during an increment ends the step at the current increment 18 31 4 STEADY STATE CRITERIA 18 32 STEADY STATE CRITERIA Specify steady state criteria for terminating a quasi static uni directional simulation This option is used to specify the norms that must be satisfied to halt a quasi static uni directional simulation based on achieving a steady state condition It must be used in conjunction with the STEADY STATE DETECTION option Product Abaqus Explicit Type History data Level Step References e Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Steady state detection Section 11 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e STEADY STATE DETECTION There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define steady state detection norms SSPEEQ and SSSPRD First line 1 Norm type 2 Norm tolerance The default tolerance is 001 3 Global X coordinate of a point on the exit plane 4 Global Y coordinate of a point on the exit plane 5 Global Z coordinate of a point on the exit plane Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line defines a criterion that must be satisfied to achieve steady state Data lines to define steady state detection norms SSFORC and SSTORQ First
332. ining the absorbing boundary surface Data line to define an absorbing boundary impedance for NONREFLECTING ELLIPTICAL or NONREFLECTING PROLATE SPHEROIDAL First and only line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Surface impedance type label In for impedance on face n 3 The semimajor axis a of the ellipse or prolate spheroid defining the surface a is 1 2 of the maximum distance between two points on the ellipse or spheroid analogous to the radius of a circle or sphere 4 The eccentricity e of the ellipse or prolate spheroid The eccentricity is the square root of one minus the square of the ratio of the semiminor axis b to the semimajor axis a e v1 b a 5 Global X coordinate of the center of the ellipse or prolate spheroid defining the radiating surface 6 Global Y coordinate of the center of the ellipse or prolate spheroid defining the radiating surface 7 Global Z coordinate of the center of the ellipse or prolate spheroid defining the radiating surface 9 1 2 IMPEDANCE 8 X component ofthe direction cosine ofthe major axis ofthe ellipse or prolate spheroid defining the radiating surface The components of this vector need not be normalized to unit magnitude 9 Y component ofthe direction cosine ofthe major axis ofthe ellipse or prolate spheroid defining the radiating surface 10 Z component ofthe direction cosine ofthe major axis ofthe ellipse or prolate spheroid defining the radiating surfac
333. ion If the nodes in the node set or the contact pair are to be bonded in all directions this parameter should be omitted NUMBER BACKSTRESSES Set this parameter equal to the number of backstresses This parameter can be used only in conjunction with TYPE HARDENING The default number of backstresses is 1 and the maximum allowed is 10 OUTPUT VARIABLE This parameter is required when TYPE FIELD and the FILE parameter references an output database Set this parameter equal to the scalar nodal output variable that will be read from an output database and used to initialize a specified predefined field For a list of scalar nodal output variables that can be used to initialize a predefined field see Predefined fields Section 30 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 9 18 5 INITIAL CONDITIONS REBAR This parameter can be used with TYPE HARDENING TYPE SOLUTION or TYPE STRESS When used with TYPE HARDENING it specifies that rebars are in a work hardened state with initial equivalent plastic strain and possibly initial backstress When used with TYPE PLASTIC STRAIN it specifies the initial plastic strain in the rebar When used with TYPE SOLUTION it specifies that rebars are being assigned initial solution dependent state variable values When used with TYPE STRESS it specifies that prestress in rebars is being defined When performing an Abaqus Standard analysis some iteration will usually be needed in this case t
334. ion can be repeated with different ELSET definitions to define different mass scaling for the specified element sets Set TYPE UNIFORM to scale the masses of the elements equally so that the smallest element stable time increment of the scaled elements equals the value assigned to DT Set TYPE BELOW MIN default to scale the masses of only the elements whose element stable time increments are less than the value assigned to DT The masses of these elements will be scaled so that the element stable time increments equal the value assigned to DT Set TYPE SET EQUAL DT to scale the masses of all elements so that they have the same element stable time increment equal to the value assigned to DT Set TYPE ROLLING to scale the element masses automatically for the simulation of a rolling process The appropriate value for the target stable time increment is determined by Abaqus from several parameters of the rolling process The DT parameter will be ignored in this case 5141 VARIABLE MASS SCALING Required mutually exclusive parameters if the DT parameter or the TYPE ROLLING parameter is used FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the frequency in increments at which mass scaling calculations are to be performed during the step For example FREQUENCY 5 will scale the mass at the beginning of the step and at increments 5 10 15 etc The value of this parameter must be a positive integer NUMBER INTERVAL Set this parameter equal to the n
335. ional area of each rebar Spacing of rebar in this rebar layer The default is 1 0 Angular orientation of rebar from the meridional plane in degrees 0 is meridional 90 is circumferential Positive rotation is about the positive normal to the membrane Radial position at which the spacing of the rebar is measured If this entry is nonzero it is assumed that the rebar spacing varies linearly with radial position If this entry is zero or blank the rebar spacing does not vary with position This entry has no meaning for circumferential rebar Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line defines a layer of rebar Data lines to define a layer of uniformly spaced rebar in continuum elements SINGLE parameter omitted when the layer is parallel to two isoparametric directions in the element s local isoparametric coordinate system GEOMETRY ISOPARAMETRIC First line 1 2 3 Element number or name of the element set that contains these rebar Cross sectional area of each rebar Spacing of rebar The default is 1 0 17 11 5 REBAR Orientation of rebar in degrees See Figure 17 11 3 5 Fractional distance from the edge given below f ratio of the distance between the edge and the rebar to the distance across the element Edge number from which the rebar are defined See Figure 17 11 4 or Figure 17 11 7 Isoparametric direction for three dimensional elements only For axisymmetric el
336. ior that does not depend on independent components First line 1 Transition slope Second line Force or moment Provide the absolute value Constitutive relative displacement or rotation Provide the absolute value Temperature First field variable Etc up to five field variables Un U Ne Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Do not repeat the first data line Repeat the subsequent data lines as often as necessary to define the unloading curve data Data lines for DEFINITION COMBINED to define rate independent unloading behavior that depends on independent components First line 1 Transition slope Second line Force or moment Provide the absolute value Constitutive relative displacement or rotation Provide the absolute value Constitutive relative motion in the first independent component Constitutive relative motion in the second independent component Etc up to N entries as identified on the loading data definition a tn FW Ne Temperature 20 5 2 UNLOADING DATA 7 First field variable 8 Second field variable If the number of data entries exceeds the limit of eight entries per line continue the input on the next data line Do not repeat the first data line Repeat the subsequent data lines as often as necessary to define the
337. ired parameter for SHELL TO SOLID submodeling SHELL THICKNESS Ifthe OFFSET parameter is not used on the SHELL SECTION or SHELL GENERAL SECTION option in the global model set this parameter equal to the maximum value of the shell thickness in the global model given in the units used in the model If the OFFSET parameter is used in the global model set this parameter equal to twice the maximum distance from the reference surface to the top or bottom shell surface Optional parameters ABSOLUTE EXTERIOR TOLERANCE Set this parameter equal to the absolute value given in the units used in the model by which a driven node of the submodel may lie outside the region of the elements of the global model If this parameter is not used or has a value of 0 0 the EXTERIOR TOLERANCE will apply For 18 38 1 SUBMODEL shell to solid submodeling the driven node may lie within a region defined by half the value of the SHELL THICKNESS parameter plus the exterior tolerance EXTERIOR TOLERANCE Set this parameter equal to the fraction of the average element size in the global model by which a driven node of the submodel may lie outside the region of the elements of the global model The default is 0 05 For shell to solid submodeling the driven node may lie within a region defined by half the value of the SHELL THICKNESS parameter plus the exterior tolerance If both tolerance parameters are specified by the user Abaqus uses the tighter tolerance
338. irs This option is used to remove or reactivate elements or contact pairs during an analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Element and contact pair removal and reactivation Section 11 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Removing and reactivating contact pairs in Defining contact pairs in Abaqus Standard Section 32 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required mutually exclusive parameters ACTIVATE Include this parameter in any step during an analysis to indicate that elements or contact pairs may need to be removed or added during a subsequent restart analysis ADD Include this parameter to indicate that the elements or contact pairs involved are being reactivated during the step Set ADD STRAIN FREE or include the ADD parameter without a value to specify strain free reactivation for stress displacement elements or to reactivate other elements or contact pairs Set ADD WITH STRAIN to specify that stress displacement elements are reactivated with strain This option is not relevant for contact pairs REMOVE Include this parameter to indicate that the elements or contact pairs involved are being removed during the step Optional parameter TYPE This parameter can be used only with the parameters ADD or REMOVE Set TYPE ELEMENT default to remove or reactivate elements Set TYPE CONTACT PAIR to remove or rea
339. irst line Value of the logarithmic bulk modulus Dimensionless Value of the shear modulus G Value of the elastic tensile limit p This value cannot be negative Temperature 0 First field variable Etc up to four field variables D Un fF WN m Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 16 18 1 POROUS ELASTIC 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the material parameters G and p on temperature and field variables Data lines to define the instantaneous shear modulus from the bulk modulus and Poisson s ratio First line Value of the logarithmic bulk modulus Dimensionless Value of Poisson s ratio v Value of the elastic tensile limit p This value cannot be negative Temperature 6 First field variable Etc up to four field variables QN FW Ne Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the material parameters v and on temperature and field variables 16 18 2 POROUS FAILURE CRITERIA 16 19 POROUS FAILURE CRITERIA Define porous material failure criteria for a POROUS
340. is more expensive than the modal superposition method but less expensive than the direct solution method Set SUBSPACE PROJECTION ALL FREQUENCIES default if the projection of the dynamic equations onto the modal subspace is to be performed at each frequency requested on the data lines Set SUBSPACE PROJECTION CONSTANT if a single projection of the dynamic equations onto the modal subspace is to be used for all frequencies requested on the data lines The projection is performed using model properties evaluated at the center frequency determined on a logarithmic or linear scale depending on the value of the FREQUENCY SCALE parameter 18 34 41 STEADY STATE DYNAMICS Set SUBSPACE PROJECTION EIGENFREQUENCY if the projections onto the modal subspace of the dynamic equations are to be performed at each eigenfrequency within the requested ranges and at the eigenfrequencies immediately outside these ranges The projections are then interpolated at each frequency requested on the data lines The interpolation is done on a logarithmic or linear scale depending on the value of the FREQUENCY SCALE parameter Set SUBSPACE PROJECTION PROPERTY CHANGE to select how often subspace projections onto the modal subspace are performed based on material property changes as a function of frequency The interpolation is done on a logarithmic or linear scale depending on the value of the FREQUENCY SCALE parameter Set SUBSPACE PROJECTION RANGE if the projections onto t
341. is option is used to calculate the system s linearized steady state response to harmonic excitation Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Direct solution steady state dynamic analysis Section 6 3 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Mode based steady state dynamic analysis Section 6 3 8 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Subspace based steady state dynamic analysis Section 6 3 9 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional and mutually exclusive parameters used only if the dynamic response is not based on modal superposition DIRECT Include this parameter to compute the steady state harmonic response directly in terms of the physical degrees of freedom of the model This usually makes the procedure significantly more expensive but it can be used if model parameters depend on frequency if the stiffness of the system is unsymmetric and the unsymmetric terms are important or if the system contains discrete damping such as dashpot elements SUBSPACE PROJECTION Include this parameter to compute the steady state harmonic response on the basis of the subspace projection method In this case a direct solution is obtained for the model projected onto the eigenvectors obtained in the preceding FREQUENCY step This is a cost effective approach to including consideration of unsymmetric stiffness and frequency dependent model parameters It
342. is used to control the writing and reading of restart data Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model or history data Level Model Step Abaqus CAE Step module for saving restart data Job module for performing a restart analysis Using RESTART in an Abaqus Standard analysis Reference Restarting an analysis Section 9 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual At least one of the following parameters is required READ Include this parameter to specify that this analysis 1s a restart of a previous analysis The basic model definition data elements materials nodes cannot be changed at such a restart However element sets node sets and AMPLITUDE tables can be added and history data subsequent to that part of the history already analyzed can be changed WRITE Include this parameter to specify that restart data are to be written during the analysis Optional parameters if the READ parameter is used CYCLE Ifthe new analysis is restarted from a previous low cycle fatigue analysis set this parameter equal to the cycle number within the specified step of the low cycle fatigue analysis after which the analysis will resume Since the new analysis can be restarted only from the end of a loading cycle in the previous low cycle fatigue analysis the INC parameter is irrelevant and is ignored if the CYCLE parameter is specified If this parameter is omitted the restart will begin at the end of the last cyc
343. is used to define the properties for ITS type elements The DASHPOT FRICTION and SPRING options must immediately follow this option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Unsupported similar functionality with the exception of friction is available by modeling connectors References e Rigid surface contact elements Section 36 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DASHPOT e FRICTION e SPRING Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the ITS type elements for which properties are being defined Data line for ITSUNI elements First and only line Tube outside diameter Distance between the parallel support plates on opposite sides of the tube X direction cosine of the axis of the tube Y direction cosine of the axis of the tube Z direction cosine of the axis of the tube X direction cosine of the normal to either one of the support plates Y direction cosine of the normal to either one of the support plates oN QN U FW non Z direction cosine of the normal to either one of the support plates 9 23 1 ams Data line for ITSCYL elements First and only line Tube outside diameter Diameter of the hole in the support plate X direction cosine of the axis of the tube Y direction cosine of the axis of the tube Un BW Ne Z direction cosine of t
344. is zero meaning no reflected wave will be applied Repeat this data line as often as necessary to describe the planes that reflect the incident wave 9 13 1 INCLUDE 9 14 INCLUDE Reference an external file containing Abaqus input data This option is used to reference an external file containing a portion of the Abaqus input file Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model or history data Level Part Part instance Assembly Model Step Abaqus CAE Several input data options in Abaqus CAE provide the capability to reference external files for example the material editor can read material properties from an ASCII file Reference e Defining a model in Abaqus Section 1 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the file containing the input data See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names Optional parameter PASSWORD When the external file is encrypted set this parameter equal to the file s password Passwords are case sensitive There are no data lines associated with this option 9 14 1 INCREMENTATION OUTPUT 9 15 INCREMENTATION OUTPUT Define output database requests for time incrementation data This option is used to write incrementation variables to the output database It must be used in conjunction with the OUTPUT HISTORY opti
345. itional rotation in degrees is applied to both directions orthogonal to the specified local direction The default is zero degrees Third line when the LOCAL DIRECTIONS parameter is included 1 X component of the first local material direction with respect to the orthonormal system at the material point 15 1 5 ORIENTATION 2 Y component of the first local material direction with respect to the orthonormal system at the material point 3 Z component of the first local material direction with respect to the orthonormal system at the material point Repeat the above data line to define additional local directions as needed with each direction on a separate line To define an orientation using a user subroutine SYSTEM USER No data lines are used with this option when SYSTEM USER is specified Instead user subroutine ORIENT must be used to define the orientation 15 1 6 ORIENTATION SYSTEM RECTANGULAR SYSTEM Z RECTANGULAR X global X radial SYSTEM CYLINDRICAL gt 2 EE lt 7 a on Y tangential X global b Z meridional SYSTEM SPHERICAL 2 Y circumferential Y e 1 Y X radial X global Figure 15 1 1 Orientation systems 15 1 7 ORNL 15 2 ORNL Specify constitutive model developed by Oak Ridge National Laboratory This option is used to provide plasticity and creep calculations for type 304 and 316 stainless steel according to the specification in Nuclear Sta
346. its of T 6 Exponent on the unreacted fraction growth term c Dimensionless 7 Exponent on the reacted fraction growth term d Dimensionless 8 Pressure exponent growth term y Dimensionless Second line Second burn rate coefficient Ga Units of T Exponent on the unreacted fraction completion term e Dimensionless Exponent on the reacted fraction completion term g Dimensionless Initial reacted fraction E Dimensionless 1 2 3 4 Pressure exponent completion term z Dimensionless 5 6 Maximum reacted fraction for the growth term F Dimensionless 7 Minimum reacted fraction for the completion term pin Dimensionless 17 10 1 REBAR 17 11 REBAR Define rebar as an element property This option is used as an alternative method to define rebar as an element property in shells membranes and solid continuum elements It must be used to define rebar in beams in Abaqus Standard analyses The preferred option for defining rebar in shells membranes and surface elements is the REBAR LAYER option which must be used in conjunction with the SHELL SECTION the MEMBRANE SECTION or the SURFACE SECTION options The preferred method for defining rebar in solids is to embed reinforced surface or membrane elements in host solid elements using the EMBEDDED ELEMENT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance Refe
347. its used for the constants must be consistent with the remaining input data Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Model attribute References e Uncoupled heat transfer analysis Section 6 5 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Mass diffusion analysis Section 6 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Modeling fluid filled cavities Section 11 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Rate dependent plasticity creep and swelling Section 20 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Hydrostatic fluid models Section 23 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Diffusivity Section 23 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Solubility Section 23 5 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Thermal contact properties Section 33 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Cavity radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters ABSOLUTE ZERO Set this parameter equal to the absolute zero on the temperature scale chosen For example if the analysis uses temperature in degrees Celsius set ABSOLUTE ZERO 273 15 STEFAN BOLTZMANN Set this parameter equal to the Stefan Boltzmann constant For example STEFAN BOLTZMANN 5 669 x 10 joule per sec m kelvin in SI units UNIVERSAL GAS CONSTANT Set this parameter equal to the universal gas constant For example UNIVERSAL GAS CONSTANT 8 31434 joule per mo
348. itted it is assumed that the torque twist relationship is constant or depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information ELASTIC Include this parameter if the torque twist relationship is nonlinear but elastic LINEAR Include this parameter if the torque varies linearly with twist Data lines if the LINEAR parameter is included First line Torsional stiffness of the section Temperature First field variable Second field variable nA bh U Ne Etc up to six field variables 19 81 TORQUE Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the torsional stiffness as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines if the LINEAR parameter is omitted First line Torque Twist Temperature First field variable Second field variable QN Un FW N Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the torsional behavior as a function of tem
349. iven via user subroutine UPOREP When used with TYPE RATIO it specifies that initial void ratios are to be given via user subroutine VOIDRI When used with TYPE SOLUTION it specifies that initial solution dependent state variable fields are to be given via user subroutine SDVINI When used with TYPE STRESS it specifies that stresses are to be given via user subroutine SIGINI 9 18 6 INITIAL CONDITIONS VARIABLE This parameter is used only with TYPE FIELD when it is used to define the field variable number The default is VARIABLE 1 Any number of separate field variables can be used each must be numbered consecutively 1 2 3 etc Data line for TYPE ACOUSTIC STATIC PRESSURE First and only line 1 Node set or node number Hydrostatic pressure at the first reference point X coordinate of the first reference point Y coordinate of the first reference point Z coordinate of the first reference point Hydrostatic pressure at the second reference point X coordinate of the second reference point Y coordinate of the second reference point O 00 10 tn FW Z coordinate of the second reference point Data lines for TYPE CONCENTRATION First line 1 Node set or node number 2 Initial normalized concentration value at the node Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the initial normalized concentration at various nodes or node sets Data lines for TYPE CONTACT First line
350. ivity e Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define radiation conditions for different surfaces Data lines to define approximate cavity radiation available only in Abaqus Standard First line 1 Surface name 2 Radiation type label AVG 3 Leave this field blank 4 Emissivity e Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define radiation conditions for different surfaces 18 30 2 STATIC 18 31 STATIC Static stress displacement analysis This option is used to indicate that the step should be analyzed as a static load step Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Static stress analysis Section 6 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Unstable collapse and postbuckling analysis Section 6 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Adiabatic analysis Section 6 5 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Solving nonlinear problems Section 7 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Deformation plasticity Section 20 2 13 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual No parameters or data lines are used in a linear perturbation analysis Optional parameters for a general static analysis ADIABATIC Include this parameter to perform an adiabatic stress analysis This parameter 1s relevant only for isotropic metal plasticity materials with a Mises yield surface and when the INELASTIC HEAT FRACTION option has be
351. k surface name is required if the ALL EDGES or PICKED EDGES options are specified If the surface name is omitted when using the PERIMETER EDGES NO FEATURE EDGES or cutoff feature angle options a default surface that encompasses the entire general contact domain is assumed 18 52 1 SURFACE PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT 2 The criterion for primary feature edges The words PERIMETER EDGES default the words ALL EDGES the words PICKED EDGES the words NO FEATURE EDGES or a scalar value representing the cutoff feature angle in degrees 3 The criterion for secondary feature edges The words ALL REMAINING EDGES the words PERIMETER EDGES the words PICKED EDGES or a scalar value representing the cutoff feature angle in degrees Repeat this data line as often as necessary If the feature edge criteria assignments overlap the last assignment applies in the overlap region Data lines for PROPERTY GEOMETRIC CORRECTION to define smoothing on regions of two dimensional surfaces that correspond or nearly correspond to a circular arc First line 1 Surface name 2 The word CIRCUMFERENTIAL 3 Global X coordinate of point a the approximate center origin of the circular arc see Figure 18 54 1 4 Global Y coordinate of point a the approximate center origin of the circular arc Repeat this data line as often as necessary If the geometry correction assignments overlap the last assignment appl
352. keep the damping value constant and equal to the closest specified value outside the frequency range 13 11 4 13 12 MODAL DYNAMIC MODAL DYNAMIC Dynamic time history analysis using modal superposition This option is used to provide dynamic time history response as a linear perturbation procedure using modal superposition Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module Reference e Transient modal dynamic analysis Section 6 3 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter CONTINUE Set CONTINUE NO default to specify that this step is not to carry over the initial conditions from the results of the preceding step In this case the initial displacements are zero and the initial velocities are taken from the INITIAL CONDITIONS TYPE VELOCITY option if it is used otherwise they are zero Step time begins at zero Set CONTINUE YES to specify that this step is to carry over the initial conditions from the end of the immediately preceding MODAL DYNAMIC step or static perturbation step If this preceding step is MODAL DYNAMIC step both the velocities and the displacements from the end of this step are used as the initial conditions for the current step If this preceding step is a static perturbation step the displacements from this step are used as the initial displacements for the current step and the initial velocities are taken from the INITIAL CO
353. keys are defined in the Section variables section of Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Omit both the first and second data lines for AXES GLOBAL or to allow Abaqus to define the anchor point and the axes for AXES LOCAL Repeat the third data line as often as necessary each line defines a table If this line is omitted all appropriate variables Output to the data and results files Section 4 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual will be output 18 5 2 SECTION PRINT anchor point defined section ik LY anchor point elements used to x IN X defined section define the section 2 D and axisymmetric 3 D Figure 18 5 1 User defined local coordinate system 18 5 3 SELECT CYCLIC SYMMETRY MODES 18 6 SELECT CYCLIC SYMMETRY MODES Specify the cyclic symmetry modes in an eigenvalue analysis of a cyclic symmetric structure This option is used to specify which cyclic symmetry modes should be used in an eigenvalue analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Analysis of models that exhibit cyclic symmetry Section 10 4 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CYCLIC SYMMETRY MODEL e TIE Optional parameters EVEN Include this parameter to request the even cyclic symmetry modes only If this parameter is omitted all cyclic symmetry mode
354. l data line for AUGMENTED LAGRANGE and PENALTY LINEAR First and only line 1 2 3 User defined linear penalty stiffness If this field is left blank or is zero the linear penalty stiffness has the default value or is multiplied by the scale factor given in the third field of the data line Clearance at which the contact pressure is zero co The default is zero Scale factor for the default linear penalty stiffness or for the linear penalty stiffness if specified in the first field of the data line The default is one Optional data line for PENALTY NONLINEAR First and only line 1 User defined final nonlinear penalty stiffness If this field is left blank or is zero the final nonlinear penalty stiffness has the default value or is multiplied by the scale factor given in the third field of the data line Clearance at which the contact pressure is zero see Figure 18 48 1 The default is zero Scale factor for the default final nonlinear penalty stiffness or for the final nonlinear penalty stiffness if specified in the first field of the data line The default is one Scale factor for the upper quadratic limit d see Figure 18 48 1 which is equal to the scale factor times the characteristic contact facet length The default is 0 03 The ratio of initial penalty stiffness over the final penalty stiffness The default is 0 01 The ratio that defines the lower quadratic limit e s
355. l to zero the adaptive automatic damping algorithm is not activated a constant damping factor will be used throughout the step If this parameter is included without a specified value the default value is 0 05 If this parameter 1s omitted but the STABILIZE parameter is included with the default value of dissipated energy fraction the adaptive automatic damping algorithm will be activated automatically with ALLSDTOL 0 05 This parameter must be used in conjunction with the STABILIZE parameter see Solving nonlinear problems Section 7 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set this parameter equal to the maximum difference in the creep strain increment calculated from the creep strain rates based on conditions at the beginning and on conditions at the end of the increment thus controlling the accuracy of the creep integration In general the tolerance can be calculated by choosing an acceptable stress error tolerance and dividing by a typical elastic modulus If the model consists of a linear viscoelastic material characterized by the VISCOELASTIC option a 21 3 1 visco looser tolerance of the order of the elastic strains can be used If CETOL is omitted fixed time increments are used CONTINUE Set CONTINUE NO default to specify that this step will not carry over the damping factors from the results of the preceding general step In this case the initial damping factors will be recalculated based on the declared dampi
356. le for the specified step 17 16 1 RESTART END STEP INC This parameter specifies that the user wishes to terminate the current step in the analysis from which the restart is being made This parameter is useful when the user wishes to redefine the loading history output options or tolerance controls etc If this parameter is included the data must contain further step definitions to define how the analysis will continue Ifthis parameter is omitted Abaqus Standard will continue the analysis to complete the current step as it is defined in the run from which the restart is being made Set this parameter equal to the increment number within the step specified by the STEP parameter after which the analysis will resume If this parameter is omitted the restart will begin at the end of the step specified on the STEP parameter ITERATION STEP If the new analysis 15 restarted from a previous direct cyclic analysis set this parameter equal to the iteration number within the specified step of the direct cyclic analysis after which the analysis will resume Since the new analysis can be restarted only from the end of a loading cycle in the previous direct cyclic analysis the INC parameter is irrelevant and is ignored if the ITERATION parameter is specified Ifthis parameter 1s omitted the restart will begin at the end ofthe last iteration for the specified step Set this parameter equal to the step number at which the restart
357. le kelvin in SI units SPL REFERENCE PRESSURE Set this parameter equal to the reference pressure used for computing sound pressure level For example SPL REFERENCE PRESSURE 20 micro pascals for air in SI units There are no data lines associated with this option 16 7 1 PIEZOELECTRIC 16 8 PIEZOELECTRIC Specify piezoelectric material properties This option is used to define the piezoelectric properties of a material Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Piezoelectric behavior Section 23 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the definition of the piezoelectric properties If this parameter is omitted the piezoelectric properties are assumed not to depend on any field variables but may still depend on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information TYPE Set TYPE S default to specify stress material coefficients for the piezoelectric property Set TYPE E to specify strain material coefficients for the piezoelectric property Data lines to define the piezoelectric stress coefficient matrix TYPE S First line ef Units of FL 90 c Ov PR p NA ES SrGrS m w 16 8 1 PIEZOELECTRIC
358. left blank Abaqus will use the default value of 1 0 The suggested range for the value of s is between 0 2 and 3 0 Scaling factor s for the hourglass stiffness for use with the out of plane displacement degree of freedom in small strain shell elements in Abaqus Explicit If this value is left blank Abaqus Explicit will use the default value of 1 0 The suggested range for the value of s is between 0 2 and 3 0 This scaling factor is not relevant for Abaqus Standard Scaling factor for the linear bulk viscosity in Abaqus Explicit If this value is left blank Abaqus Explicit will use the default value of 1 0 The suggested range for the value is between 0 0 and 1 0 This scaling factor is not relevant for Abaqus Standard Scaling factor for the quadratic bulk viscosity in Abaqus Explicit If this value is left blank Abaqus Explicit will use the default value of 1 0 The suggested range for the value is between 0 0 and 1 0 This scaling factor is not relevant for Abaqus Standard Scaling factor s for the hourglass stiffness for use with pressure Lagrange multiplier degrees of freedom for element type C3D4H in Abaqus Standard If this value is left blank Abaqus Standard will use the default value of 1 0 The suggested range for the value of s is between 0 2 and 3 0 This scaling factor is not relevant for Abaqus Explicit 18 1 5 SECTION FILE 18 2 SECTION FILE Define results file requests of accumulated quantitie
359. lerance Set this parameter equal to the step number of the analysis whose results or output database file is being used as input to this option that begins the history data to be read If no value is supplied Abaqus will begin reading temperature data from the first step available on the file read Set this parameter equal to the increment number of the analysis whose results or output database file is being used as input to this option that begins the history data to be read If no value is supplied Abaqus will begin reading temperature data from the first increment available excluding any zero increments if the results file was written in Abaqus Standard using FILE FORMAT ZERO INCREMENT for step BSTEP on the results or output database file 19 1 2 TEMPERATURE ESTEP Set this parameter equal to the step number of the analysis whose results or output database file is being used as input to this option that ends the history data to be read If no value is supplied ESTEP is taken as equal to BSTEP EINC Set this parameter equal to the increment number of the analysis whose results or output database file is being used as input to this option that ends the history data to be read If no value is supplied EINC is taken as the last available increment of step ESTEP on the file read BTRAMP Set this parameter equal to the starting time measured relative to the total step time period after which the temperatures read from the
360. llowed per line If you use the TIME POINTS option in conjunction with the DIRECT CYCLIC option the listed time points must include the starting time and ending time in a single loading cycle The time points must be specified in the step time Data lines if the GENERATE parameter is included First line 1 Starting time point 2 Ending time point which must be later than the starting time point 3 Increment in time between the two specified time points Repeat this data line as often as necessary If you use the TIME POINTS option in conjunction with the DIRECT CYCLIC option the listed time points must include the starting time and ending time in a single loading cycle The time points must be specified in the step time 19 7 2 TORQUE 19 8 TORQUE Define the torsional behavior of beams This option can be used only in conjunction with the BEAM GENERAL SECTION SECTION NONLINEAR GENERAL option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance References Using a general beam section to define the section behavior Section 26 3 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e BEAM GENERAL SECTION Optional parameters if neither ELASTIC nor LINEAR is included elastic plastic response is assumed DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the torque twist relationship in addition to temperature If this parameter is om
361. lobal X and Y coordinates or r and z coordinates For rigid surfaces created with TYPE CYLINDER the z and y coordinates are the local x and y coordinates For rigid surfaces created with TYPE REVOLUTION the x and y coordinates are the local r and z coordinates 17 19 4 RIGID SURFACE Outward n p m 2 Sn Line segment Circular arc segment Local y axis EN b direction Local x axis Local z axis Figure 17 19 1 RIGID SURFACE TYPE CYLINDER 17 19 5 RIGID SURFACE local z line segment local r circular arc segment Figure 17 19 2 RIGID SURFACE TYPE REVOLUTION 17 19 6 ROTARY INERTIA 17 20 ROTARY INERTIA Define rigid body rotary inertia This option is used to define rigid body rotary inertia values associated with ROTARYI elements It is also used in Abaqus Standard analyses to define mass proportional damping for direct integration dynamic analysis and composite damping for modal dynamic analysis associated with ROTARYI elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Property module and Interaction module Reference e Rotary inertia Section 27 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name ofthe element set containing the ROTARYI elements for which the value is being given Optional parameters ALPH
362. lobal X coordinate of the center of the radiating surface Global Y coordinate of the center of the radiating surface Global Z coordinate of the center of the radiating surface NYA nap X component of the direction cosine of the major axis of the radiating surface The components of this vector need not be normalized to unit magnitude oo Y component of the direction cosine of the major axis of the radiating surface 9 Z component of the direction cosine of the major axis of the radiating surface 18 17 2 SIMPLE SHEAR TEST DATA 18 18 SIMPLE SHEAR TEST DATA Used to provide simple shear test data This option is used to provide simple shear test data It can be used only in conjunction with the HYPERFOAM option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Hyperelastic behavior in elastomeric foams Section 19 5 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual HYPERFOAM There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to specify simple shear test data for a hyperfoam First line 1 Nominal shear stress Ts 2 Nominal shear strain y 3 Nominal transverse stress normal to edge with shear stress This stress value is optional but strongly recommended If given a more accurate material response will be obtained Repeat this data line as often as necessary to give the stress strain data 18 18
363. ly exclusive parameters if not specified output will be provided for all cavities in the model CAVITY Set this parameter equal to the name of the cavity for which this output request is being made ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which this output request is being made SURFACE Set this parameter equal to the name of the surface for which this output request is being made Optional parameters FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be printed at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output SUMMARY Set SUMMARY YES default to obtain a summary of the maximum and minimum values in each column of the table and their locations Set SUMMARY NO to suppress this summary TOTALS Set TOTALS YES to print the total of each column in the table This is useful for example to sum radiation fluxes over all facets composing a radiation surface The default is TOTALS NO 17 4 1 RADIATION PRINT Data lines to request printed output First line 1 Give the identifying keys for the variables to be printed in a table for this request The keys are defined in the Surface variables section of Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary each line defines a table or m
364. ly the first 80 characters of the first line will be saved and printed as a subheading Beginning a step in an Abaqus Explicit analysis References e Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e END STEP Optional parameters NAME Set this parameter equal to the name used to identify the step on the output database Step names in the same input file must be unique NLGEOM Set NLGEOM YES default to indicate that geometric nonlinearity should be accounted for during the step stress analysis and fully coupled thermal stress analysis only Once the NLGEOM option has been switched on it will be active during all subsequent steps in the analysis Set NLGEOMENO to perform a geometrically linear analysis during the current step The default value for the NLGEOM parameter in an Abaqus Explicit analysis is YES unless the Abaqus Explicit analysis is an import analysis in which case the default value ofthe NLGEOM parameter is the same as the value of the parameter at the time of import Optional data lines First line 1 Subheading for this step The subheading can be several lines long but only the first 80 characters of the first line will be saved and printed as a subheading 18 36 4 SUBCYCLING 18 37 SUBCYCLING Define a subcycling zone This option is used to define a subcycling zone Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Model References e Explicit dynamic anal
365. ly with TYPE DAMAGE DAMAGE ONSET Set this parameter equal to the displacement strain value at which the onset of damage occurs The following parameters are optional mutually exclusive and can be used only with TYPE PERMANENT DEFORMATION SLOPE DROP Set this parameter equal to the relative drop in slope on the loading curve that defines the onset of plastic deformation The default value is 0 1 YIELD ONSET Set this parameter equal to the displacement strain value at which the onset of yield occurs Data lines to define uniaxial behavior that depends on the displacement rotation in the direction of the specified component of relative motion the RATE DEPENDENT and INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS parameters are omitted First line 1 Force or moment Provide the absolute value if the DIRECTION parameter is defined 2 Constitutive relative displacement or rotation Provide the absolute value if the DIRECTION parameter is defined 3 Temperature 12 3 3 LOADING DATA 4 First field variable 5 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 2 Sixth field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the loading curve data Data lines to define uniaxial behavior that depends on the relative positions or motions in several component directions the RATE DEPENDENT par
366. lyses Set this parameter equal to the value of the viscosity coefficient used in the viscous regularization scheme for cohesive elements or connector elements or equal to the value of the damping coefficient used in connector failure modeling When this parameter is used to specify the viscosity coefficients for the damage model for fiber reinforced materials the specified value is applied to all the damage modes The default value is 0 0 WEIGHT FACTOR This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses 18 1 4 SECTION CONTROLS Set this parameter equal to a 0 0 lt lt 1 0 to scale the contributions from the constant hourglass stiffness term and the hourglass damping term to the hourglass control formulation Setting a 0 0 or a 1 0 corresponds to pure constant stiffness hourglass control and pure damping hourglass control respectively The default is 0 5 This option is used only for solid and membrane elements when the HOURGLASS parameter is set equal to COMBINED Data line to define the hourglass control and bulk viscosity First and only line 1 Scaling factor s for the hourglass stiffness for use with displacement degrees of freedom If this value is left blank Abaqus will use the default value of 1 0 The suggested range for the value of s is between 0 2 and 3 0 Scaling factor s for the hourglass stiffness for use with rotational degrees of freedom in shell elements If this value is
367. mensional shell elements First line BW N Element number or name of the element set that contains these rebar Cross sectional area of each rebar Spacing of the rebar in the plane of the shell The default is 1 0 Position of the rebar in the shell section thickness direction This value is given as the distance of the rebar from the middle surface of the shell positive in the direction of the positive normal to the shell This value is modified if the NODAL THICKNESS parameter is included with the SHELL SECTION option of the underlying shell element Edge number to which the rebar are parallel in the element s local isoparametric coordinate system See Figure 17 112 Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line defines a layer of rebar Data lines to define isoparametric rebar in three dimensional membrane elements First line BW N Element number or name of the element set that contains these rebar Cross sectional area of each rebar Spacing of the rebar in the plane of the membrane The default is 1 0 Edge number to which the rebar are parallel in the element s local isoparametric coordinate system See Figure 17 112 Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line defines a layer of rebar 17 11 3 REBAR 2 3 Similar to 4 3 edge 1 or 3 Edge Corner nodes 4 1 2 Similar to edge 2 or 4 1 1 2 physical space isoparametric space Figure 17 11 2 Isop
368. ment and nodal field output or the element nodal contact fastener interaction or integrated history output Set FILTER ANTIALIASING to filter the data based on the time interval that is specified in this case the filter does not need to be defined in the model data The antialiasing filter cannot be used with the FREQUENCY parameter for history output Set OP NEW default to indicate that all output database requests defined in previous steps should be removed New output database requests can be defined Set OP ADD to indicate that the output request being defined should be added to the output requests defined in previous steps Set OP REPLACE to indicate that this output request should replace an output request of the same type e g FIELD and frequency defined in a previous step If there is no matching request this output request will be interpreted as OP ADD TIME INTERVAL Set this parameter equal to the time interval at which the output states are to be written For field output Abaqus Explicit will always write the output at the beginning of the step If both this parameter and the NUMBER INTERVAL parameter are omitted field output will be written at 20 equally spaced intervals throughout the step The NUMBER INTERVAL TIME INTERVAL and TIME POINTS parameters are mutually exclusive for field data For history output Abaqus Explicit will always write the data values at the beginning and end of the step If both this parameter and
369. mes If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line TYPE Set TYPE BASE if this frequency function will be used to define a base motion Set TYPE FORCE default if this frequency function is given directly in power units 16 29 1 PSD DEFINITION Set TYPE DB if this frequency function is defined in decibel units see below This option cannot be used with the USER parameter USER Include this parameter if the frequency function is defined in user subroutine UPSD If this parameter is included no data lines are needed Data lines for TYPE BASE or TYPE FORCE First line 1 Real part of the frequency function in units per frequency 2 Imaginary part of the frequency function in units per frequency 3 Frequency in cycles time Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the frequency function Data lines for TYPE DB First line 1 Real part of the frequency function in decibels 2 Imaginary part of the frequency function in decibels 3 Frequency band number 1 15 Up to 15 standard frequency bands can be used Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the frequency function in decibels To define the frequency function by a user subroutine USER parameter included No data lines are used with this option if the USER parameter is specified Instead user subroutine UPSD must be used to define the frequency function 16 29 2 17 RADIATE 17 1
370. meter equal to the step number in the analysis whose results file is being used as input to this option from which the modal or displacement data are to be read 16 3 1 PARAMETER SHAPE VARIATION Optional parameters if the FILE parameter is used INC Set this parameter equal to the increment number in the analysis whose results file is being used as input to this option from which the displacement data are to be read If this parameter is omitted Abaqus will read the data from the last increment available for the specified step on the results file MODE Set this parameter equal to the mode number in the analysis whose results file is being used as input to this option from which the modal data are to be read If this parameter is omitted Abaqus will read the data from the first mode available for the specified step on the results file NSET Set this parameter equal to the node set to which the shape variation values are to be applied If this parameter is omitted the shape variation will be applied to all nodes in the model Optional parameter if the FILE parameter is omitted SYSTEM Set SYSTEM R default to specify the shape variation as values of Cartesian coordinates Set SYSTEM C to specify the shape variation as values of cylindrical coordinates Set SYSTEM S to specify the shape variation as values of spherical coordinates See Figure 16 3 1 The SYSTEM parameter is entirely local to this option and should not be confu
371. meters associated with this option Data line to define the joule heat fraction First and only line 1 Fraction of electrical energy released as heat including any unit conversion factor The default value is 1 0 10 5 1 11 KAPPA 11 1 KAPPA Specify the material parameters and for mass diffusion driven by gradients of temperature and equivalent pressure stress respectively This option is used to introduce temperature and pressure driven mass diffusion It must appear immediately after the DIFFUSIVITY option For each use ofthe DIFFUSIVITY option KAPPA can be used once with TYPE TEMP and once with TYPE PRESS The KAPPA TYPE TEMP and DIFFUSIVITY LAW FICK options are mutually exclusive Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Diffusivity Section 23 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DIFFUSIVITY Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the definition of or If this parameter is omitted x Kp is assumed not to depend any field variables but may still depend on concentration and temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information TYPE Set TYPE TEMP default to define governing mass diffusion caused by temperat
372. meters can also be used with the FILE parameter to define initial stress values based on stress output variables read from an output database file Set TYPE TEMPERATURE to give initial temperatures The STEP and INC parameters can be used in conjunction with the FILE parameter to define initial temperatures from the results or output database file of a previous Abaqus Standard heat transfer analysis Set TYPE VELOCITY to prescribe initial velocities Initial velocities should be defined in the global directions regardless of the use of the TRANSFORM option Set TYPE VOLUME FRACTION to define the initial material content of Eulerian elements in an Abaqus Explicit analysis This parameter is used only with the FILE parameter The parameter specifies the step in the results file of a previous Abaqus analysis from which prescribed fields of TYPE FIELD TYPE PRESSURE STRESS or TYPE TEMPERATURE are to be read It can also specify the step in the output database file of a previous Abaqus analysis from which prescribed fields of TYPE FIELD TYPE PORE PRESSURE TYPE STRESS or TYPE TEMPERATURE are to be read Optional parameters ABSOLUTE EXTERIOR TOLERANCE This parameter is relevant only for use with the INTERPOLATE parameter Set this parameter equal to the absolute value given in the units used in the model by which nodes of the current model may 9 18 3 INITIAL CONDITIONS lie outside the region of the model in the output database specified
373. metric about the origin if the given data are limited to either positive or negative values of the primary strain component 12 3 6 LOADING DATA EXTRAPOLATION Set EXTRAPOLATION CONSTANT to use constant extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables Set EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR default to use linear extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables The EXTRAPOLATION parameter also applies to any subsequent unloading data defined using the UNLOADING DATA option REGULARIZE RTOL TYPE Set REGULARIZE ON default to regularize the user defined tabular loading data Set REGULARIZE OFF to use the user defined tabular loading data directly without regularization The REGULARIZE parameter also applies to any subsequent unloading data defined using the UNLOADING DATA option Set this parameter equal to the tolerance to be used to regularize the user defined tabular loading data If this parameter is omitted the default is RTOL 0 03 This parameter is ignored if REGULARIZE OFF The RTOL parameter also applies to any subsequent unloading data defined using the UNLOADING DATA option Set TYPE DAMAGE to define a damage elasticity model TYPE DAMAGE must be used in conjunction with the DIRECTION parameter Set TYPE ELASTIC default to define a nonlinear elastic model with or without rate dependency Set TYPE PERMANENT DEFORMATION
374. mitted First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Value of first effective stress component axial force when used with the BEAM GENERAL SECTION or FRAME SECTION options or direct membrane force per unit width in the local 1 direction when used with the SHELL GENERAL SECTION option 3 Value of second stress component 4 Etc up to six stress components Give the stress components as defined for this element type in Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Stress values given on data lines are applied uniformly and equally over all integration points of the element In any element for which an ORIENTATION option applies the stresses must be given in the local system Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define initial stresses in various elements or element sets Data lines for TYPE STRESS GEOSTATIC First line Element number or element set label First value of vertical component of effective stress Vertical coordinate corresponding to the above value Second value of vertical component of effective stress Vertical coordinate corresponding to the above value First coefficient of lateral stress This coefficient defines the x direction stress components yy Ota UNG Second coefficient of lateral stress This coefficient defines the y direction stress component in three dimensional ca
375. model be printed in the status file Set MASS NO to suppress this printout The default is MASS NO There are no data lines associated with this option 16 28 2 PSD DEFINITION 16 29 PSD DEFINITION Define a cross spectral density frequency function for random response loading This option is used to define a frequency function for reference in the CORRELATION option to define the frequency dependence of the random loading in the RANDOM RESPONSE analysis procedure Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Model References e Random response analysis Section 6 3 11 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UPSD Section 1 1 43 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e CORRELATION e RANDOM RESPONSE Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to this frequency function Optional parameters DB REFERENCE Set this parameter equal to the reference power value in load units This parameter is required when the frequency function is given in decibel units TYPE DB G Set this parameter equal to the reference gravity acceleration for example 9 81 m s The default is G 1 0 This parameter can be used only with TYPE BASE INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file na
376. mperature and other predefined field variables Data lines for MODULI SPUD and NDIM 3 First line Guy equivalent elastic shear modulus for vertical displacements Gnn equivalent elastic shear modulus for horizontal displacements Grr equivalent elastic shear modulus for rotational displacements V Poisson s ratio of the soil k torsional elastic modulus Temperature First field variable Second field variable tn FW NY Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than two 1 Third field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the elastic behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines for MODULIZGENERAL and NDIM 2 First line k1111 ki122 ko992 k1112 Ko212 2 E1212 10 2 2 7 8 Temperature First field variable JOINT ELASTICITY Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than one 1 2 Second field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the elastic behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines for MODULI GENERAL and NDIM 3 First line Second line Third line 9 n AAR WN SIN DAR YN Ey E1122 k2222 k1133 k22
377. must be consistent Data line for UNITS MASS PER LENGTH First and only line 1 Mass per unit length of the nonstructural feature for application over the element set region Abaqus does not use any specific physical units so the user s choice must be consistent 14 14 2 NORMAL 14 15 NORMAL Specify a particular normal direction This option is used to define alternative nodal normals for elements In an Abaqus Standard analysis it can also be used to define alternative normals for contact surfaces Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Reference e Normal definitions at nodes Section 2 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter TYPE Set TYPE ELEMENT default to allow the alternative normal definition of elements Set TYPE CONTACT SURFACE to allow the alternative normal definition of contact surfaces in an Abaqus Standard analysis Data lines to define normals for elements TYPE ELEMENT First line Element number or element set label Node number or node set label First component of normal in global coordinates Second component of normal in global coordinates nA WN Third component of normal in global coordinates Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the normals Data lines to define normals for contact surfaces SURFACE First line Master surface n
378. must follow the definition of fully saturated permeability Required parameter when fully saturated material properties are defined SPECIFIC Set this parameter equal to the specific weight of the wetting liquid units of FL The actual specific weight value must be given and the GRAV distributed load type must be used to apply the gravitational loading if a total pressure solution is required see Coupled pore fluid diffusion and 16 6 1 PERMEABILITY stress analysis Section 6 8 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a discussion of total and excess pressure solutions Data lines to define fully saturated isotropic permeability TYPE ISOTROPIC First line 1 k Units of LT 2 Void ratio e 3 Temperature 0 4 First field variable 5 Second field variable 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the variation Data lines to define fully saturated orthotropic permeability TYPE ORTHOTROPIC First line k Units of LT k22 k33 Void ratio e Temperature 6 First field variable Second field variable Third field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable
379. n is used to specify the shear viscosity of the material It must be used in conjunction with the EOS option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Viscosity Section 23 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Equation of state Section 22 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e VUVISCOSITY Section 1 2 20 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e EOS e TRS Optional parameters DEFINITION Set DEFINITION CARREAU YASUDA to define the Carreau Yasuda viscous shear behavior Set DEFINITION CROSS to define the Cross viscous shear behavior Set DEFINITION ELLIS METER to define the Ellis Meter viscous shear behavior Set DEFINITION HERSCHEL BULKEY to define the Herschel Bulkey viscous shear behavior Set DEFINITION NEWTONIAN default to define Newtonian linear viscous shear behavior Set DEFINITION POWELL EYRING to define the Powell Eyring viscous shear behavior Set DEFINITION POWER LAW to define the power law viscous shear behavior Set DEFINITION TABULAR to define the non Newtonian viscous shear behavior in tabular form Set DEFINITION USER to define the viscous shear behavior in user subroutine VUVISCOSITY DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the viscosity in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed
380. n points within an element No data lines are required for TYPE STRESS USER No data lines are required for TYPE STRESS FILE file STEP step INC inc Data lines for TYPE TEMPERATURE First line 1 Node set or node number 2 First initial temperature value at the node or node set For shells and beams several values or a value and the temperature gradients across the section can be given at each node see Using a beam section integrated during the analysis to define the section behavior Section 26 3 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Using a general beam section to define the section behavior Section 26 3 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Using a shell section integrated during the analysis to define the section behavior Section 26 6 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual and Using a general shell section to define the section behavior Section 26 6 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual For heat transfer shells the temperature at each point through the shell thickness must be specified The number of values 9 18 18 INITIAL CONDITIONS depends on the maximum number of points specified on the data lines associated with the SHELL SECTION options 3 Second initial temperature value at the node or node set 4 Etc up to seven initial temperature values at this node or node set Subsequent lines only needed if there are more than seven temperature values at any node 1 Eighth i
381. n temperature See Using the DEPENDENCIES parameter to define field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information ELEMENT DELETION Set ELEMENT DELETION YES default to allow element deletion when the failure criterion is met Set ELEMENT DELETION NO to allow BRITTLE DUCTILE type failure for the deviatoric and hydrostatic parts of stresses Required parameters for use with ELEMENT DELETION NO PRESSURE Set PRESSURE BRITTLE to model the case where the pressure stress is required to be compressive when the failure criterion is met 19 2 1 TENSILE FAILURE Set PRESSURE DUCTILE to model the case where the pressure stress will be limited by the hydrostatic cutoff stress when the failure criterion is met SHEAR Set SHEAR BRITTLE to model the case where the deviatoric stresses will be set to zero when the failure criterion is met Set SHEAR DUCTILE to model the case where the deviatoric stresses will be unaffected when the failure criterion is met Data lines to specify a tensile failure model First line Hydrostatic cutoff stress positive in tension Units of FL Temperature First field variable Second field variable nA BW DN Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables
382. n with the BEAM SECTION GENERATE option it associates a user defined section point label with elements and integration points in the beam cross section model for which stress and strain output are required during the subsequent beam analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model or history data Level Part Part instance Step Abaqus CAE Property module References e Using a general beam section to define the section behavior Section 26 3 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Meshed beam cross sections Section 10 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e BEAM GENERAL SECTION There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to locate section points for output when used in conjunction with the GENERAL SECTION option and a predefined library section First line 1 Local 1 of first section point 2 Local z position of first section point 18 4 1 SECTION POINTS 3 Local 2 of second section point 4 Local x 2 position of second section point Continue giving x1 22 coordinate pairs for as many points as needed At most four pairs of points can be specified on any data line If the point 0 0 is specified as the last entry on a line it will be ignored unless it is the only point requested Data lines to locate elements and integration point numbers for meshed sections when used in conjunction with the BE
383. nal degrees of freedom at one or both ends of a beam element This option is used to release a rotational degree of freedom or a combination of rotational degrees of freedom at one or both ends of a beam element Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Kinematic coupling constraints Section 31 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Element end release Section 31 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line Data lines to prescribe the released degrees of freedom First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Element end identifier S1 or S2 3 Release combination code at the end of the element 1 M2 T MI M2 1 2 ALLM See Element end release Section 31 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a definition of the release combination codes in Abaqus Standard This field can be left blank 1f none of the rotational degrees of freedom are released at this end of the element Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify the rotational degrees of freedom to be released for different elements and elemen
384. nalysis User s Manual to define spatially varying thickness If this parameter is used for a non composite section the thickness on the data line is ignored For composite sections the total thickness is defined by the distribution and the thicknesses of the layers specified on the data lines are scaled proportionally This parameter is ignored for continuum shells The distribution used to define shell thickness must have a default value The default thickness is used by any shell element assigned to the shell section that is not specifically assigned a value in the distribution The following optional parameters can be used only in combination with the USER parameter I PROPERTIES Set this parameter equal to the number of integer property values needed as data in user subroutine UGENS The default is I PROPERTIES 0 18 14 4 SHELL GENERAL SECTION PROPERTIES Set this parameter equal to the number of real floating point property values needed as data in user subroutine UGENS The default is PROPERTIES 0 UNSYMM Include this parameter if the section stiffness matrices are not symmetric This parameter will invoke the unsymmetric equation solution capability VARIABLES Set this parameter equal to the number of solution dependent variables that must be stored for the section The default is VARIABLES 1 Optional parameter for use when the MATERIAL the COMPOSITE and the USER parameters are omitted DEPENDENCIES Set this par
385. nd temperature changes should be given and that the results will be changes relative to the previous step Please read the discussions in General and linear perturbation procedures Section 6 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Mesh to mesh solution mapping Section 12 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User 5 Manual and Applying loads overview Section 30 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual before using this option Set SOLVER ITERATIVE to use the iterative linear equation solver Please read the discussion in Iterative linear equation solver Section 6 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual before using this option If this parameter 1s omitted the default direct sparse solver is used UNSYMM Set UNSYMM YES to indicate that unsymmetric matrix storage and solution should be used Set UNSYMMENO to indicate that symmetric storage and solution should be used The default value for this parameter depends on the model and procedure options used The user 1s allowed to change the default value only in certain cases If the UNSYMM parameter is not used in such cases Abaqus Standard will use the value specified in the previous general analysis step See Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a more detailed discussion of the use of this parameter 18 36 3 STEP Optional data lines First line 1 Subheading for this step The subheading can be several lines long but on
386. ndard NEF 9 5 T Guidelines and Procedures for Design of Class I Elevated Temperature Nuclear System Components It can be used only with the PLASTIC option and or the CREEP LAW STRAIN option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e ORNL Oak Ridge National Laboratory constitutive model Section 20 2 12 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters A Set this parameter equal to the saturation rates for kinematic shift caused by creep strain as defined by Equation 15 of Section 4 3 3 3 of the Nuclear Standard The default value is 0 3 as per that section of the Standard Set A 0 0 to use the 1986 revision of the Standard Set this parameter equal to the rate of kinematic shift with respect to creep strain Equation 7 of Section 4 3 2 1 of the Nuclear Standard Set H 0 0 to use the 1986 revision of the Standard If this parameter is omitted the value of H is determined according to Section 4 3 3 3 of the 1981 revision of the Standard MATERIAL Set MATERIALSSS to use the hardening law appropriate to either type 304 or type 316 stainless steel This is the only option presently available and thus the default RESET Include this parameter to invoke the optional o reset procedure described in Section 4 3 5 of the Nuclear Standard If this parameter is omitted the a reset procedure is not used There are no data lines associated
387. nding node set if it is greater than one the nodes are concentrated toward the second bounding set The value of the parameter must be positive The BIAS and SINGULAR parameters are mutually exclusive Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set to which the nodes created by this operation including the bounding nodes will be assigned Node sets generated by this option are always sorted node sets SINGULAR This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter for fracture mechanics calculations with second order isoparametric elements to create a quarter point crack tip element and bias the remaining elements Set SINGULAR 1 or 2 depending on whether the first or the second bounding node set represents the crack tip The BIAS and SINGULAR parameters are mutually exclusive 14 2 1 NFILL TWO STEP This parameter is meaningful only if the BIAS parameter is used When this parameter is included the BIAS value is applied only at each second interval along the line therefore the midside nodes of second order elements will be at the middle of the two adjacent intervals Data lines to fill in nodes between two bounds First line 1 Name of the node set defining the first bound of the region 2 Name of the node set defining the second bound of the region 3 Number of intervals along each line between bounding nodes 4 Increment in node numbers from the node number at the first bound
388. ne surfaces created with TYPE SEGMENTS First line 1 The word START 2 Global X coordinate or r coordinate of the starting point of the line segments 3 Global Y coordinate or z coordinate of the starting point of the line segments Second and subsequent data lines define the various line circular and parabolic segments see below for their format that form the profile of the analytical surface Data lines to define surfaces created with TYPE CYLINDER First line leave blank if this surface is being defined within a part 1 Global X coordinate of point a the origin of the local x y system see Figure 18 47 1 2 Global Y coordinate of point a the origin of the local y system 18 47 6 SURFACE 3 Global Z coordinate of point a the origin of the local x y system 4 Global X coordinate of point b on the local z axis 5 Global Y coordinate of point b on the local z axis 6 Global Z coordinate of point b on the local z axis Second line leave blank if this surface is being defined within a part 1 Global X coordinate of point c on the local cylinder generator vector 2 Global Y coordinate of point c on the local cylinder generator vector 3 Global Z coordinate of point c on the local cylinder generator vector Third line 1 The word START 2 Local z coordinate of the starting point of the line segments 3 Local y coordinate of the starting point of the line segments Fourth and subsequent
389. necessary to define the nodal variables to be written to the output database 14 11 2 14 12 NODE PRINT NODE PRINT Define print requests for nodal variables This option is used to provide tabular printed output of nodal variables displacements reaction forces etc in the data file Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step Reference e Output to the data and results files Section 4 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be printed at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output GLOBAL This parameter is relevant only at nodes where the TRANSFORM option has been used to define a local coordinate system Set GLOBAL NO default to obtain printout of vector valued nodal variables in the local directions Set GLOBAL YES to obtain printout of vector valued nodal variables in the global directions LAST MODE MODE This parameter is useful only during eigenvalue extraction for natural frequencies Natural frequency extraction Section 6 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual complex eigenvalue extraction Complex eigenvalue extraction Section 6 3 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual and eigenvalue buckling estimation Eigenvalue buckling prediction Section 6 2 3 of the A
390. ng intensity and on the solution of the first increment of the step or can be specified directly Set CONTINUE YES to specify that this step will carry over the damping factors from the end of the immediately preceding general step This parameter must be used in conjunction with the ALLSDTOL and the STABILIZE parameters CREEP Set CREEP EXPLICIT to use explicit integration for creep behavior throughout the step which may sometimes be computationally less expensive The time increment will be limited by the accuracy tolerance CETOL and by the stability limit of the forward difference operator See Rate dependent plasticity creep and swelling Section 20 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for details on the integration scheme FACTOR Set this parameter equal to the damping factor to be used in the automatic damping algorithm see Solving nonlinear problems Section 7 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual if the problem is expected to be unstable due to local instabilities and the damping factor calculated by Abaqus Standard is not suitable This parameter must be used in conjunction with the STABILIZE parameter and overrides the automatic calculation of the damping factor based on a value of the dissipated energy fraction STABILIZE Include this parameter to use automatic stabilization if the problem is expected to be unstable due to local instabilities Set this parameter equal to the dissipated energy fraction
391. ng strain 77 2 Saturation s This value must lie in the range 0 0 lt s lt 1 0 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the amp s relationship from s 0 0 to s 1 0 in increasing values of s 13 19 1 MOLECULAR WEIGHT 13 20 MOLECULAR WEIGHT Define the molecular weight of an ideal gas species This option is used to define the molecular weight of an ideal gas species It can be used only in conjunction with the FLUID BEHAVIOR option Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Fluid cavity definition Section 11 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Inflator definition Section 11 6 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FLUID BEHAVIOR e FLUID CAVITY There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to define the molecular weight First and only line 1 Molecular weight of the ideal gas species 13 20 1 MONITOR 13 21 MONITOR Define a degree of freedom to monitor This option is used to choose a node and degree of freedom to monitor the progress of the solution in the status file In Abaqus Standard the information will also be written to the message file Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module Reference e Output Section 4 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters DOF Set this parameter equal t
392. ng substructures Section 10 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e SLOAD Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the load case in SLOAD option specifications when applying loads to the substructure during an analysis To define the loads Enter any mechanical loading options Concentrated loads Section 30 4 2 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual and Distributed loads Section 30 4 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual or thermal loading options Thermal loads Section 30 4 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to define the loads forming the load case Specify a magnitude for each load This magnitude will be scaled by a magnitude and amplitude reference specified in the SLOAD option The load case definition continues until an option is encountered that is not one ofthe loading options If boundary conditions are included in a SUBSTRUCTURE LOAD CASE they are always active even if the SLOAD option is not used 18 43 1 SUBSTRUCTURE MATRIX OUTPUT 18 44 SUBSTRUCTURE MATRIX OUTPUT Write substructure s recovery matrix reduced stiffness matrix mass matrix load case vectors and gravity load vectors to a file This option is used to write a substructure s recovery matrix reduced stiffness matrix mass matrix load case vectors and gravity load vectors to a file It can be used only in a SUBSTRUCTURE GENERATE analysis Product Abaqus Standard
393. nitial temperature value at this node or node set 2 Etc up to eight initial temperature values per line If more than seven temperature values are needed at any node continue on the next line It may be necessary to leave blank data lines for some nodes if any other node in the model has more than seven temperature points because the total number of temperatures that Abaqus expects to read for any node is based on the maximum number of temperature values of all the nodes in the model These trailing initial values will be zero and will not be used in the analysis Repeat this data line or set of lines as often as necessary to define initial temperatures at various nodes or node sets No data lines are required for TYPE TEMPERATURE FILE file STEP step INC inc Data lines for TYPE VELOCITY First line 1 Node set or node number 2 Degree of freedom 3 Value of initial velocity Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the initial velocity at various nodes or node sets Data lines for TYPE VOLUME FRACTION First line 1 Eulerian element number or element set label 2 Name of the material instance as defined in the EULERIAN SECTION 3 Initial volume fraction EVF for this material 0 0 lt EVF lt 1 0 EVF 0 0 indicates that none of this material is present in the element while EVF 1 0 indicates that the element is completely full of this material Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define th
394. node Z coordinate of the first node nA X coordinate of second node 9 18 13 INITIAL CONDITIONS 6 Y coordinate of the second node 7 Z coordinate of the second node Second line 1 X coordinate of the third node Y coordinate of the third node Z coordinate of the third node X coordinate of the fourth node Y coordinate of the fourth node coordinate of the fourth node Repeat this pair of data lines as often as necessary to define the reference mesh in various elements The order of the nodal coordinates must be consistent with the element connectivity Nn FW N Data lines for TYPE RELATIVE DENSITY First line 1 Node set or node number 2 Initial relative density Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define initial relative density at various nodes or node sets Data lines for TYPE ROTATING VELOCITY DEFINITION COORDINATES First line 1 Node set or node number 2 Angular velocity about the axis defined from point ato point b where the coordinates of a and b are given below 3 Global X component of translational velocity 4 Global Y component of translational velocity 5 Global Z component of translational velocity Second line Global X component of point a on the axis of rotation Global Y component of point a on the axis of rotation Global Z component of point a on the axis of rotation Global X component of point b on the axis of rotation Gl
395. node set must contain exactly one node REF NODE MOTION This parameter is relevant only if the REF NODE parameter is included Set REF NODE MOTION INDEPENDENT default if the motion of the reference node is not based on the average motion of the surface Set REF NODE MOTION AVERAGE TRANSLATION if the reference node must translate with the average translation of the surface This choice is relevant only if the reference node is not connected to the rest of the model Set REF NODE MOTION AVERAGE if the reference node must both translate and rotate with the average motion of the surface This choice is relevant only if the reference node is not connected to the rest of the model There are no data lines associated with this option 9 21 2 INTERFACE 9 22 INTERFACE Define properties for contact elements This option is used to assign element section properties to ITT ISL IRS and ASI type contact elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Property module supported for two dimensional three dimensional and axisymmetric acoustic interface elements Contact elements are not supported References e Acoustic interface elements Section 29 14 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Tube to tube contact elements Section 36 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Slide line contact elements Section 36 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User
396. ns can be specified as part of the definition of a local orientation system For the fabric material in Abaqus Explicit the two yarn directions are given with respect to the in plane axes of the orthonormal system Ifno local directions are specified as part ofthe orientation definition the local material directions are assumed to match the in plane axes of the orthonormal system in the reference configuration SYSTEM Set SYSTEM RECTANGULAR default to define a rectangular Cartesian system by the three points b and c shown in Figure 15 1 1 Point c is the origin of the system point a must lie on the X axis and point b must lie on the X Y plane Although not necessary it is intuitive to select point b such that it is on or near the local Y axis Set SYSTEM CYLINDRICAL to define a cylindrical system by giving the two points and 6 on the polar axis of the cylindrical system Figure 15 1 1 The local axes are 1 radial 2 circumferential 3 axial 15 1 2 ORIENTATION Set SYSTEM SPHERICAL to define a spherical system by giving the center of the sphere a and point b on the polar axis Figure 15 1 1 The local axes are 1 radial 2 circumferential 3 meridional Set SYSTEM Z RECTANGULAR to define a rectangular Cartesian system by the three points b and c shown in Figure 15 1 1 Point cis the origin ofthe system point a must lie on the Z axis and point b must lie on the X Z plane Although not necessary it is intuiti
397. nstable collapse and postbuckling analysis Section 6 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual STABILIZE Include this parameter to use automatic stabilization if the problem is expected to be unstable due to local instabilities Set this parameter equal to the dissipated energy fraction of the automatic damping algorithm see Solving nonlinear problems Section 7 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted the stabilization algorithm is not activated If this parameter is included without a specified value the default value of the dissipated energy fraction is 2 x 1074 and the adaptive automatic damping algorithm will be activated by default with ALLSDTOL 0 05 in this step set ALLSDTOL 0 to deactivate the adaptive automatic damping algorithm If the FACTOR parameter is used any value of the dissipated energy fraction will be overridden by the damping factor This parameter cannot be used if the RIKS parameter is included Data line for a general static analysis First and only line 1 Initial time increment This value will be modified as required if the automatic time stepping scheme is used or will be used as the constant time increment if the DIRECT parameter is used If this entry is zero or is not specified a default value that is equal to the total time period of the step is assumed 2 Time period of the step If this entry is zero or is not specified a default value of 1 0 is assumed 3
398. nt in mode numbers between modes The default is 1 Repeat this data line as often as necessary Data lines if DEFINITION FREQUENCY RANGE First line 1 Lower boundary of the frequency range in cycles time 2 Upper boundary of the frequency range in cycles time Repeat this data line as often as necessary 18 7 2 18 8 SFILM SFILM Define film coefficients and associated sink temperatures over a surface for heat transfer analysis This option is used to provide film coefficients and sink temperatures over a surface for fully coupled thermal stress analysis In Abaqus Standard it is also used in heat transfer and coupled thermal electrical analyses Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Thermal loads Section 30 4 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FILM Section 1 1 6 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the AMPLITUDE option that gives the variation of the sink temperature 09 with time If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference sink temperature is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If
399. nt lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four l 2 Fifth field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the failure and surface flow parameters on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines defining the shear retention in open joints SHEAR RETENTION included First line 2 3 4 3 Fraction of elastic shear modulus retained when joints are open f This value cannot be less than zero Temperature First field variable Second field variable Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 2 Seventh field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the shear retention on temperature and other predefined field variables 10 4 2 JOULE HEAT FRACTION 10 5 JOULE HEAT FRACTION Define the fraction of electric energy released as heat This option is used to specify the fraction of dissipated electrical energy released as heat in coupled thermal electrical problems Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Coupled thermal electrical analysis Section 6 7 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no para
400. ntersection of two surfaces of the same type Set COMBINE DIFFERENCE to create a surface based on the difference of two surfaces of the same type the second surface is subtracted from the first Only the NAME parameter and in cavity radiation simulations the PROPERTY parameter can be used in conjunction with this parameter CROP Include this parameter to create a new surface that will contain only those faces from an existing surface that have nodes in a specified rectangular box Only the NAME parameter and in cavity radiation simulations the PROPERTY parameter can be used in conjunction with this parameter DEFINITION This parameter is relevant only for surfaces defined using TYPE CUTTING SURFACE Set DEFINITION COORDINATES default to define the cutting plane by giving the coordinates of a point on the cutting plane and the normal to the cutting plane Set DEFINITION NODES to define the cutting plane by giving global node numbers for point a on the cutting plane and point b that lies off the cutting plane with the cutting plane normal determined by the vector from a to b FILLET RADIUS This parameter can be used with TYPE SEGMENTS TYPE CYLINDER or TYPE REVOLUTION to define a radius of curvature to smooth discontinuities between adjoining straight line segments adjoining circular arc segments and adjoining straight line and circular arc segments INTERNAL Abaqus CAE uses the INTERNAL parameter to identify surfaces that ar
401. nual to define the initial coordinate system for the section This initial system can be further modified by using the PROJECT ORIENTATION parameter If this parameter 1s omitted the global coordinate system is used POSITION This parameter is relevant only if the REF NODE parameter is included 9 21 1 INTEGRATED OUTPUT SECTION Set POSITION INPUT default if the location of the reference node is to be defined by the user Set POSITION CENTER ifthe reference node is to be relocated from the user defined location to the center of the surface in the initial configuration PROJECT ORIENTATION Set PROJECT ORIENTATION NO default if the initial coordinate system of the section should not be projected onto the section surface If the ORIENTATION parameter is included this choice results in an initial coordinate system that matches the defined orientation If an orientation is not specified the initial coordinate system matches the global coordinate system Set PROJECT ORIENTATION YES if the initial coordinate system of the section should be modified by projecting onto the section surface using the average normal to the surface If an orientation is not specified the global coordinate system is projected onto the section surface REF NODE Set this parameter equal to either the node number of the integrated output section reference node or to the name of a node set containing the reference node If the name of a node set is chosen the
402. o establish a self equilibrating stress state in the rebar and concrete The PRESTRESS HOLD option can be useful for post tensioning simulations see Defining rebar as an element property Section 2 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual SECTION POINTS This parameter is used only with TYPE PLASTIC STRAIN TYPE STRESS and TYPE HARDENING to specify plastic strains total mechanical strains stresses and hardening variables at individual section points through the thickness of a shell element This parameter can be used only when shell properties are defined using the SHELL SECTION option It cannot be used when properties are defined using the SHELL GENERAL SECTION option UNBALANCED STRESS USER This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter is used only with TYPE STRESS Set UNBALANCED STRESS RAMP default if the unbalanced stress is to be resolved linearly over the step Set UNBALANCED STRESS STEP if the unbalanced stress is to be resolved in the first increment This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter can be used with TYPE HARDENING TYPE PORE PRESSURE TYPE RATIO TYPE SOLUTION or TYPE STRESS When used with TYPE HARDENING it specifies that the initial conditions on equivalent plastic strain and if relevant backstress tensor are to be given via user subroutine HARDINI When used with TYPE PORE PRESSURE it specifies that initial pore pressures are to be g
403. o 0 1 when y gt 0 and the dilation angle is not specified or is specified as zero Temperature First field variable Second field variable Hn A W Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the material parameters on temperature and other predefined field variables 13 17 2 MOHR COULOMB HARDENING 13 18 MOHR COULOMB HARDENING Specify hardening for the Mohr Coulomb plasticity model This option is used to define piecewise linear hardening softening behavior for a material defined by the Mohr Coulomb plasticity model It must be used in conjunction with the MOHR COULOMB option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Mohr Coulomb plasticity Section 20 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e MOHR COULOMB Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the cohesion yield stress in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the cohesion yield stress depends only on the plastic strain and possibly on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Ma
404. o the degree of freedom to be monitored at the node In an Abaqus Explicit analysis the degree of freedom will be in the global coordinate system If the TRANSFORM option is used at the node in an Abaqus Standard analysis the degree of freedom is in the local transformed system NODE Set this parameter equal to either the node number to be monitored or the name of a node set containing the node to be monitored If the name of a node set is chosen the node set must contain exactly one node Optional parameter FREQUENCY This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter will only affect output to the message file Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be printed at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENC Y 0 to suppress the output There are no data lines associated with this option 13 21 1 MOTION 13 22 MOTION Specify motions as a predefined field This option is used to specify motions of node sets or individual nodes during cavity radiation heat transfer analysis to define the motion of a reference frame in steady state transport analysis or to define the velocity of the material transported through the mesh during a static analysis Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References e Cavity radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Steady state
405. o values in user subroutine VOIDRI Set TYPE REF COORDINATE to define the reference mesh initial metric for membrane elements in Abaqus Explicit using the element number and the coordinates of all of the nodes associated with the element If a reference mesh is specified for an element no initial stress or strain can be specified for the same element The initial stress and strain are computed automatically to account for deformation from the reference to the initial configuration Set TYPE NODE REF COORDINATE to define the reference mesh initial metric for membrane elements in Abaqus Explicit using node numbers and the coordinates of each node If a reference mesh is specified for an element no initial stress or strain can be specified for the same element The initial stress and strain are computed automatically to account for deformation from the reference to the initial configuration Set TYPE RELATIVE DENSITY to give initial relative density values for materials defined with the POROUS METAL PLASTICITY option Set TYPE ROTATING VELOCITY to prescribe initial velocities in terms of an angular velocity and a global translational velocity 9 18 2 STEP INITIAL CONDITIONS Set TYPE SATURATION to give initial saturation values for the analysis of flow through a porous medium in Abaqus Standard If no initial saturation values are given on this option the default is fully saturated conditions saturation of 1 0 For partial saturation th
406. obal Y component of point b on the axis of rotation D Un fF WN Global Z component of point b on the axis of rotation Repeat this pair of data lines as often as necessary to define the angular and translational velocities at various nodes or node sets 9 18 14 INITIAL CONDITIONS Data lines for TYPE ROTATING VELOCITY DEFINITION NODES First line 1 Node set or node number 2 Angular velocity about the axis defined from point ato point b where the coordinates of a and b are given below 3 Global X component of translational velocity 4 Global Y component of translational velocity 5 Global Z component of translational velocity Second line 1 Node number of the node at point a 2 Node number of the node at point b Repeat this pair of data lines as often as necessary to define the angular and translational velocities at various nodes or node sets Data lines for TYPEZSATURATION First line 1 Node set or node number 2 Saturation value s Default is 1 0 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define saturation at various nodes or node sets Data lines for TYPE SOLUTION if the USER and REBAR parameters are omitted First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Value of first solution dependent state variable 3 Value of second solution dependent state variable 4 Etc up to seven solution dependent state variables Subsequent lines only needed if more than seven solution dependent
407. of frequency Data lines to define linear spring behavior for SPRING1 and SPRING2 elements with COMPLEX STIFFNESS First line 1 Degree of freedom with which the springs are associated at their first nodes 2 For SPRING2 elements give the degree of freedom with which the springs are associated at their second nodes Ifthe ORIENTATION parameter is included on the SPRING option when defining spring elements the degrees of freedom specified here are in the local system defined by the ORIENTATION option referenced Second line 1 Real spring stiffness force per relative displacement 2 Structural damping factor 3 Frequency in cycles per time Applicable only for STEADY STATE DYNAMICS DIRECT STEADY STATE DYNAMICS SUBSPACE PROJECTION and STEADY STATE DYNAMICS and MODAL DYNAMIC analyses that support nondiagonal damping Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the spring stiffness and the structural damping factor as a function of frequency 18 29 5 SRADIATE 18 30 SRADIATE Specify surface radiation conditions in heat transfer analysis This option is used to apply surface radiation boundary conditions between a nonconcave surface and a nonreflecting environment in fully coupled thermal stress analysis or to define an approximate cavity radiation interaction In Abaqus Standard it is also used for heat transfer and coupled thermal electrical analyses It must be used in conjunction with the
408. of this component if the parameter WAVE PERIOD is used Phase angle of this component in degrees x direction cosine defining the direction of the vector dy the direction of travel for this wave component In three dimensional cases both z and y components are needed in two dimensional cases only the z component is used in that case 1 0 means the wave travels in the direction of x increasing and 1 0 means a component traveling in the direction of 2 decreasing 22 1 2 3 WAVE y direction cosine defining the direction of the vector dy the direction of travel for this wave component This component is not needed in two dimensional cases Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define multiple wave trains one line per wave component Data line to define gridded wave data TYPEZGRIDDED First and only line 1 2 y coordinate of the origin of the wave data grid 3 4 Direction cosine between the local z axis of the wave data grid and the global z axis Plus or x coordinate of the origin of the wave data grid z coordinate of the origin of the wave data grid minus one for two dimensional analysis Direction cosine between the local z axis of the wave data grid and the global y axis Zero for two dimensional analysis Data line to define frequency versus wave amplitude data for stochastic user wave theory TYPE USER First line 1 Frequency in cycles per time for sto
409. on Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e OUTPUT Optional parameter VARIABLE Set VARIABLE ALL to indicate that all incrementation variables applicable to this procedure type should be written to the output database Set VARIABLE PRESELECT to indicate that the default incrementation output variables for the current procedure type should be written to the output database Additional output variables can be requested on the data lines Ifthis parameter is omitted the incrementation variables requested for output must be specified on the data lines Data lines to request incrementation output First line 1 Give the identifying keys for the variables to be written to the output database The keys are defined in Abaqus Explicit output variable identifiers Section 4 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the time incrementation variables to be written to the output database 9 15 1 INELASTIC HEAT FRACTION 9 16 INELASTIC HEAT FRACTION Define the fraction of the rate of inelastic dissipation that appears as a heat source This option is used to provide for inelastic energy dissipation to act as a heat source in adiabatic thermo mechanical problems It is relevant when the ADIABATIC parameter
410. on cutoff value for the maximum principal stress that the low density material can sustain with tension The tension cutoff value must be greater than zero FAIL This parameter is relevant only when the TENSION CUTOFF parameter is used 12 4 1 LOW DENSITY FOAM Set FAIL NO default to force the maximum principal stress to remain below the tension cutoff without deleting the element Set FAIL YES to allow element deletion when the tension cutoff value is reached Data line to specify the relaxation coefficients for low density foams First and only line 1 The default is 20 0001 time units 2 The default is 0 005 time units 3 a The default is 2 12 4 2 13 MAP SOLUTION 13 1 MAP SOLUTION Map a solution from an old mesh to a new mesh This option is used to transfer solution variables from an earlier analysis to a new mesh that occupies the same space Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Model Reference e Mesh to mesh solution mapping Section 12 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters INC Set this parameter equal to the increment number from which the old solution will be read If this parameter is omitted the last increment for which a solution is available will be read The STEP parameter must be specified 1f the INC parameter is used STEP Set this parameter equal to the step number from which the old solution will be read If this parameter is
411. on during iteration within an increment The output will be printed for every increment unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is CONTACT NO FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be printed at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output MODEL CHANGE Set MODEL CHANGE YES to request detailed output of which elements are being removed or reactivated in the step This output includes the new original coordinates and normals of elements being reactivated strain free in a large displacement analysis The default is MODEL CHANGE NO 16 28 1 PRINT PLASTICITY Set PLASTICITY YES to request detailed output of element and integration point numbers for which the plasticity algorithms have failed to converge in the material routines This output is useful to determine the location in the mesh and the plasticity model for which Abaqus Standard is encountering material model difficulties This information may help in identifying modeling problems as well as material parameter specification problems The default is PLASTICITY NO RESIDUAL Set RESIDUAL YES default if the output of equilibrium residuals is to be given during the equilibrium iterations Set RESIDUAL NO to suppress the output SOLVE Set SOLVE YES default to request information regarding the actual number of equations and the memory requirement in eac
412. on solutions including the Abaqus product suite for Unified Finite Element Analysis multiphysics solutions for insight into challenging engineering problems and lifecycle management solutions for managing simulation data processes and intellectual property By building on established technology respected quality and superior customer service SIMULIA makes realistic simulation an integral business practice that improves product performance reduces physical prototypes and drives innovation Headquartered in Providence RI USA with R amp D centers in Providence and in V lizy France SIMULIA provides sales services and support through a global network of regional offices and distributors For more information visit www simulia com About Dassault Systemes As a world leader in 3D and Product Lifecycle Management PLM solutions Dassault Systemes brings value to more than 100 000 customers in 80 countries A pioneer in the 3D software market since 1981 Dassault Systemes develops and markets PLM application software and services that support industrial processes and provide a 3D vision of the entire lifecycle of products from conception to maintenance to recycling The Dassault Systemes portfolio consists of CATIA for designing the virtual product SolidWorks for 3D mechanical design DELMIA for virtual production SIMULIA for virtual testing ENOVIA for global collaborative lifecycle management and 3DVIA for online 3D lifelike experiences Dassault
413. onse should be calculated including the end points from the lower limit ofthe frequency range to the first eigenfrequency in the range in each interval from eigenfrequency to eigenfrequency and from the highest eigenfrequency in the range to the high limit of the frequency range If the value given is less than two or omitted the default value of 20 points is assumed Accurate RMS values can be obtained only 1f enough points are used so that Abaqus Standard can integrate accurately over the frequency range Bias parameter This parameter is useful only if results are requested at four or more frequency points It is used to bias the results points toward the ends of the intervals so that better resolution 1s obtained there since the ends of each interval are the eigenfrequencies where the response amplitudes vary most rapidly The default bias parameter 1s 3 0 The bias formula is defined in Random response analysis Section 6 3 11 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Frequency scale choice Enter 1 to use a linear frequency scale If this field is left blank or is 0 a logarithmic frequency scale is used Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the frequency ranges in which results are required 17 7 1 RATE DEPENDENT 17 8 RATE DEPENDENT Define a rate dependent viscoplastic model This option can be used only as a suboption of the PLASTIC HARDENING ISOTROPIC option the PLASTIC HARDENING JOHNSON COOK op
414. onstraints are applied an Eulerian boundary region will behave in the same way as a sliding boundary region Data lines to define radiation conditions First line 1 Element number or element set name 2 Radiation type see Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 3 Reference ambient temperature value 9 Units of 0 4 Emissivity e Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define radiation conditions 17 1 2 RADIATION FILE 17 2 RADIATION FILE Define results file requests for cavity radiation heat transfer This option is used to write cavity radiation variables to the Abaqus Standard results file Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Unsupported Abaqus CAE reads output from the output database file only References e Cavity radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Output Section 4 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional mutually exclusive parameters if not specified output will be provided for all cavities in the model CAVITY Set this parameter equal to the name of the cavity for which this output request is being made ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which this output request is being made SURFACE Set this parameter equal to the name of the surface for which this output request is being made Optional parameter FREQUENCY Set this parameter
415. onstructural mass among the members of the element set region in proportion to the element structural mass 14 14 1 NONSTRUCTURAL MASS The underlying structural density over the element set region is scaled uniformly therefore the center of mass for the element set region is not altered Set DISTRIBUTION VOLUME PROPORTIONAL to distribute the total nonstructural mass among the members of the element set region in proportion to the element volume in the initial configuration A uniform value is added to the underlying structural density over the element set region therefore if the region has nonuniform structural density the center of mass for the element set region may be altered Data line for UNITS TOTAL MASS First and only line 1 Mass magnitude of the nonstructural feature for distribution over the element set region Mass not weight should be given Abaqus does not use any specific physical units so the user s choice must be consistent Data line for UNITS MASS PER VOLUME First and only line 1 Mass per unit volume of the nonstructural feature for application over the element set region Abaqus does not use any specific physical units so the user s choice must be consistent Data line for UNITS MASS PER AREA First and only line 1 Mass per unit area of the nonstructural feature for application over the element set region Abaqus does not use any specific physical units so the user s choice
416. ope info 3ds com Technical Support Centers Fremont CA Tel 1 510 794 5891 simulia west support 3ds com West Lafayette IN Tel 1 765 497 1373 simulia central support 3ds com Northville MI Tel 1 248 349 4669 simulia greatlakes info 3ds com Woodbury MN Tel 1 612 424 9044 simulia central support 3ds com Beachwood OH Tel 1 216 378 1070 simulia erie info 3ds com West Chester OH Tel 1 513 275 1430 simulia central support 3ds com Warwick RI Tel 1 401 739 3637 simulia east support 3ds com Lewisville TX Tel 1 972 221 6500 simulia south info 3ds com Richmond VIC Tel 61 3 9421 2900 simulia au support 3ds com Vienna Tel 43 1 22 707 200 simulia at info 3ds com Huizen The Netherlands Tel 31 35 52 58 424 simulia benelux support 3ds com Toronto ON Tel 1 416 402 2219 simulia greatlakes info 3ds com Beijing P R China Tel 8610 6536 2288 simulia cn support 3ds com Shanghai P R China Tel 8621 3856 8000 simulia cn support 3ds com Synerma s r o Ps ry Prague West Tel 420 603 145 769 abaqus synerma cz Vantaa Tel 358 46 712 2247 simulia nordic info 3ds com Velizy Villacoublay Cedex Tel 33 1 61 62 72 72 simulia fr support 3ds com Aachen Tel 49 241 474 01 0 simulia de info 3ds com Munich Tel 49 89 543 48 77 0 simulia de info 3ds com 3 Dimensional Data Systems Crete Tel 30 2821040012 support 3dds gr Chennai Tamil Nadu Tel 91 44 43443000 simulia in info 3ds
417. option Data line when used with cohesive sections shell sections and BEAM GENERAL SECTION SECTION MESHED First and only line 1 Value of the shear stiffness of the section in the first direction K1 2 Value of the shear stiffness of the section in the second direction K33 3 Value of the coupling term in the shear stiffness of the section K 5 If either value K11 or K33 is omitted or given as zero the nonzero value will be used for both 19 13 1 TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS Data line when used with all other beam sections First and only line 1 Value of the K s shear stiffness of the section 2 Value of the shear stiffness of the section 3 Value of the slenderness compensation factor or the label SCF If this field is left blank a default value of 0 25 is assumed If the label SCF is specified the values of the shear stiffness specified by the user will be ignored They and the slenderness compensation factor will be calculated from the elastic material definition with the beam section If either value Kag is omitted or given as zero the nonzero value will be used for both when the label SCF is not used 19 13 2 TRIAXIAL TEST DATA 19 14 TRIAXIAL TEST DATA Provide triaxial test data This option is required if some or all of the material parameters that define the exponent form of the DRUCKER PRAGER option are to be calibrated from triaxial test data Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Expli
418. option It describes the axial force in a frame element as a function of the axial plastic displacement Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance References Frame section behavior Section 26 4 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FRAME SECTION There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define the variation of axial yield force with plastic displacement First line 1 Axial yield force 2 Plastic axial displacement Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the relationship between the axial force and the axial plastic displacement At least three pairs of data are required 16 13 1 PLASTIC M1 16 14 PLASTIC M1 Define the first plastic bending moment behavior for frame elements This option can be used only in conjunction with the FRAME SECTION option It describes the bending moment in a frame element as a function of the plastic rotation about the first cross section direction Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance References Frame section behavior Section 26 4 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FRAME SECTION There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define the variation of yield moment M with plastic rotation First line 1 Bending yield moment M about the first cross section direction 2 Plastic rotation about the first cross section direction Repe
419. or inertia relief loads and for output of components of surface variables In Abaqus Explicit the ORIENTATION option can be used to initialize the directions of the fill and the warp yarns of a fabric material in the reference configuration The yarn directions lying in the plane of the fabric are defined with respect to the two in plane axes of the orthogonal coordinate system Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Property module Interaction module and Load module References e Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e ORIENT Section 1 1 15 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the orientation definition Orientation names in the same input file must be unique 15 1 1 ORIENTATION Optional parameters DEFINITION Set DEFINITION COORDINATES default to define the local system by giving the coordinates of the three points a b and optionally c the origin appropriate to the SYSTEM choice from Figure 15 1 1 A spatially varying local coordinate system can be created for solid continuum elements and shell elements for this parameter value by using a distribution to define spatially varying coordinates for points a and b Using a distribution to define the coordinates of the optional point c is not curr
420. ore than one table if the request is for a cavity made up of more than one surface If this line is omitted the default variables will be used 17 4 2 RADIATION SYMMETRY 17 5 RADIATION SYMMETRY Define cavity symmetries for radiation heat transfer analysis This option must precede the CYCLIC PERIODIC and or REFLECTION options to specify symmetries in cavities used for cavity radiation heat transfer analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Cavity radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CYCLIC e PERIODIC REFLECTION Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the symmetry reference appearing in the RADIATION VIEWFACTOR option There are no data lines associated with this option 17 5 1 RADIATION VIEWFACTOR 17 6 RADIATION VIEWFACTOR Control cavity radiation and viewfactor calculations This option is used to control the calculation of viewfactors during a cavity radiation analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module Reference e Cavity radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters BLOCKING Set BLOCKING ALL default to specify that full blocking checks be performed in the viewfactor calculations Set BLOCKING NO
421. otion in the first independent component identified on the first data line Etc up to N entries as identified on the first data line Temperature First field variable 8 Etc up to eight entries per line NYDN fF WwW If the number of data entries exceeds the limit of eight entries per line continue the input on the next data line Do not repeat the first and second data lines Repeat the subsequent data lines as often as necessary to define the loading curve data Defining the loading response data from uniaxial tests of fabric materials References e Fabric material behavior Section 20 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FABRIC e UNIAXIAL e UNLOADING DATA Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the data in addition to temperature If this parameter 1s omitted it is assumed that the data depend only on temperature The DEPENDENCIES parameter also applies to any subsequent unloading data defined using the UNLOADING DATA option DIRECTION Set DIRECTION TENSION for tests with the primary strain component positive Set DIRECTION COMPRESSION for tests with the primary strain component negative If this parameter is omitted the behavior is assumed to be nonlinear elastic and the data may span both positive and negative values of the primary strain component The behavior will be considered to be sym
422. ous ftp site To facilitate data transfer with SIMULIA an anonymous ftp account is available on the computer ftp simulia com Login as user anonymous and type your e mail address as your password Contact support before placing files on the site Training All offices and representatives offer regularly scheduled public training classes We also provide training seminars at customer sites All training classes and seminars include workshops to provide as much practical experience with Abaqus as possible For a schedule and descriptions of available classes see www simulia com or call your local office or representative Feedback We welcome any suggestions for improvements to Abaqus software the support program or documentation We will ensure that any enhancement requests you make are considered for future releases If you wish to make a suggestion about the service or products refer to www simulia com Complaints should be addressed by contacting your local office or through www simulia com by visiting the Quality Assurance section of the Support page Contents Volume ACOUSTIC FLOW VELOCITY ACOUSTIC MEDIUM ACOUSTIC WAVE FORMULATION ADAPTIVE MESH ADAPTIVE MESH CONSTRAINT ADAPTIVE MESH CONTROLS AMPLITUDE ANISOTROPIC HYPERELASTIC ANNEAL ANNEAL TEMPERATURE AQUA ASSEMBLY ASYMMETRIC AXISYMMETRIC AXIAL BASE MOTION BASELINE CORRECTION BEAM ADDED INERTIA BEAM FLUID INERTIA BEAM GENERAL SECTION BE
423. outine MPC to operate in a degree of freedom mode Set MODE NODE for user subroutine MPC to operate in a nodal mode USER This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter to indicate that the constraint is defined in user subroutine MPC Data lines to define multi point constraints First line 1 MPC type from General multi point constraints Section 31 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual or if the USER parameter is included an integer key to be used in user subroutine MPC to distinguish between different constraint types 2 Node numbers or node sets involved in the constraint The first 15 nodes or node sets of an MPC must be entered on the first line If the MPC contains more than 15 nodes enter 0 on the next line to indicate that it is a continuation line and then continue to enter 13 23 1 MPC the following nodes on this line Any number of continuation lines are allowed Exactly 15 nodes or node sets must be given on each line except the last line 13 23 2 MULLINS EFFECT 13 24 MULLINS EFFECT Specify Mullins effect material parameters for elastomers This option is used to define material constants for the Mullins effect in filled rubber elastomers or for modeling energy dissipation in elastomeric foams It can be used only with the HYPERELASTIC or the HYPERFOAM options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE
424. pendent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables The default is EXTRAPOLATION CONSTANT unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR is used The EXTRAPOLATION parameter also applies to any subsequent unloading data defined using the UNLOADING DATA option INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS Set INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS CONSTITUTIVE MOTION to specify dependencies on components of constitutive relative motion included in the uniaxial behavior definition The INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS parameter should not be used if uniaxial behavior is dependent on only the component of constitutive relative motion specified with the COMPONENT parameter on the CONNECTOR UNIAXIAL BEHAVIOR option The INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS parameter also applies to any subsequent unloading data defined using the UNLOADING DATA option REGULARIZE Set REGULARIZE ON to regularize the user defined tabular loading data Set REGULARIZE OFF to use the user defined tabular loading data directly without regularization The default is REGULARIZE ON unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR REGULARIZE OFF is used The REGULARIZE parameter also applies to any subsequent unloading data defined using the UNLOADING DATA option RTOL Set this parameter equal to the tolerance to be used to regularize the user defined tabular loading data If this parameter is omitted the default is RTOL 0 03 unless the tolerance is specified on the CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR option This parameter is ignored
425. perature and other predefined field variables 19 8 2 TORQUE PRINT 19 9 TORQUE PRINT Print a summary of the total torque that can be transmitted across axisymmetric slide lines This option is used to obtain a summary of the total torque that can be transmitted across all axisymmetric slide lines in a model Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step Reference e Slide line contact elements Section 36 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments When this option is used the torque output will always be printed at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENC Y 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 There are no data lines associated with this option 19 9 1 TRACER PARTICLE 19 10 TRACER PARTICLE Define tracer particles for tracking the location of and results at material points during a step This option is used to define tracer particles and assign them to tracer sets for tracking the location of and results at material points during a step The tracer set name is used in conjunction with the ELEMENT OUTPUT and or the NODE OUTPUT options to request output for the tracer particles associated with the tracer set name Product Abaqus Explicit Type History data Level Step References e Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual ELEMENT OUTPUT e NODE OUTPU
426. plicit analysis to cause the thickness to change based on the element material definition The default is POISSON 0 5 in Abaqus Standard and POISSON MATERIAL in Abaqus Explicit Data line for a constant thickness membrane First and only line 1 Section thickness To define a continuously varying thickness membrane No data lines are used with this option when the NODAL THICKNESS parameter is specified any value input on the data line will be ignored Instead the NODAL THICKNESS option is used to define the section thickness 13 10 2 MODAL DAMPING 13 11 MODAL DAMPING Specify damping for modal dynamic analysis This option is used to specify damping for mode based procedures It is usually used in conjunction with the SELECT EIGENMODES option for selecting eigenmodes for modal superposition If the SELECT EIGENMODES option is not used all eigenmodes extracted in the prior FREQUENCY step will be used with the damping values specified under the MODAL DAMPING option If the MODAL DAMPING option is not used zero damping values are assumed Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Material damping Section 23 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Dynamic analysis procedures overview Section 6 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional mutually exclusive parameters MODAL Set MODAL DIRECT to select modal damping using the
427. put requests used in conjunction with the OUTPUT option will be written to the output database as field type output 15 3 1 OUTPUT HISTORY Include this parameter to indicate that the output requests used in conjunction with the OUTPUT option will be written to the output database as history type output Optional parameters FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be written to the output database at the last increment of each step Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output If this parameter and the NUMBER INTERVAL TIME INTERVAL and TIME POINTS parameters are omitted output will be written at every increment of the analysis for all procedure types except DYNAMIC and MODAL DYNAMIC output will be written every 10 increments for these procedure types The FREQUENCY NUMBER INTERVAL TIME INTERVAL and TIME POINTS parameters are mutually exclusive MODE LIST Include this parameter to indicate that a list of eigenmodes for which output is desired will be listed on the data lines This parameter is valid only in a FREQUENCY COMPLEX FREQUENCY or BUCKLE procedure and if the FIELD parameter is included NAME Set this parameter equal to the name associated with this output definition NUMBER INTERVAL Set this parameter equal to the number of intervals during the step at which the output database states are to be written If this parameter and the FREQUENCY TIME INTERVAL
428. qual to the number of field variable dependencies in addition to temperature included in the definition of the 41 q2 and q3 parameters If this parameter is omitted 41 q2 and q3 may depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information RELATIVE DENSITY Set this parameter equal to ro the initial relative density ofthe material If this parameter is omitted the initial relative density is interpolated from the values given in the INITIAL CONDITIONS TYPE RELATIVE DENSITY option Data lines to define porous metal plasticity First line di q2 q3 Temperature First field variable rund 16 20 1 POROUS METAL PLASTICITY 6 Second field variable 7 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of 41 q2 and qs on temperature and other predefined field variables 16 20 2 POST OUTPUT 16 21 POST OUTPUT Postprocess for output from the restart file This option can be used only for postprocessing to recover additional printed dat output database odb and results file 11 output from the restart file of a previous analysis Product Ab
429. qus Standard analyses Set TYPE MECHANICAL default if the constants are used in defining the mechanical behavior of the material Set TYPE THERMAL if the constants are used in defining the thermal constitutive behavior of the material If both the user defined mechanical and the user defined thermal behavior of the material are being modeled the USER MATERIAL option should be repeated in the material data block such that each value of the TYPE parameter is used 20 8 1 USER MATERIAL UNS YMM This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter if the material stiffness matrix OAe is not symmetric or when a thermal constitutive model is used and Of O 06 0x is not symmetric This parameter causes Abaqus Standard to use its unsymmetric equation solution procedures Data lines to define material constants First line 1 Give the material constants eight per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define all material constants 20 8 2 USER OUTPUT VARIABLES 20 9 USER OUTPUT VARIABLES Specify number of user variables This option is used to allow Abaqus to allocate space at each material calculation point for user defined output variables defined in user subroutine UVARM If the USER OUTPUT VARIABLES option is used it must appear within each of the relevant material or gasket behavior definitions Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model
430. r different nodes and degrees of freedom Data lines to define rotational motion ROTATION First line 1 Node set label or node number 2 Magnitude of the rotation in radians or rotational velocity in radians time This magnitude will be modified by the AMPLITUDE specification if the AMPLITUDE parameter is used The rotation is about the axis defined from point a to point 6 where the coordinates of a and b are given next In steady state transport analysis the position and orientation of the rotation axis are applied at the beginning of the step and remain fixed during the step 3 Global z component of point a on the axis of rotation 4 Global y component of point a on the axis of rotation 13 22 2 MOTION The following data are required only for three dimensional cases 5 Global zcomponent of point a on the axis of rotation 6 Global z component of point b on the axis of rotation 7 Global y component of point b on the axis of rotation 8 Global z component of point b on the axis of rotation Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define rotational motion for different nodes Data lines to define motion in user subroutine UMOTION USER First line 1 Node set label or node number 2 First translational component of motion prescribed only degrees of freedom 1 2 or 3 can be entered See Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a definition of the numbering of degrees o
431. r equal to the element type key used to identify this element on the ELEMENT option The format of this type key must be Un in Abaqus Standard where n is a positive integer less than 10000 To use this element type set TYPE Un on the ELEMENT option Optional parameters FILE Set this parameter equal to the name of the results file with no extension from which the data are to be read See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names This parameter can be used only if the user defined element type is linear and its stiffness and or mass matrices are to be read from the Abaqus Standard results file of a previous analysis in which they were written by using the ELEMENT MATRIX OUTPUT or SUBSTRUCTURE MATRIX OUTPUT options When this parameter is used all values are taken from the results file 20 7 1 USER ELEMENT For example if the stiffness or mass being read from the results file is not symmetric the UNSYMM parameter will be invoked automatically If this parameter is omitted the data will be read from a standard input file INTEGRATION This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the number of integration points to be used in Gauss integration This parameter must be used in conjunction with the TENSOR parameter TENSOR This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter to specify the el
432. r of contact iterations allowed before new global matrix assemblage and factorization The default is 30 18 24 2 SOLVER CONTROLS 18 25 SOLVER CONTROLS Specify controls for the iterative and direct linear solvers This option is used to set the control parameters for both the direct and iterative linear equation solvers Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Direct linear equation solver Section 6 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Tterative linear equation solver Section 6 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters CONSTRAINT OPTIMIZATION Include this parameter to optimize the handling of hard contact and compressibility constraints associated with hybrid elements RESET Include this parameter to reset all of the iterative solver controls to their default values The option should have no data lines when this parameter is used If this parameter is omitted only the iterative solver specified controls will be changed in the current step the other controls will remain at their settings from previous steps Data line to define control parameters for the iterative solver First and only line 1 Relative tolerance for convergence The default is 10 for all general procedures For linear perturbation procedures the default is 10 5 2 Maximum number of iterations allowed The default is 300 18 25 1
433. r output database file FILE Set this parameter equal to the name of the results or output database file from which the data are read The file extension is optional however if both 11 and odb files exist the results file will be used if the INTERPOLATE parameter is omitted If the INTERPOLATE parameter is used an output database file must exist See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names This parameter cannot be used in a STATIC RIKS analysis step Optional parameters for reading temperatures from the results or output database file ABSOLUTE EXTERIOR TOLERANCE This parameter is relevant only for use with the INTERPOLATE parameter Set this parameter equal to the absolute value given in the units used in the model by which nodes of the current model may lie outside the region of the model in the output database specified by the FILE parameter If this parameter is not used or has a value of 0 0 the EXTERIOR TOLERANCE parameter will apply EXTERIOR TOLERANCE BSTEP BINC This parameter is relevant only for use with the INTERPOLATE parameter Set this parameter equal to the fraction of the average element size by which nodes of the current model may lie outside the region of the elements of the model in the output database specified by the FILE parameter The default value is 0 05 If both tolerance parameters are specified Abaqus uses the tighter to
434. ramped up to the current magnitude The default penetration time period is chosen to be 0 001 of the current step time This parameter will be neglected in a linear perturbation analysis in which case the current fluid pressure will be applied immediately once the pressure penetration criterion is satisfied Optional mutually exclusive parameters for matrix generation and steady state dynamics analysis direct or modal IMAGINARY Include this parameter to define the imaginary out of phase part of the loading REAL Include this parameter default to define the real in phase part of the loading Data lines to define the pressure penetration loads First line 1 A node on the slave surface that is exposed to the fluid 2 A node on the master surface that is exposed to the fluid This field should be left blank if the master surface is an analytical rigid surface 3 Fluid pressure magnitude 4 Enter the critical contact pressure below which fluid penetration starts to occur The higher this value the easier the fluid penetrates The default is zero in which case fluid penetration occurs only if contact is lost Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define fluid penetrations from different locations on the surface possibly with different fluid pressure magnitudes Alternatively the PRESSURE PENETRATION option can be repeated if for example a different amplitude reference is needed 16 24 2 PRESSURE STRESS
435. rature First field variable Etc up to five field variables Un A WN Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the unloading curve data Data lines for DEFINITION INTERPOLATED CURVE to define uniaxial rate dependent unloading behavior the RATE DEPENDENT parameter is included First line 1 Nominal stress Provide the absolute value 2 Nominal strain Provide the absolute value 3 Strain rate Provide the absolute value 4 Temperature 20 5 6 UNLOADING DATA 5 First field variable 6 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the unloading curve data 20 5 7 USER DEFINED FIELD 20 6 USER DEFINED FIELD Redefine field variables at a material point This material option is used to allow the values of field variables at a material point to be redefined within an increment via user subroutine USDFLD in Abaqus Standard analyses or user subroutine VUSDFLD in Abaqus Explicit analyses If the USER DEFINED FIELD option is used it must appear within a MATERIAL definition Material data definition Sec
436. rature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information 16 11 1 PLANAR TEST DATA Data lines to specify planar test data for hyperelasticity other than the Marlow model the nominal strains must be arranged in either ascending or descending order if the SMOOTH parameter is used First line 1 Nominal stress Ts 2 Nominal strain in the direction of loading es Repeat this data line as often as necessary to give the stress strain data Data lines to specify planar test data for the Marlow model the nominal strains must be arranged in ascending order if the SMOOTH parameter is used First line 1 Nominal stress Ts 2 Nominal strain es 95 Nominal lateral strain Not needed if the POISSON parameter is specified on the HYPERELASTIC option or if the VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA option is used Temperature First field variable Second field variable ND tA A Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the test data as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Nominal strains and nominal stresses must be given in ascending order Using planar test
437. rature values are needed at any node continue on the next line It may be necessary to leave blank data lines for some nodes if any other node in the model has more than seven temperature points because the total number of temperatures that Abaqus expects to read for any node is based on the maximum number of temperature values of all the nodes in the model These trailing initial values will be zero and will not be used in the analysis Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define temperatures at different nodes or node sets Data lines to define temperatures for solid or frame elements using the data line format First line 1 Node set or node number 2 Temperature If the AMPLITUDE parameter is present this value will be modified by the AMPLITUDE specification Repeat this data line as often as necessary to prescribe temperature at different nodes or node sets 19 1 4 TEMPERATURE No data lines are needed if temperatures are read from an Abaqus results or output database file and a user subroutine is not used FILE parameter included USER parameter omitted Data lines to define temperatures using user subroutine UTEMP using the data line format FILE parameter omitted USER parameter included First line 1 Node set or node number Repeat this data line as often as necessary UTEMP will be called for each node listed Data lines to define temperatures using user subroutine UTEMP when temperatures are rea
438. rdinate of point d If TYPE RECTANGULAR is specified and only point a is given the coordinates of the nodes in the set are simply shifted by Xa Ya and Za 14 44 NMAP Third line 1 Scale factor to be applied to the first local coordinate before mapping If the value entered is zero or blank a scale factor of 1 0 is assumed 2 Scale factor to be applied to the second local coordinate before mapping If the value entered is zero or blank a scale factor of 1 0 is assumed 3 Scale factor to be applied to the third local coordinate before mapping If the value entered is zero or blank a scale factor of 1 0 is assumed Data lines for TYPE RECTANGULAR CYLINDRICAL DIAMOND SPHERICAL or TOROIDAL with DEFINITION NODES First line 1 Local node number of point a 2 Local node number of point b Second line 1 Local node number of point c The following field is needed only for TYPE DIAMOND 2 Local node number of point d If TYPE RECTANGULAR is specified and only point a is given the coordinates of the nodes in the set are simply shifted by X Y and Z Third line 1 Scale factor to be applied to the first local coordinate before mapping If the value entered is zero or blank a scale factor of 1 0 is assumed 2 Scale factor to be applied to the second local coordinate before mapping If the value entered is zero or blank a scale factor of 1 0 is assumed 3 Scale factor to be applied to the third local coordinate
439. re configuration The spacing is given as a length measure on the data lines A cylindrical orientation 17 12 1 REBAR LAYER system must be defined if this option is used with three dimensional membrane shell or surface elements ORIENTATION This parameter is meaningful only for rebar in general shell membrane and surface elements Set this parameter equal to the name of an orientation definition that defines the angular orientation of the rebar on the data lines If this parameter is omitted the angular orientation of rebar on the data lines is specified relative to the default projected local surface directions This parameter is not permitted with axisymmetric shell axisymmetric membrane and axisymmetric surface elements Data lines to define rebar layers First line Aname that will be used to identify this rebar layer This name can be used in defining rebar prestress and output requests Each layer of rebar must be given a separate name in a particular element or element set 2 Cross sectional area of the rebar 3 Spacing of rebar in the plane of the membrane shell or surface element The value is given as a length measure unless the GEOMETRY ANGULAR parameter is specified in which case the value should be given in terms of angular spacing in degrees Specify the spacing in the uncured geometry if GEOMETRY LIFT EQUATION Position of the rebar in the shell section thickness direction This value is given as
440. ree of freedom for which the spring behavior is being defined 2 For SPRING2 elements give the degree of freedom with which the springs are associated at their second nodes Ifthe ORIENTATION parameter is included on the SPRING option when defining spring elements or on the JOINT option when defining joint elements the degrees of freedom specified here are in the local system defined by the ORIENTATION option referenced Second line 1 Real spring stiffness force per relative displacement 2 Frequency in cycles per time Applicable only for STEADY STATE DYNAMICS DIRECT STEADY STATE DYNAMICS SUBSPACE PROJECTION and STEADY STATE DYNAMICS and MODAL DYNAMIC analyses that support nondiagonal damping 3 Temperature 18 29 3 SPRING 4 First field variable 5 Second field variable 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the spring stiffness as a function of frequency temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define nonlinear spring behavior for SPRING1 SPRING2 or JOINTC elements First line 1 Degree of freedom with which the springs are associated at their first nodes or for JOINTC elements the degree of freedom for which the spring behavior is being defined
441. region of the master surface 2 3 4 5 The word SPHERICAL Global X coordinate of point a the approximate center origin of the sphere Global Y coordinate of point a the approximate center origin of the sphere Global Z coordinate of point a the approximate center origin of the sphere Repeat the above data lines as often as necessary to define all surface regions that require smoothing surface Figure 18 54 1 Two dimensional circumferential smoothing 18 54 2 surface Figure 18 54 3 Spherical smoothing 18 54 3 SURFACE SMOOTHING SWELLING 18 55 SWELLING Specify time dependent volumetric swelling This option is used to specify time dependent metal swelling for a material Swelling behavior defined by this option is active only during SOILS CONSOLIDATION COUPLED TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT and VISCO procedures Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References Rate dependent plasticity creep and swelling Section 20 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CREEP Section 1 1 1 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the volumetric swelling strain rate in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it 1s assumed that the volumetric
442. rences Defining rebar as an element property Section 2 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Defining reinforcement Section 2 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters ELEMENT Set ELEMENT BEAM to define rebar in beam elements in an Abaqus Standard analysis Set ELEMENT SHELL to define rebar in three dimensional shell elements Rebar cannot be used with triangular shell elements Set ELEMENT AXISHELL to define rebar in axisymmetric shell elements Set ELEMENT MEMBRANE to define rebar in three dimensional membrane elements Rebar cannot be used with triangular membrane elements Set ELEMENT AXIMEMBRANE to define rebar in axisymmetric membrane elements in an Abaqus Standard analysis Set ELEMENT CONTINUUM to define rebar in continuum solid elements Rebar cannot be used with any plane triangular triangular prism tetrahedral or infinite elements MATERIAL Set this parameter equal to the name of the material of which these rebar are made NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to this rebar set This label can be used in defining rebar prestress and output requests Each layer of rebar must be assigned a separate name in a particular element or element set 17 11 1 REBAR Optional parameters GEOMETRY This parameter is not meaningful for rebar in beams axisymmetric shells or axisymmetric membranes or for single rebar in continuum elements Set
443. res the use of the PLASTIC HARDENING ISOTROPIC option 18 11 1 SHEAR FAILURE Data lines to define the failure strain in tabular form TYPE TABULAR First line 1 Equivalent plastic strain at failure En Rate of equivalent plastic strain 2 4 Dimensionless pressure deviatoric stress ratio 4 Temperature First field variable Second field variable OQ tn E UN Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of strain at failure on plastic strain plastic strain rate stress ratio and if needed on temperature and other predefined field variables Data line to define the Johnson Cook shear failure criterion TYPE JOHNSON COOK First and only line Johnson Cook failure parameter d Johnson Cook failure parameter d Johnson Cook failure parameter d3 Johnson Cook failure parameter d4 Un d U Ne Johnson Cook failure parameter d 18 11 2 SHEAR RETENTION 18 12 SHEAR RETENTION Define the reduction of the shear modulus associated with crack surfaces in a CONCRETE model as a function of the tensile strain across the crack This option is used to give a multiplying factor o that defines the modulus for shearing of cracks as a fraction of th
444. results file will be ramped to their initial condition values The default value is 1 0 in which case no temperature ramping takes place This feature is used to create a cyclic temperature history from a prior heat transfer analysis that is not cyclic INTERPOLATE Include this parameter to indicate that the temperature field needs to be interpolated between dissimilar meshes This feature is used to read temperatures from an output database file generated during a heat transfer analysis or generated during a global model analysis used with the submodeling capability This parameter and the MIDSIDE parameter are mutually exclusive If the heat transfer analysis uses first order elements and the current mesh is the same but uses second order elements use the MIDSIDE parameter instead MIDSIDE Include this parameter to indicate that midside node temperatures in second order elements are to be interpolated from corner node temperatures This feature is used to read temperatures from a results or an output database file generated during a heat transfer analysis using first order elements This parameter and the INTERPOLATE parameter are mutually exclusive Required parameter for defining data in user subroutine UTEMP USER This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter to indicate that user subroutine UTEMP will be used to define temperature values UTEMP will be called for each node given on the data lines I
445. rigid surfaces are the SURFACE and the RIGID BODY options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Part module References e Surfaces overview Section 2 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Analytical rigid surface definition Section 2 3 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Drag chains Section 29 12 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e RSURFU Section 1 1 16 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e SURFACE Required parameters ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the IRS type elements or the three dimensional drag chain elements that may interact with the rigid surface being defined The ELSET and NAME parameters are mutually exclusive NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the rigid surface being created This surface name is used to define contact interaction with another surface through the CONTACT PAIR option The ELSET and NAME parameters are mutually exclusive REF NODE Set this parameter equal to either the node number of the rigid body reference node or the name of a node set containing the rigid body reference node If the name of a node set is chosen the node set must contain exactly one node This parameter is relevant only when the NAME parameter is used 17 19 1 RIGID SURFACE TYPE Set TYPE SEGMENTS to create a two dimensional rigi
446. rom the results file First line 1 Mode number 2 Scaling factor for this mode Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the imperfection as a linear combination of mode shapes Data line to define the imperfection based on the solution of a static analysis from the results file First and only line 1 Set to 1 2 Scaling factor Data lines to define the imperfection if the FILE and INPUT parameters are omitted First line 1 Node number 2 Component of imperfection in the first coordinate direction 3 Component of imperfection in the second coordinate direction 4 Component of imperfection in the third coordinate direction Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the imperfection 9 3 2 Rectangular Cartesian SYSTEM R default Cylindrical Spherical SYSTEM C SYSTEM S 0 and are given in degrees Figure 9 3 1 Coordinate systems 9 3 3 IMPERFECTION IMPORT 9 4 IMPORT Import information from a previous Abaqus Explicit or Abaqus Standard analysis This option is used to define the time in a previous Abaqus Standard or Abaqus Explicit analysis at which the specified node and element information is imported The IMPORT option must be used in conjunction with the INSTANCE option when importing a part instance from a previous analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part instance Abaqus CAE Supported for us
447. roportionality factor between pressure and displacement of the surface in the normal direction This quantity is the imaginary part of the complex admittance divided by the angular frequency see Acoustic and shock loads Section 30 4 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Units of F L 2 1 c the proportionality factor between pressure and velocity of the surface in the normal direction This quantity is the real part of the complex admittance Units of F L T 3 Frequency Cycles time Frequency dependence is active only during frequency domain analysis in Abaqus Standard Repeat this data line as often as necessary in Abaqus Standard to describe the variation of the coefficients with frequency Only the first line entered will be used in direct integration procedures Data lines to define an impedance using DATA IMPEDANCE First line 1 Re Z the real part of the surface impedance Units of F LT 2 Im Z the imaginary part of the surface impedance Units of F LT 3 Frequency Cycles time Frequency dependence is active only during frequency domain analysis in Abaqus Standard Repeat this data line as often as necessary in Abaqus Standard to describe the variation of the coefficients with frequency Only the first line entered will be used in direct integration procedures 9 2 2 IMPERFECTION 9 3 IMPERFECTION Introduce geometric imperfections for postbuckling analysis This option is used to in
448. rotation is assumed to be about the axis of revolution of the body Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define rotational motion on nodes of different parts of the model 19 12 2 TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS 19 13 TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS Define transverse shear stiffness for beams and shells This option must be used in conjunction with the BEAM GENERAL SECTION option the BEAM SECTION option the COHESIVE SECTION option the SHELL GENERAL SECTION option or the SHELL SECTION option The transverse shear stiffness defined with this option affects only the transverse shear flexible elements whose section properties are defined by the immediately preceding section option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Property module References e Shell section behavior Section 26 6 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Choosing a beam element Section 26 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Defining the constitutive response of cohesive elements using a continuum approach Section 29 5 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Defining the constitutive response of cohesive elements using a traction separation description Section 29 5 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e SHELL GENERAL SECTION e SHELL SECTION BEAM GENERAL SECTION e BEAM SECTION e COHESIVE SECTION There are no parameters associated with this
449. rted into Abaqus CAE they are treated as sets References e Surfaces overview Section 2 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Element based surface definition Section 2 3 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Node based surface definition Section 2 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Analytical rigid surface definition Section 2 3 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Eulerian surface definition Section 2 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Operating on surfaces Section 2 3 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Eulerian analysis Section 13 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Contact interaction analysis overview Section 32 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e RSURFU Section 1 1 16 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the surface Required parameter for cavity radiation simulations PROPERTY This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the name of the SURFACE PROPERTY definition associated with this surface See Cavity radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 18 47 1 SURFACE Optional parameters COMBINE Set COMBINE UNION to create a surface based on the union of two or more surfaces of the same type Set COMBINE INTERSECTION to create a surface based on the i
450. rwater explosion This option must be used in conjunction with the INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model or history data Level Model Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Acoustic and shock loads Section 30 4 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define the UNDEX charge First line Charge material constant K Charge material constant k Charge material constant A Charge material constant B Adiabatic charge constant Nn E U Ne Ratio of specific heats for gas y Second line Density of charge material pe Mass of charge material me 1 2 3 Acceleration due to gravity g 4 Atmospheric pressure 5 Wave effect parameter 7 Set to 1 0 for wave effects in the fluid and gas set to 0 0 to neglect these effects The default is 1 0 Flow drag coefficient The default is 0 0 7 Flow drag exponent Ep Ep gt 0 The default is 2 0 20 2 1 UNDEX CHARGE PROPERTY Third line 1 Time duration Tana Maximum number of time steps for the bubble simulation Nsteps The bubble amplitude simulation ceases when the number of steps reaches Neteps or the time duration Tanal is reached The default is 1500 3 Relative step size control parameter 0 1 The
451. s First line 1 Value of the translation to be applied in the X direction 2 Value of the translation to be applied in the Y direction 3 Value of the translation to be applied in the Z direction Enter values of zero to apply a pure rotation Second line X coordinate of point a on the axis of rotation see Figure 9 19 1 Y coordinate of point a on the axis of rotation Z coordinate of point a on the axis of rotation X coordinate of point 6 on the axis of rotation Y coordinate of point b on the axis of rotation Z coordinate of point b on the axis of rotation NA DAS Se Angle of rotation about the axis a b in degrees If both translation and rotation are specified translation is applied before rotation There are no data lines for an instance that is imported from a previous analysis 9 19 2 Figure 9 19 1 Rotation of an instance 9 19 3 INSTANCE INTEGRATED OUTPUT 9 20 INTEGRATED OUTPUT Specify variables integrated over a surface to be written to the output database This option is used to write integrated quantities over a surface such as the total force transmitted across a surface to the output database It must be used in conjunction with the OUTPUT HISTORY option Products Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Integrated ou
452. s 1 0 i e no scaling Data lines for COMBINE UNION First line 1 List of surfaces Repeat this data line as often as necessary Up to 16 entries are allowed per line Data line for COMBINE INTERSECTION or COMBINE DIFFERENCE First and only line 1 First surface name 2 Second surface name For COMBINE DIFFERENCE the second surface is subtracted from the first Data lines to define a surface when the CROP parameter is included First line 1 Surface name Second line X coordinate of the lower box corner Y coordinate of the lower box corner Z coordinate of the lower box corner X coordinate of the opposite box corner Y coordinate of the opposite box corner Z coordinate of the opposite box corner Third line optional 1 X coordinate of the first point defining the orientation 2 Y coordinate of the first point defining the orientation 18 47 4 SURFACE Z coordinate of the first point defining the orientation X coordinate of the second point defining the orientation Y coordinate of the second point defining the orientation Z coordinate of the second point defining the orientation Data lines to define a surface using elements or element sets when the TYPE ELEMENT parameter is used First line 1 Element set name or element number In Abaqus Explicit a blank data line can be specified to automatically generate the exterior free faces of every element in the model 2 F
453. s Manual e Rigid surface contact elements Section 36 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the ITT ISL IRS and ASI type contact elements for which properties are being defined Optional parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to this interface definition The label given can be used to identify this particular interface definition in user subroutines such as GAPCON Data line for ITT type elements First and only line 1 Radial clearance between the pipes Data lines for ISL21A and ISL22A elements There are no data lines 9 22 1 INTERFACE Data lines for IRS type elements for use with axisymmetric elements There are no data lines Data line for ASI1 elements First and only line 1 Area associated with the elements Enter the direction cosine in terms ofthe global Cartesian coordinate system ofthe interface normal that points into the acoustic fluid 2 X direction cosine 3 Y direction cosine 4 Z direction cosine Data line for ASI type elements for use with 2 D elements First and only line 1 Element thickness The default is unit thickness Data lines for ASI type elements for use with axisymmetric elements or 3 D elements There are no data lines 9 22 2 ITS 9 23 TS Define properties for ITS elements This option
454. s User s Manual e INCIDENT WAVE e INCIDENT WAVE FLUID PROPERTY Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the incident wave property in the INCIDENT WAVE option Optional parameter TYPE Set TYPE PLANE default to specify a planar incident wave Set TYPE SPHERE to specify a spherical incident wave Data lines to define an incident wave property First line 1 X coordinate of xo the position of the incident wave standoff point 2 Y coordinate of xo the position of the incident wave standoff point 9 12 1 INCIDENT WAVE PROPERTY Z coordinate of xo the position of the incident wave standoff point X component of vo the velocity of the incident wave standoff point Y component of vo the velocity of the incident wave standoff point nn A W Z component of vo the velocity of the incident wave standoff point Second line 1 X coordinate of xg the position of the incident wave source point Alternatively specify the name of an AMPLITUDE definition describing the time history of this coordinate 2 Y coordinate of xg the position of the incident wave source point Alternatively specify the name of an AMPLITUDE definition describing the time history of this coordinate 3 Z coordinate of xg the position of the incident wave source point Alternatively specify the name of an AMPLITUDE definition describing the time history of this coordinate If
455. s as often as necessary to define the test data as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Nominal strains nominal strain rates and nominal stresses must be given in ascending order 20 4 3 UNIAXIAL TEST DATA Using uniaxial test data to define the Mullins effect material model References e Mullins effect in rubberlike materials Section 19 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Energy dissipation in elastomeric foams Section 19 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e MULLINS EFFECT There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to specify uniaxial test data for defining the unloading reloading response of the Mullins effect material model First line 1 Nominal stress 2 Nominal strain ey Repeat this data line as often as necessary to give the stress strain data 20 44 UNLOADING DATA 20 5 UNLOADING DATA Provide unloading data for uniaxial behavior models in connectors or unloading data from uniaxial and shear tests for fabrics This option is used to define unloading response for the uniaxial behavior of connector elements when used in conjunction with the CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR CONNECTOR UNIAXIAL BEHAVIOR and LOADING DATA options This option is used to define the unloading response from a uniaxial or a shear test for fabric materials when used in conjunction with the FABRIC UNIAXIAL and LOADING DATA options A fabric uniaxial test is spe
456. s below this value the solution terminates 18 21 3 SOILS 6 The rate of change of temperature with time used to define steady state only needed if END SS is chosen When all nodal temperatures are changing at rates below this value the solution terminates 18 21 4 SOLID SECTION 18 22 SOLID SECTION Specify element properties for solid infinite acoustic and truss elements This option is used to define properties of solid continuum elements infinite elements acoustic finite and infinite elements and truss elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Property module References e Solid continuum elements Section 25 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Infinite elements Section 25 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Truss elements Section 26 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters COMPOSITE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter can be used only with three dimensional brick solid elements that have only displacement degrees of freedom Include this parameter if the solid is made up of several layers of material The COMPOSITE and MATERIAL parameters are mutually exclusive ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the elements for which the material behavior is being defined MATERIAL Set this parameter
457. s of FL T Shear viscosity at large shear rates Units of FL T Time constant A Units of T Temperature First field variable Second field variable Md OQ 4 fF WN Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the coefficients of the Powell Eyring viscosity model as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 21 44 VISCOSITY Data lines to define the power law viscous shear behavior DEFINITION POWER LAW First line 1 Consistency index k Units of FL T 2 Flow behavior index n 3 Maximum viscosity maz Units of FL T 4 Minimum viscosity Min Units of FL T 5 Temperature 6 First field variable 7 Second field variable 8 Third field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the coefficients of the power law viscosity model as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the viscous shear behavior in tabular form DEFINITION TABULAR First line Viscosity 7 Units of FL T Effective she
458. s on user defined surface sections This option is used to control output to the results file of accumulated quantities associated with a user defined section Depending on the analysis type the output may include one or several of the following the total force the total moment the total heat flux the total current the total mass flow or the total pore fluid volume flux associated with the section This option is not available for eigenfrequency extraction eigenvalue buckling prediction complex eigenfrequency extraction or linear dynamics procedures Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References Output to the data and results files Section 4 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to identify the output for the section Section names in the same input file must be unique SURFACE Set this parameter equal to the name used in the SURFACE option to define the surface Optional parameters AXES Set AXES LOCAL if output is desired in the local coordinate system Set AXES GLOBAL default to output quantities in the global coordinate system FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be printed at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is
459. s parameter can be used only if the USER parameter is specified Set this parameter equal to the number of property values needed as data in user subroutine UMULLINS The default value is 0 This parameter can be used only when the TEST DATA INPUT parameter is used it defines the value of r while the other coefficients of the Mullins effect model are fitted from the test data It cannot be specified if both the M and BETA parameters are also specified use the data line instead to specify all three parameters If this parameter is omitted r will be determined from a nonlinear least squares fit of the test data Allowable values of R are r gt 1 To define the material behavior by giving test data No data lines are used with this option when the TEST DATA INPUT parameter is specified The data are given instead under the BIAXIAL TEST DATA PLANAR TEST DATA and UNIAXIAL TEST DATA options These options are applicable except for the case where the damage variable is defined by the user 13 24 2 MULLINS EFFECT Data lines to define the material constants if both the TEST DATA INPUT and USER parameters are omitted First line 1 r 2 m 3 If this entry is left blank the default value is taken to be 0 0 in Abaqus Standard and 0 1 in Abaqus Explicit 4 Temperature 5 First field variable 6 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four
460. s will be used within the NMIN NMAX range NMIN Set this parameter equal to the lowest cyclic symmetry mode number The default value is 0 NMAX Set this parameter equal to the highest cyclic symmetry mode number The default value is the highest number that is feasible for the number of sectors given in the CYCLIC SYMMETRY MODEL option There are no data lines associated with this option 18 6 1 18 7 SELECT EIGENMODES SELECT EIGENMODES Select the modes to be used in a modal dynamic analysis This option selects the modes to be used in a dynamic analysis based on modes or in a complex eigenvalue extraction analysis Only one option per step can be used If this option is not used all modes extracted in the prior FREQUENCY step will be used including residual modes if they were activated Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References Implicit dynamic analysis using direct integration Section 6 3 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Complex eigenvalue extraction Section 6 3 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Transient modal dynamic analysis Section 6 3 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Mode based steady state dynamic analysis Section 6 3 8 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Subspace based steady state dynamic analysis Section 6 3 9 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Defining substructures Section 10 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s M
461. sary to define phase changes in the material one line per phase change Latent heat values must be given in ascending order of temperature 12 1 1 LOAD CASE 12 2 LOAD CASE Begin a load case definition for multiple load case analysis This option is used to begin each load case definition Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module References e Multiple load case analysis Section 6 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e END LOAD CASE Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the load case There are no data lines associated with this option 12 2 1 LOADING DATA 12 3 LOADING DATA Provide loading data for uniaxial behavior models in connectors or provide data from a uniaxial or a shear loading test for fabric materials This option is used to define the loading response data for the uniaxial behavior of connector elements when used in conjunction with the CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR and CONNECTOR UNIAXIAL BEHAVIOR options This option 1s used to define the loading response from a uniaxial or a shear test for fabric materials when used in conjunction with the FABRIC and UNIAXIAL options A fabric uniaxial test is specified with increasing strains along the specified yarn direction A fabric shear test 1s specified with increasing shear strains as the fill and the warp yarns rotate with respect to each other
462. sed with the SYSTEM option As the data lines are read the shape variation values specified are transformed to the global rectangular Cartesian coordinate system This transformation requires that the object be centered about the origin of the global coordinate system i e the SYSTEM option should be off when specifying shape variations as values using either cylindrical or spherical coordinates The details of how the shape variation 1s computed in particular coordinate systems are given in Parametric shape variation Section 2 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Data lines to define the shape variation if the FILE and INPUT parameters are omitted First line Node number or node set Component of shape variation in the first coordinate direction Component of shape variation in the second coordinate direction Component of shape variation in the third coordinate direction Shape variation in the first normal component Shape variation in the second normal component ND fF WN Shape variation in the third normal component Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the shape variation The data given on this data line cannot be parameterized 16 3 2 PARAMETER SHAPE VARIATION Rectangular Cartesian SYSTEM R default Cylindrical SYSTEM C and are given in degrees Figure 16 3 1 Spherical SYSTEM S Coordinate systems 16 3 3 PART 16 4 PART Be
463. ses and the thickness or hoop direction component in plane or axisymmetric cases If this value is omitted it is assumed to be the same as the first lateral stress coefficient given in the previous field Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define an initial geostatic stress state in various elements or element sets 9 18 17 INITIAL CONDITIONS Data lines for TYPE STRESS REBAR First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Rebar name If this field is left blank the stress is applied to all rebars in these elements 3 Prestress value Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define initial stress in the rebars of various elements or element sets Data lines for TYPE STRESS SECTION POINTS First line Element number or element set label Section point number Value of first stress component Value of second stress component nA BW Ne Etc up to three stress components Give the stress components as defined for this element type in Part VI Elements ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Stress values given on data lines are applied uniformly over the element In any element for which an ORIENTATION option applies the stresses must be given in the local system Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define initial stresses in various elements or element sets Stresses must be defined at all sectio
464. shock loads Section 30 4 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e INCIDENT WAVE PROPERTY e INCIDENT WAVE REFLECTION Required parameter PROPERTY Set this parameter equal to the name of the INCIDENT WAVE PROPERTY option defining the incident wave field Required mutually exclusive parameters ACCELERATION AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve defining the fluid particle acceleration time history at the standoff point Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual This amplitude curve will be used to compute the fluid traction only a solid surface requiring a pressure load cannot be specified on the data line of an INCIDENT WAVE option if the ACCELERATION AMPLITUDE parameter is used 9 8 1 INCIDENT WAVE This parameter is valid only for planar incident waves using the INCIDENT WAVE PROPERTY TYPE PLANE option Reflected loads using the INCIDENT WAVE REFLECTION option are not permitted in this case PRESSURE AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve defining the fluid pressure time history at the standoff point Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The corresponding fluid traction if required will be computed from the pressure amplitude reference Data lines to define an incident wave First line 1 Surface name 2 Reference magnitude Repeat this data line as often as nec
465. ss not weight should be given Abaqus does not use any specific physical units so the user s choice must be consistent 13 2 2 MASS DIFFUSION 13 3 MASS DIFFUSION Transient or steady state uncoupled mass diffusion analysis This option is used to control uncoupled transient or steady state mass diffusion analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module Reference Mass diffusion analysis Section 6 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DCMAX Set this parameter equal to the maximum normalized concentration change to be allowed in an increment Abaqus Standard will restrict the time step to ensure that this value will not be exceeded at any node except nodes with boundary conditions during any increment of the analysis If the DCMAX parameter is omitted fixed time increments will be used END Set END PERIOD default to analyze the entire time period specified on the data line Set END SS to end the analysis when steady state is reached STEADY STATE Include this parameter to choose steady state analysis Transient analysis is assumed if this parameter is omitted Data line to define time stepping in a mass diffusion analysis First and only line 1 Time step If automatic stepping is used this value should be a reasonable suggestion for the initial step and will be adjusted as necessary 2 Time period If END SS is chosen
466. stance Assembly Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Element based surface definition Section 2 3 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Node based surface definition Section 2 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Shell to solid coupling Section 31 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter CONSTRAINT NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to this constraint Optional parameters INFLUENCE DISTANCE Set this parameter equal to the perpendicular distance from the edge based surface within which all nodes or element facets on the solid surface depending on the solid surface type must lie to be included in the coupling constraint The default value is half the thickness of the shell that was used to define the edge based surface POSITION TOLERANCE Set this parameter equal to the distance within which nodes on the edge based surface must lie from the solid surface to be included in the coupling definition The default tolerance is 5 of the length of a typical facet on the shell edge Data lines to define the surfaces forming the coupling definitions First line 1 The edge based surface name 18 16 1 SHELL TO SOLID COUPLING 2 The solid surface name Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define all the surfaces forming the coupling definition Each data line defines a pair of surfaces that will be coupled 18 16 2
467. swelling strain rate is constant or depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information LAW Set LAW INPUT default to define the swelling behavior on the data lines Set LAW USER to define the swelling behavior in user subroutine CREEP Data lines for LAW INPUT First line Volumetric swelling strain rate Temperature First field variable Second field variable Un BW N Etc up to six field variables 18 55 1 SWELLING Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of volumetric swelling strain rate on temperature and other predefined field variables 18 55 2 SYMMETRIC MODEL GENERATION 18 56 SYMMETRIC MODEL GENERATION Create a three dimensional model from an axisymmetric or partial three dimensional model This option is used to create a three dimensional model by revolving the cross section of an axisymmetric model about a symmetry axis by revolving a single three dimensional sector about the symmetry axis or by combining two parts of a symmetric three dimensional model where one part is the original model and the other part is obtained by reflecting the original part through a lin
468. t ECHO NO default to suppress this printout HISTORY Set HISTORY YES to print history data Set HISTORY NO default to suppress this printout MODEL Set MODEL YES to print model definition data Set MODEL NO default to suppress this printout In Abaqus Explicit setting MODEL YES automatically sets MASS PROPERTY YES PARSUBSTITUTION Set PARSUBSTITUTION YES to print the modified version of the original input file that is free of input model parametrization Set PARSUBSTITUTION NO default to suppress this printout PARVALUES Set PARVALUES YES to print a modified version of the original input file showing the parameters used for model parametrization and their values Set PARVALUES NO default to suppress this printout 16 23 1 PREPRINT MASS PROPERTY This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set MASS PROPERTY YES to print a mass property table which includes the original mass initial mass scaling non structural mass center of mass and rotary inertia of each user defined element set Set MASS PROPERTY NO default to suppress this printout If MODEL YES the mass property table will be printed even if MASS PROPERTY NO There are no data lines associated with this option 16 23 2 PRESSURE PENETRATION 16 24 PRESSURE PENETRATION Specify pressure penetration loads with surface based contact This option is used to prescribe pressure penetration loading simulated with surface based contact Prod
469. t a the origin of the local y system see Figure 17 19 1 Global Y coordinate of point a the origin of the local x y system Global Z coordinate of point a the origin of the local x y system Global X coordinate of point b on the local z axis Global Y coordinate of point b on the local z axis QN Un BW Ne Global Z coordinate of point b on the local z axis Second line 1 Global X coordinate of point c on the local cylinder generator vector 17 19 2 RIGID SURFACE 2 Global Y coordinate of point c on the local cylinder generator vector 3 Global Z coordinate of point c on the local cylinder generator vector Third line 1 The word START 2 Local z coordinate of the starting point of the line segments 3 Local y coordinate of the starting point of the line segments Fourth and subsequent data lines define the various line circular and parabolic segments see below for their format that form the profile of the rigid surface Data lines to define surfaces created with TYPE REVOLUTION First line Global X coordinate of point a the origin of the local r 2 system see Figure 17 19 2 Global Y coordinate of point a the origin of the local r z system Global Z coordinate of point a the origin of the local r z system Global X coordinate of point b on the symmetry axis the local z axis Global Y coordinate of point b on the symmetry axis the local z axis QN Un
470. t be used in conjunction with the ITS or JOINT options and the ELSET and ORIENTATION parameters should not be used Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Property module and Interaction module supported only for linear behavior independent of field variables For nonlinear behavior or to include field variables model connectors in the Interaction module References e Springs Section 29 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Flexible joint element Section 29 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Tube support elements Section 29 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter if the behavior of spring elements is being defined ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the spring elements for which this behavior is being defined Optional parameters COMPLEX STIFFNESS This parameter is relevant in direct solution and subspace based steady state analyses and in mode based analyses with FREQUENCY DAMPING PROJECTION ON in Abaqus Standard that support nondiagonal damping Include this parameter to define both the real and imaginary parts of the stiffness The imaginary part represents structural damping If this parameter is omitted the default is real stiffness only 18 29 1 SPRING DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependenc
471. t be used in conjunction with the COUPLING option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Coupling constraints Section 31 3 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e COUPLING There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to specify the degrees of freedom to be constrained First line 1 First degree of freedom constrained See Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a definition of the numbering of degrees of freedom in Abaqus If this field is left blank all degrees of freedom will be constrained 2 Last degree of freedom constrained If this field is left blank the degree of freedom specified in the first field will be the only one constrained Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify constraints for different degrees of freedom When the ORIENTATION parameter is specified on the associated COUPLING option the degrees of freedom are in the referenced local system in the initial configuration otherwise they are in the global system In either case these directions will rotate with the reference node in large displacement analyses when the NLGEOM parameter is included on the STEP option 11 2 1 KINEMATIC COUPLING 11 3 KINEMATIC COUPLING Constrain all or specific degrees of freedom of a set of nodes to the rigid body motion o
472. t containing the surface elements for which the section properties are being defined Optional parameter DENSITY Set this parameter equal to the mass density per unit area of the surface element section There are no data lines associated with this option 18 53 1 SURFACE SMOOTHING 18 54 SURFACE SMOOTHING Define surface smoothing methods This option is used to create a surface smoothing definition for contact interactions It must be used in conjunction with the CONTACT PAIR option The defined smoothing methods apply to the specified regions of the surfaces in the referenced contact pair Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module Reference e Smoothing contact surfaces in Abaqus Standard Section 34 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to this surface smoothing definition This label is referred to by the GEOMETRIC CORRECTION parameter on the CONTACT PAIR option Data lines to define the surface regions on which smoothing is applied Data line to define smoothing on regions of two dimensional surfaces that correspond or nearly correspond to a circular arc see Figure 18 54 1 Name of slave surface or surface corresponding to a subregion of the slave surface Name of master surface or surface corresponding to a subregion of the master surface Th
473. t defines the second bound for the generate operation 3 Number of intervals between the bounding nodes or node sets 4 Increment in node numbers from the first bounding node or node set Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the variation in critical energy release rates 14 7 2 NODAL THICKNESS 14 8 NODAL THICKNESS Define shell or membrane thickness at nodes This option is used to define variable shell or membrane thicknesses on a nodal basis The thickness data defined with this option will be ignored unless the NODAL THICKNESS parameter is included on either the SHELL GENERAL SECTION or the SHELL SECTION options for shell elements or on the MEMBRANE SECTION option for membrane elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Property module References e Nodal thicknesses Section 2 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Membrane elements Section 26 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Using a shell section integrated during the analysis to define the section behavior Section 26 6 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Using a general shell section to define the section behavior Section 26 6 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Line spring elements for modeling part through cracks in shells Section 29 10 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e MEMBRANE SECTION e SHELL GENERAL
474. t ends 17 14 1 RESPONSE SPECTRUM 17 15 RESPONSE SPECTRUM Calculate the response based on user supplied response spectra This option is used to calculate estimates of peak values of displacements and stresses based on user supplied response spectra defined using the SPECTRUM option and on the natural modes of the system Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Response spectrum analysis Section 6 3 10 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e SPECTRUM Optional parameters COMP Set COMP ALGEBRAIC to sum the directional excitation components algebraically If this parameter is used the directional excitation components are summed first followed by the modal summation Set COMP SRSS default to use the square root of the sum of the squares If this parameter is used the modal summation is performed first followed by the summation of the directional excitation components SUM Set SUM ABS default to sum the absolute values of the responses in each natural mode Set SUM CQC to use the complete quadratic combination method to sum the responses in each natural mode Set SUM NRL to use the Naval Research Laboratory method Set SUM SRSS to use the square root of the sum of squares summation Set SUM TENP to use the Ten Percent Method Data lines for a response spectrum analysis First line 1 Name of the response spectrum to be used
475. t file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line TYPE Set TYPE STOKES default to use Stokes fifth order wave theory Set TYPE AIRY to use Airy linearized wave theory Set TYPE GRIDDED to use gridded data to define the fluid particle velocities accelerations free surface elevation and dynamic pressure Set TYPE USER to use user subroutine UWAVE to define the fluid particle velocities accelerations free surface elevation and dynamic pressure and to specify when to update the intermediate configuration for stochastic analysis Optional parameter for TYPE AIRY WAVE PERIOD Include this parameter to indicate that the second field in the data line specifies the wave period rn If this parameter is omitted the second field in the data line specifies the wavelength Required parameter for TYPE GRIDDED DATA FILE Set this parameter equal to the name of the file containing the gridded data The file must be a sequential binary format file containing records in the format described in Abaqus Aqua analysis Section 6 11 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 22 1 1 WAVE Optional parameters for TYPE GRIDDED MINIMUM Set this parameter equal to the elevation below which point the structure is fully immersed for
476. t hourglass control formulation option or scale factors In an Abaqus Standard analysis set this parameter equal to the name of a section controls definition to be used to specify the enhanced hourglass control formulation see Section controls Section 24 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual or to be used in a subsequent Abaqus Explicit import analysis DENSITY Set this parameter equal to a mass per unit surface area of the membrane If this parameter is used the mass of the membrane includes a contribution from this parameter in addition to any contribution from the material definition 13 10 1 MEMBRANE SECTION NODAL THICKNESS Include this parameter to indicate that the membrane thickness should not be read from the data lines but should be interpolated from the thickness specified at the nodes with the NODAL THICKNESS option ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the name given for the ORIENTATION option to be used to define a local coordinate system for material calculations in the elements in this set POISSON This parameter is relevant only in a large deformation analysis Set it equal to a nonzero value to cause the thickness to change as a function of membrane strains The value of the POISSON parameter must be between 1 0 and 0 5 A value of 0 5 will enforce incompressible behavior of the element POISSON 0 0 means that the thickness will not change Set this parameter equal to MATERIAL in an Abaqus Ex
477. te the fluid traction only a solid surface requiring a pressure load cannot be specified on the data line of an INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION option if the ACCELERATION AMPLITUDE parameter is used This parameter is valid only for transient planar incident waves using the INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY TYPE PLANE option Reflected loads using the INCIDENT WAVE REFLECTION option are not permitted in this case 9 10 1 INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION CONWEP This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Include this parameter to define an incident wave using the CONWEP CHARGE PROPERTY option This parameter is valid only for blast waves using the INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY TYPE AIR BLAST or TYPE SURFACE BLAST option PRESSURE AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve defining the fluid pressure time history at the standoff point Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The corresponding fluid traction if required will be computed from the pressure amplitude reference UNDEX Include this parameter to define a spherical incident wave using the UNDEX CHARGE PROPERTY option This parameter is valid only for spherical incident waves using the INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY TYPE SPHERE option Optional mutually exclusive parameters for matrix generation and steady state dynamics analysis direct or subspace IMAGINARY Include this parameter
478. ter Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Time domain viscoelasticity Section 19 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UTRS Section 1 1 48 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e VUTRS Section 1 2 19 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e VISCOELASTIC e VISCOSITY Optional parameters DEFINITION Set DEFINITION WLF default to define the shift function by the Williams Landell Ferry approximation Set DEFINITION ARRHENIUS to define the shift function by the Arrhenius approximation Set DEFINITION USER to define the shift function in user subroutine UTRS in Abaqus Standard analyses or in user subroutine VUTRS in Abaqus Explicit analyses PROPERTIES This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the number of properties being entered The properties are available for use in user subroutine VUTRS Data line to define the shift function by the Williams Landell Ferry approximation First and only line 1 Reference temperature 0 2 Calibration constant C1 3 Calibration constant Ca 19 15 1 TRS Data line to define the shift function by the Arrhenius approximation First and only line 1 Reference temperature 0 2 Activation energy Eo In addition you need to specify the universal gas constant and absolute zero using the PHYSICAL C
479. terial data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define Mohr Coulomb hardening First line 1 Cohesion yield stress Absolute value of the corresponding plastic strain The first tabular value entered must always be zero N Temperature First field variable Second field variable d W 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 13 18 1 MOHR COULOMB HARDENING 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the cohesion yield stress on plastic strain and if needed on temperature and other predefined field variables 13 18 2 MOISTURE SWELLING 13 19 MOISTURE SWELLING Define moisture driven swelling This option is used to define the moisture driven swelling of the solid skeleton in a partially saturated porous medium It can be used in the analysis of coupled wetting liquid flow and porous medium stress Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Moisture swelling Section 23 7 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define moisture driven swelling First line 1 Volumetric moisture swelli
480. terial properties This choice is appropriate when the viscoelasic material model is used for any continuum structural or special purpose elements whose material response is modeled using continuum material properties examples of such special purpose elements include modeling cohesive elements with a continuum response see Modeling of an adhesive layer of finite thickness in Defining the constitutive response of cohesive elements using a continuum approach Section 29 5 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual or gasket elements with a material response see Defining the gasket behavior using a material model Section 29 6 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set TYPE TRACTION to define effective thickness direction gasket properties This option is supported only for gasket elements whose behavior is modeled directly using a gasket behavior model Defining the gasket behavior directly using a gasket behavior model Section 29 6 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 21 5 2 VISCOELASTIC Optional parameters when test data are given to define time domain viscoelasticity with TIME CREEP TEST DATA or TIME RELAXATION TEST DATA or when test data are given to define frequency domain viscoelasticity with FREQUENCY PRONY FREQUENCY CREEP TEST DATA or FREQUENCY RELAXATION TEST DATA ERRTOL Set this parameter equal to the allowable average root mean square error of the data points in the least squares fit The default is 0 01
481. the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Coupled thermal electrical analysis Section 6 7 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Contact iterations Section 7 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Convergence criteria for nonlinear problems Section 7 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter TYPE Set TYPE QUASI NEWTON to specify a quasi Newton solution method Set TYPE SEPARATED to specify that linearized equations for the individual fields in a fully coupled procedure are to be decoupled and solved separately for each field This option can be specified only with the COUPLED TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT and COUPLED THERMAL ELECTRICAL procedures Set TYPE CONTACT ITERATIONS to specify that contact iterations should be executed instead of regular severe discontinuity iterations Optional parameter REFORM KERNEL This parameter can be used only with TYPE QUASI NEWTON Set this parameter equal to the number of quasi Newton iterations allowed before the kernel matrix is reformed The default is REFORM KERNEL 8 18 24 1 SOLUTION TECHNIQUE Data line for TYPE CONTACT ITERATIONS First and only line 1 Correction factor on the maximum number of right hand side solutions during any contact iteration The default is 1 The actual number of allowed right hand side solutions with the correction factor accounted for is printed in the message file if PRINT CONTACT YES is specified 2 Maximum numbe
482. the distance of the rebar from the middle surface of the shell positive in the direction of the positive normal to the shell This value is modified if the NODAL THICKNESS parameter is included with the SHELL SECTION option for the underlying shell element This entry has no meaning for rebar in either membrane or surface elements Name of the material forming this rebar layer For three dimensional shell membrane and surface elements specify the angular orientation of rebar in degrees between the positive local 1 direction and the rebar Specify the angle in the uncured geometry if GEOMETRY LIFT EQUATION The local 1 direction can be defined by using the ORIENTATION option and setting the ORIENTATION parameter equal to the orientation name If the ORIENTATION parameter is omitted the local 1 direction is defined by the default projected local surface directions The optional ORIENTATION parameter given on the MEMBRANE SECTION and the SHELL SECTION options has no influence on the rebar angular orientation For axisymmetric shell axisymmetric membrane and axisymmetric surface elements specify the angular orientation of rebar from the meridional plane in degrees 0 is meridional 90 is circumferential Positive rotation is about the positive normal to the shell membrane or surface elements The isoparametric direction from which the rebar angle output will be measured The default is 1 17 12 2 REBAR LAYER 8
483. the local coordinate system on the side of the positive Y axis 18 58 1 SYSTEM Z local X global Figure 18 58 1 Local coordinate system 18 58 2 19 19 1 TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE Specify temperature as a predefined field This option is used to specify temperature as a predefined field during an analysis To use this option in a restart analysis of Abaqus Standard either TEMPERATURE or INITIAL CONDITIONS TYPE TEMPERATURE must have been specified in the original analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module References e Predefined fields Section 30 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UTEMP Section 1 1 46 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters for using the data line format AMPLITUDE INPUT OP Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that gives the time variation of the temperature throughout the step see Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an
484. the mass matrix STIFFNESS Set this parameter equal to the name of the stiffness matrix STRUCTURAL DAMPING Set this parameter equal to the name of the structural damping matrix VISCOUS DAMPING Set this parameter equal to the name of the viscous damping matrix There are no data lines associated with this option 13 71 MATRIX GENERATE 13 8 MATRIX GENERATE Generate global matrices This option is used to generate global matrices representing the stiffness mass damping or load vectors in a model Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step Reference e Generating global matrices Section 10 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual At least one of the following parameters is required STIFFNESS Include this parameter to generate the stiffness matrix MASS Include this parameter to generate the mass matrix VISCOUS DAMPING Include this parameter to generate the viscous damping matrix STRUCTURAL DAMPING Include this parameter to generate the structural damping matrix LOAD Include this parameter to generate the load matrix Optional parameter PROPERTY EVALUATION Set this parameter equal to the frequency at which to evaluate frequency dependent properties for viscoelasticity springs and dashpots during the matrix generation If this parameter is omitted Abaqus Standard will evaluate the stiffness associated with frequency dependent springs and dashpots at zero frequency and w
485. the node set to which the nodes created by the operation will be assigned This new node set will be unsorted if the OLD SET was unsorted and if the NEW SET does not already exist Otherwise this new node set will be a sorted set If this parameter is omitted the newly created nodes are not assigned to a node set Data lines if the SHIFT parameter is included First line 1 Value of the translation to be applied in the X direction 2 Value of the translation to be applied in the Y direction 3 Value of the translation to be applied in the Z direction Second line X coordinate of the first point defining the rotation axis point a in Figure 14 1 1 Y coordinate of the first point defining the rotation axis Z coordinate of the first point defining the rotation axis X coordinate of the second point defining the rotation axis point b in Figure 14 1 1 Y coordinate of the second point defining the rotation axis Z coordinate of the second point defining the rotation axis NYDN PWN Angle of rotation about the axis a b in degrees Data line if REFLECT LINE First and only line 1 X coordinate of the first point defining the reflection line point a in Figure 14 1 2 2 Y coordinate of the first point defining the reflection line 3 Z coordinate of the first point defining the reflection line 4 X coordinate of the second point defining the reflection line point b in Figure 14 1 2 5 Y coordinate of th
486. the step ends when steady state is reached or after this time period whichever occurs first 3 Minimum time increment allowed If Abaqus Standard finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value the analysis is terminated If no value is given Abaqus Standard sets the minimum increment to the minimum of 0 8 times the suggested initial time step the first data item on this line and 10 times the time period the second data item on this line If a value is 13 3 1 MASS DIFFUSION given Abaqus Standard will use the minimum of the given value and 0 8 times the suggested initial time step 4 Maximum time increment If this value is omitted no upper limit is imposed This value is used only for automatic time incrementation 5 Rate of change of normalized concentration normalized concentration per time used to define steady state only needed if END SS is chosen When all nodal normalized concentrations are changing at less than this rate the solution terminates 13 3 2 13 4 MASS FLOW RATE MASS FLOW RATE Specify fluid mass flow rate in a heat transfer analysis This option is used to specify the mass flow rate per unit area or through the entire section for one dimensional elements for forced convection diffusion elements in a heat transfer analysis This option cannot be used with hydrostatic fluid elements Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References e Uncoupled heat transf
487. this parameter equal to the strain value at which the onset of yield occurs Data lines to define rate independent fabric response the RATE DEPENDENT parameter is omitted First line Nominal stress Provide the absolute value if the DIRECTION parameter is defined Nominal strain Provide the absolute value if the DIRECTION parameter is defined Temperature First field variable Etc up to five field variables Un BW NO Re Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the loading curve data Data lines to define rate dependent fabric response the RATE DEPENDENT parameter is included First line 1 2 12 3 8 Second line nA A U Ne LOADING DATA Nominal stress Provide the absolute value Nominal strain Provide the absolute value Strain rate Provide the absolute value Temperature First field variable 6 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 2 Fifth field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Do not repeat the first data line Repeat the second and subsequent data lines as often as necessary to define the loading curve data 12 3 9 LOW DENSITY FOAM 12 4 LOW DE
488. tic joints Section 29 11 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e EPJOINT Required parameters MODULI Set MODULI SPUD CAN to define spud can moduli Set MODULI GENERAL to enter a general elastic modulus NDIM Set NDIM 2 to enter values for a two dimensional problem Set NDIM 3 to enter values for a three dimensional problem Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the moduli If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the moduli are constant or depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines for MODULIZSPUD CAN and NDIM 2 First line Guy equivalent elastic shear modulus for vertical displacements Gnn equivalent elastic shear modulus for horizontal displacements Grr equivalent elastic shear modulus for rotational displacements BW N v Poisson s ratio of the soil 10 2 1 JOINT ELASTICITY 5 Temperature 6 First field variable 7 Second field variable 8 Third field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the elastic behavior as a function of te
489. tion TYPE Set TYPE DISPLACEMENT to define the postcracking behavior by entering the displacement ug at which a linear loss of strength after cracking gives zero stress Set TYPE STRAIN default to specify the postcracking behavior by entering the postfailure stress strain relationship directly Data lines if the parameter TYPE STRAIN is included default First line 1 Fraction of remaining stress to stress at cracking 2 Absolute value of the direct strain minus the direct strain at cracking 3 Temperature 19 4 1 TENSION STIFFENING 4 First field variable 5 Second field variable 6 Etc up to five field variables The first point at each value of temperature must be a stress fraction of 1 0 at a strain of 0 0 Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the postcracking behavior on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines if the parameter TYPE DISPLACEMENT is included First line 1 Displacement uo at which a linear loss of strength after cracking gives zero stress Units of L 2 Temperature 3 First field variable 4 Second field variable 5 Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Se
490. tion If this parameter is omitted Abaqus Standard will evaluate the stiffness associated with frequency dependent springs and dashpots at zero frequency and will not consider the stiffness contributions from frequency domain viscoelasticity in the SUBSTRUCTURE GENERATE step RECOVERY MATRIX Set RECOVERY MATRIX NO to specify that output of element or nodal information is not available within this substructure The default is RECOVERY MATRIX YES indicating that recovery of eliminated variables is possible for most analysis procedures If RECOVERY MATRIX NO the NSET and ELSET parameters are ignored STRUCTURAL DAMPING MATRIX Set STRUCTURAL DAMPING MATRIX YES to calculate the substructure s reduced structural damping matrix The default is STRUCTURAL DAMPING MATRIX NO VISCOUS DAMPING MATRIX Set VISCOUS DAMPING MATRIX YES to calculate the substructure s reduced viscous damping matrix The default is VISCOUS DAMPING MATRIX NO There are no data lines associated with this option 18 42 2 SUBSTRUCTURE LOAD CASE 18 43 SUBSTRUCTURE LOAD CASE Begin the definition of a substructure load case This option is used to begin the definition of a substructure load case for the substructure currently being generated It can be used only in a SUBSTRUCTURE GENERATE analysis Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level This option is not supported in a model defined in terms of an assembly of part instances References Defini
491. tion the DRUCKER PRAGER HARDENING option or the CRUSHABLE FOAM HARDENING option to introduce strain rate dependence in the material models Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Rate dependent yield Section 20 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Classical metal plasticity Section 20 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Johnson Cook plasticity Section 20 2 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Extended Drucker Prager models Section 20 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Crushable foam plasticity models Section 20 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES In an Abaqus Explicit analysis this parameter is relevant only for TYPE POWER LAW or TYPE YIELD RATIO Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies in the definition of material parameters in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the rate dependent material behavior depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information TYPE Set TYPE POWER LAW default to specify the Cowper Symonds overstress power law Set TYPE JOHNSON COOK to specify Johnson Cook rate dependence this option cannot be used with the crushable
492. tion 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e USDFLD Section 1 1 45 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e VUSDFLD Section 1 2 18 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameter PROPERTIES This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the number of properties being entered The properties are available for use in user subroutine VUSDFLD Data lines to define material properties when PROPERTIES is specified First line 1 Enter the material properties eight per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define all material properties 20 6 1 USER ELEMENT 20 7 USER ELEMENT Introduce a user defined element type This option is used to introduce a linear or a general user defined element It must precede any reference to this user element on an ELEMENT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Model Abaqus CAE Actuator sensor interactions can be defined in the Interaction module Introducing a linear user defined element Abaqus Standard only References e User defined elements Section 29 16 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e ELEMENT e MATRIX e UEL PROPERTY Required parameter TYPE Set this paramete
493. tional parameters CONTROLS LAYUP ORDER In an Abaqus Explicit analysis set this parameter equal to the name of a section controls definition see Section controls Section 24 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to be used to specify a nondefault hourglass control formulation option or scale factor The SECTION CONTROLS option can be used to select the hourglass control and order of accuracy of the formulation for two and three dimensional solid elements and to select the kinematic formulation for 8 node brick elements In an Abaqus Standard analysis set this parameter equal to the name of a section controls definition see Section controls Section 24 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to be used to specify the enhanced hourglass control formulation or to be used in a subsequent Abaqus Explicit import analysis This parameter is relevant only when the COMPOSITE parameter is used Set this parameter equal to the name of a composite layup see Chapter 22 Composite layups of the Abaqus CAE User s Manual Abaqus CAE uses this name to identify the composite layup that contains the solid section This parameter can be used only with acoustic infinite elements in Abaqus Explicit It defines the number of ninth order polynomials that will be used to resolve the variation of the acoustic field in the infinite direction Set this parameter equal to N to indicate that the first N members of the set of ninth ord
494. tly by specifying its coordinates Nodal coordinates given in this option are in a local system if the SYSTEM option is in effect when this option is used Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Mesh module Reference Node definition Section 2 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set to which these nodes will be assigned Node sets created or modified with this option will always be sorted SYSTEM Set SYSTEM R default to give coordinates in a rectangular Cartesian coordinate system Set SYSTEM C to give coordinates in a cylindrical system Set SYSTEMS to give coordinates in a spherical system See Figure 14 9 1 The SYSTEM parameter is entirely local to this option As the data lines are read the coordinates given are transformed to rectangular Cartesian coordinates immediately If the SYSTEM option is also in effect these are local rectangular Cartesian coordinates which are then immediately transformed to global Cartesian coordinates Data lines to define the
495. to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the name of the material to be used with these elements ORIENTATION This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the name of an orientation definition Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to be used to define a local coordinate system for material calculations in the elements in this set Optional parameters relevant only for direct integration dynamic analysis with linear user elements ALPHA Set this parameter equal to the Rayleigh mass damping factor a BETA Set this parameter equal to the Rayleigh stiffness damping factor 8 20 1 1 UEL PROPERTY To define the properties of linear user elements There are no data lines required Data lines to define the properties of nonlinear user elements if the PROPERTIES and or PROPERTIES parameters are used on the USER ELEMENT option with a value of one or more First line 1 Enter the values of the element properties Enter all floating point values first followed immediately by the integer values Repeat this data line as often as necessary Eight values per line are used for both real and integer values 20 1 2 UNDEX CHARGE PROPERTY 20 2 UNDEX CHARGE PROPERTY Define an UNDEX charge for incident waves This option defines parameters that create the time histories of load displacement and other variables used to simulate an unde
496. to define models that exhibit permanent deformation plasticity upon unloading TYPE PERMANENT DEFORMATION must be used in conjunction with the DIRECTION parameter Rate independent elastic models do not require the definition of unloading data Nonelastic models and rate dependent models require the specification of unloading test data using the UNLOADING DATA option The following parameters are optional and can be used only with TYPE ELASTIC RATE DEPENDENT Include this parameter equal to define rate dependent loading data If this parameter is omitted the data are assumed to be rate independent RATE INTERPOLATION Set RATE INTERPOLATION LINEAR default to use linear intervals for strain rate while interpolating rate dependent loading data 12 3 7 LOADING DATA Set RATE INTERPOLATION LOGARITHMIC to use logarithmic intervals for strain rate while interpolating rate dependent loading data This parameter is ignored if the RATE DEPENDENT parameter is omitted The following parameter is optional and can be used only with TYPE DAMAGE DAMAGE ONSET Set this parameter equal to the displacement strain value at which the onset of damage occurs The following parameters are optional mutually exclusive and can be used only with TYPE PERMANENT DEFORMATION SLOPE DROP Set this parameter equal to the relative drop in slope on the loading curve that defines the onset of plastic deformation The default value is 0 1 YIELD ONSET Set
497. to ignore inertia effects Set INERTIA YES to include inertia effects LONG TERM Include this parameter to indicate that there is no viscoelastic or viscoplastic material response during this step The solution must be based on the long term elastic moduli if the material description includes viscoelastic material properties or be based on the long term response of the elastic plastic network alone if the two layer viscoplastic material model is used MULLINS Include this parameter when the Mullins effect material model is used to indicate how the Mullins effect should be applied over the step Set MULLINS RAMP to indicate that the Mullins effect should be ramped up over the time period of the current step 18 35 2 STEADY STATE TRANSPORT Set MULLINS STEP default to indicate that the Mullins effect should be applied instantaneously at the beginning of the current step PASS BY PASS Include this parameter to indicate that a quasi steady state pass by pass procedure will be used to obtain the steady state solution If this parameter is omitted the steady state solution will be obtained directly STABILIZE Include this parameter to use automatic stabilization if the problem is expected to be unstable due to local instabilities Set this parameter equal to the dissipated energy fraction of the automatic damping algorithm see Solving nonlinear problems Section 7 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter
498. to import element set definitions that were defined in a previous Abaqus Explicit or Abaqus Standard analysis If the IMPORT ELSET option is used it must appear after the IMPORT option If this option is omitted or is specified without any data lines all the element sets relevant to the analysis will be imported Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Model References e Transferring results between Abaqus Explicit and Abaqus Standard Section 9 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e MPORT There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to specify element set definitions to be imported First line 1 List of element set names for which the element set definitions are to be imported Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify the element set definitions to be imported Up to 16 element sets can be listed per line 9 6 1 IMPORT NSET 9 7 IMPORT NSET Import node set definitions from a previous Abaqus Explicit or Abaqus Standard analysis This option is used to import node set definitions that were defined in a previous Abaqus Explicit or Abaqus Standard analysis If the IMPORT NSET option is used it must appear after the IMPORT option If this option is omitted or is specified without any data lines all the node sets relevant to the analysis will be imported Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Model References
499. to the name of the substructure library on which the substructure data will be written See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such library names The default library name is jobname MASS MATRIX Set MASS MATRIX YES to calculate the substructure s reduced mass matrix The default is MASS MATRIX NO 18 42 1 SUBSTRUCTURE GENERATE NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set that contains the nodes of the substructure where you want to recover results This node set must contain all nodes for which node output can be requested in a substructure usage analysis If the NSET parameter is omitted but the ELSET parameter is used the recovery matrix corresponding to all the element nodes in the specified element set is generated If both the NSET and ELSET parameters are used the recovery matrix for the union of the node set and the set of all the element nodes for all the elements in the element set is generated If both the NSET and ELSET parameters are omitted the recovery matrix for all eliminated nodes is generated default case OVERWRITE Include this parameter to overwrite an existing substructure with the same TYPE identifier in the library The default is no overwrite PROPERTY EVALUATION Set this parameter equal to the frequency at which to evaluate frequency dependent properties for viscoelasticity springs and dashpots during the substructure genera
500. to the section optional First and only data line 1 First component of the normal 2 Second component of the normal 3 Third component of the normal 16 27 1 PRE TENSION SECTION If the data line is omitted Abaqus Standard will compute an average normal to the pre tension section for continuum elements For truss or beam elements the default normal points from the first to the last node in the element connectivity 16 27 2 PRINT 16 28 PRINT Request or suppress output to the message file in an Abaqus Standard analysis or to the status file in an Abaqus Explicit analysis This option is used to obtain or suppress detailed printout in the message msg file in an Abaqus Standard analysis or in the status sta file in an Abaqus Explicit analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Output Section 4 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters in Abaqus Standard analyses ADAPTIVE MESH Set ADAPTIVE MESH YES to request detailed output during adaptive mesh smoothing The default is ADAPTIVE MESH NO CONTACT Set CONTACT YES to request detailed output of points that are contacting or separating in interface and gap problems This output is useful in difficult contact problems to track the development of the soluti
501. tored to decide when geometrical changes are significant enough to trigger recalculation of the radiation viewfactors during the step This parameter is relevant only when the MOTION option appears conjunction with the RADIATION VIEWFACTOR option This parameter must be used with the MDISP parameter 17 6 2 RADIATION VIEWFACTOR Data lines to define blocking surfaces BLOCKING PARTIAL First line 1 List of surfaces that provide blocking inside the cavity up to eight surfaces per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define partial blocking There are no data lines associated with this option if BLOCKING PARTIAL is not specified 17 6 3 17 7 RANDOM RESPONSE RANDOM RESPONSE Calculate response to random loading This option is used to give the linearized response of a model to random excitation Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Random response analysis Section 6 3 11 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CORRELATION e PSD DEFINITION There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines for a random response analysis First line 1 Lower limit of frequency range in cycles time Upper limit of frequency range in cycles time If this value is given as zero it is assumed that results are required at only one frequency Number of points between eigenfrequencies at which the resp
502. tput section definition Section 2 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e OUTPUT e SURFACE e INTEGRATED OUTPUT SECTION Required mutually exclusive parameters SECTION Set this parameter equal to the name of the INTEGRATED OUTPUT SECTION see Integrated output section definition Section 2 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual over which this output request is being made SURFACE Set this parameter equal to the name of the surface see Element based surface definition Section 2 3 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual over which this output request is being made ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set over which this output request is being made Optional parameter VARIABLE Set VARIABLE ALL to indicate that all integrated output variables applicable to this procedure should be written to the output database 9 20 1 INTEGRATED OUTPUT Set VARIABLE PRESELECT to indicate that the default integrated output variables for the current procedure type should be written to the output database Additional output variables can be requested on the data lines If this parameter is omitted the integrated output variables for output must be specified on the data line Data lines to request integrated output First line 1 Specify the identifying keys for the output variables to be written to the output database The keys are defined in Abaqus Explicit output variable identifiers
503. troduce a geometric imperfection into a model for a postbuckling analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Model References Introducing a geometric imperfection into a model Section 11 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Unstable collapse and postbuckling analysis Section 6 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Eigenvalue buckling prediction Section 6 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters mutually exclusive if neither parameter is specified Abaqus assumes that the imperfection data will be entered directly on the data lines FILE Set this parameter equal to the name of the results file from a previous Abaqus Standard analysis containing either the mode shapes from a BUCKLE or FREQUENCY analysis or the nodal displacements from a STATIC analysis INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the imperfection data in general as the node number and imperfection values in the global coordinate system See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names Required parameter if the FILE parameter is used STEP Set this parameter equal to the step number in the analysis whose results file is being used as input to this option from which the modal or displacement data are to be read Optional parameters if the FILE parameter is used
504. ual and Transient modal dynamic analysis Section 6 3 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The value of the damping constant s that multiplies the internal forces is entered on the data line Optional parameters DEFINITION Set DEFINITION MODE NUMBERS default to indicate that the damping values are given for the specified mode numbers Set DEFINITION FREQUENCY RANGE to indicate that the damping values are given for the specified frequency ranges Frequency ranges can be discontinuous If both the MODAL DAMPING and SELECT EIGENMODES options are used in the same step the DEFINITION parameter must be set equal to the same value in both options FIELD Set FIELD ALL default to indicate that the damping values are to be applied to both structural and acoustic modes Set FIELD MECHANICAL to indicate that the damping values are to be applied only to structural modes Set FIELD ACOUSTIC to indicate that the damping values are to be applied only to acoustic modes This option can be used only with MODAL DIRECT and DEFINITION FREQUENCY RANGE for uncoupled structural and acoustic modes obtained through AMS eigenextraction Data lines to define a fraction of critical damping by specifying mode numbers MODAL DIRECT and DEFINITION MODE NUMBERS First line 1 Mode number of the lowest mode of a range 2 Mode number of the highest mode of a range If this entry is left blank it is assumed to be the same as the previous
505. ucts Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module Reference Pressure penetration loading Section 33 1 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters MASTER Set this parameter equal to the name of the master surface of the contact pair used in the pressure penetration analysis SLAVE Set this parameter equal to the name of the slave surface of the contact pair used in the pressure penetration analysis Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the variation of the fluid pressure during the step If this parameter is omitted the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or ramped up linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual OP Set OP MOD default for existing pressure penetration loads to remain with this option modifying existing pressure penetration loads or defining additional pressure penetration loads Set OP NEW if all existing pressure penetration loads applied to the model should be removed New pressure penetration loads can be defined 16 24 1 PRESSURE PENETRATION PENETRATION TIME Set this parameter equal to a time period over which the fluid pressure on newly penetrated contact surface segments is
506. uest 1s being made ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which this output request is being made SURFACE Set this parameter equal to the name of the surface for which this output request is being made Optional parameter VARIABLE Set VARIABLE ALL to indicate that all cavity radiation variables applicable to this procedure and material type should be written to the output database Ifthis parameter is omitted the cavity radiation variables requested for output must be specified on the data lines 17 3 1 RADIATION OUTPUT Data lines to request cavity radiation output First line 1 Specify the identifying keys for the variables to be written to the output database The keys are defined in Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the cavity radiation variables to be written to the output database 17 3 2 RADIATION PRINT 17 4 RADIATION PRINT Define print requests for cavity radiation heat transfer This option is used to print tabular output of cavity radiation variables radiation fluxes viewfactor totals and facet temperatures Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References e Cavity radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Output Section 4 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional mutual
507. uired if the pole node number was not entered 14 1 3 NOOPY Figure 14 1 1 NCOPY SHIFT option A b New Set Old set a b define the line Figure 14 1 2 NCOPY REFLECT LINE option 14 1 4 RR New Set Y Old Set a a b c define the mirror plane Figure 14 1 3 A New Set NCOPY REFLECT MIRROR option Old set a is the point through which the nodes are reflected Figure 14 1 4 NCOPY REFLECT POINT option 14 1 5 NCOPY NOOPY node a old set new set Figure 14 1 5 POLE option 14 1 6 14 2 NFILL NFILL Fill in nodes in a region This option is used to generate nodes for a region of a mesh by filling in nodes between two bounds Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Not applicable nodes are generated when you mesh the model Reference Node definition Section 2 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters BIAS NSET Include this parameter to bias the spacing of the nodes being generated toward one end of the line of nodes being generated Set this parameter equal to the ratio of adjacent distances between nodes along each line of nodes generated as the nodes go from the first bounding node set to the second If the BIAS parameter is less than one the nodes are concentrated toward the first bou
508. ullins effect model are fitted from the test data It cannot be specified if both the R and M parameters are also specified use the data line instead to specify all three parameters If this parameter is omitted 3 will be determined from a nonlinear least squares fit of the test data Allowable values of BETA are G gt 0 The M and BETA parameters cannot both be zero DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables in addition to temperature on which the material parameters depend If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the material parameters are constant or depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information This parameter is not relevant if the USER or the TEST DATA INPUT parameter is included This parameter can be used only when the TEST DATA INPUT parameter is used it defines the value of m while the other coefficients of the Mullins effect model are fitted from the test data It cannot be specified if both the R and BETA parameters are also specified use the data line instead to specify all three parameters If this parameter is omitted m will be determined from a nonlinear least squares fit of the test data Allowable values of M are m gt 0 The M and BETA parameters cannot both be zero PROPERTIES This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Thi
509. umber of intervals during the step at which mass scaling calculations will be performed For example if NUMBER INTERVAL 2 mass scaling calculations will be performed at the beginning of the step the increment immediately following the half way point in the step and the final increment in the step Required parameters for TYPE ROLLING CROSS SECTION NODES Set this parameter equal to the number of nodes in the cross section of the workpiece Increasing this value will decrease the amount of mass scaling used EXTRUDED LENGTH Set this parameter equal to the average element length in the rolling direction FEED RATE Set this parameter equal to the estimated average velocity of the workpiece in the rolling direction at steady state conditions There are no data lines associated with this option 21 1 2 VIEWFACTOR OUTPUT 21 2 VIEWFACTOR OUTPUT Write radiation viewfactors to the results file in cavity radiation heat transfer analysis This option is used to write cavity radiation element viewfactor matrices to the results file This option is available only for heat transfer analysis including cavity radiation Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References e Cavity radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Output Section 4 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter CAVITY Set this parameter equal to the name of the cavity for which this o
510. uniform film coefficients the sink temperature must be defined in user subroutine FILM If given this value will be passed into the user subroutine 4 Reference film coefficient value h units of JT 11 20 or name of the film property table defined with the FILM PROPERTY option Nonuniform film coefficients must be defined in user subroutine FILM If given this value will be passed into the user subroutine Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define film conditions for different surfaces 18 8 2 SFLOW 18 9 SFLOW Define seepage coefficients and associated sink pore pressures normal to a surface This option is used to provide seepage coefficients and sink pore pressures to control pore fluid flow normal to the surface in consolidation analysis Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References fluid flow Section 30 4 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FLOW Section 1 1 7 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that gives the variation of reference pore pressure with time If this parameter is omitted the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manu
511. unloading curve data Data line for DEFINITION EXPONENTIAL and DEFINITION QUADRATIC First and only line 1 Energy dissipation factor 2 Permanent deformation factor Should be defined only in conjunction with the LOADING DATA TYPE PERMANENT DEFORMATION option Data lines for DEFINITION INTERPOLATED CURVE and DEFINITION SHIFTED CURVE to define rate independent unloading behavior the RATE DEPENDENT parameter is omitted that does not depend on independent components First line Force or moment Provide the absolute value Constitutive relative displacement or rotation Provide the absolute value Temperature First field variable Etc up to five field variables nA A WN Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the unloading curve data Data lines for DEFINITION INTERPOLATED CURVE and DEFINITION SHIFTED CURVE to define rate independent unloading behavior the RATE DEPENDENT parameter is omitted that depends on independent components First line Force or moment Provide the absolute value Constitutive relative displacement or rotation Provide the absolute value Constitutive relative motion in the first independent component Constitutive relative motion in the second independent component nA FW NY
512. upling coefficients are set to zero Diagonal bending stiffness coefficients are set to 1 10 times the largest diagonal membrane stiffness term Off diagonal bending stiffness coefficients are set to zero Include this parameter to define the distance as a fraction of the shell thickness from the shell midsurface to the reference surface containing the nodes of the element This parameter accepts positive or negative values the labels SPOS or SNEG or in an Abaqus Standard analysis the name ofa distribution see Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Positive values of the offset are in the positive normal direction see Shell elements overview Section 26 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual When OFFSET 0 5 or SPOS the top surface of the shell is the reference surface When OFFSET 0 5 or SNEG the bottom surface of the shell is the reference surface The default is OFFSET 0 which indicates that the middle surface of the shell is the reference surface This parameter is ignored for continuum shells In an Abaqus Standard analysis a spatially varying offset can be specified by setting OFFSET equal to the name of a distribution The distribution used to define the shell offset must have a default value The default offset is used by any shell element assigned to the shell section that is not specifically assigned a value in the distribution ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal
513. ure gradients Set TYPE PRESS to define governing mass diffusion caused by gradients of the equivalent pressure stress Data lines to define the Soret effect factor TYPE TEMP First line Soret effect factor Units of FL Concentration c Temperature First field variable Second field variable D Un BW NY Etc up to five field variables 113 1 KAPPA Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define as a function of concentration temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the pressure stress factor TYPE PRESS First line Pressure stress factor kp Units of LF Concentration c Temperature 0 First field variable Second field variable QN Un fF WN Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define as a function of concentration temperature and other predefined field variables 1142 KINEMATIC 11 2 KINEMATIC Define a kinematic coupling constraint This option is used to define a kinematic coupling constraint It mus
514. ures using the data line format First line 1 Node set or node number If a node set label is given all nodes in this set must have identical initial pressures 2 Reference pressure value positive in compression If the AMPLITUDE parameter is present this value will be modified by the AMPLITUDE specification Repeat this line as often as necessary to define the pressure at different nodes or node sets To read pressures from an Abaqus Standard results file FILE No data lines are used when pressure data are read from a results file Data lines to define equivalent pressure stresses using user subroutine UPRESS First line 1 Node set or node number If a node set label is given all nodes in this set must have identical initial equivalent pressure stress values Repeat this line as often as necessary UPRESS will be called for each node listed 16 25 3 PRESTRESS HOLD 16 26 PRESTRESS HOLD Keep rebar prestress constant during initial equilibrium solution This option is used within a STATIC step Static stress analysis Section 6 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to keep the stress in some or all of the rebar constant during the initial equilibrium solution Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step Reference Defining reinforcement Section 2 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to hold the prestress
515. used to provide uniaxial test data It can be used only in conjunction with the HYPERELASTIC option the HYPERFOAM option the LOW DENSITY FOAM option and the MULLINS EFFECT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Using uniaxial test data to define a hyperelastic material References e Hyperelastic behavior of rubberlike materials Section 19 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual HYPERELASTIC Optional parameter SMOOTH Include this parameter to apply a smoothing filter to the stress strain data Ifthe parameter is omitted no smoothing is performed Set this parameter equal to the number n such that 2n 1 is equal to the total number of data points in the moving window through which a cubic polynomial is fit using the least squares method n should be larger than 1 The default is SMOOTH 3 Optional parameter when the UNIAXIAL TEST DATA option is used in conjunction with the HYPERELASTIC MARLOW option DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the test data If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the test data depend only on temperature Data lines to specify uniaxial test data for hyperelasticity other than the Marlow model the nominal strains must be arranged in either ascending or descending order if the SMOOTH parameter is used First lin
516. ut database The keys are defined in the Modal variables section of Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the modal variables to be written to the output database 13 14 1 MODAL PRINT 13 15 MODAL PRINT Print generalized coordinate modal amplitude data during a mode based dynamic procedure This option is used during mode based dynamic procedures to control the printed output of generalized coordinate modal amplitude and phase values Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step Reference e Output to the data and results files Section 4 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be printed at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output Data lines to request modal output in the data file First line 1 Give the identifying keys for the variables to be printed The keys are defined in the Modal variables section of Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary each line defines a table 13 15 1 MODEL CHANGE 13 16 MODEL CHANGE Remove or reactivate elements and contact pa
517. utput request is being made Optional parameter FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be written at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output There are no data lines associated with this option 21 2 1 21 3 VISCO VISCO Transient static stress displacement analysis with time dependent material response creep swelling and viscoelasticity This option is used to obtain a transient static response in an analysis with time dependent material behavior creep swelling and viscoelasticity Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Quasi static analysis Section 6 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Rate dependent plasticity creep and swelling Section 20 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters ALLSDTOL CETOL Include this parameter to indicate that an adaptive automatic damping algorithm will be activated in this step Set this parameter equal to the maximum allowable ratio of the stabilization energy to the total strain energy The initial damping factor is specified via the STABILIZE parameter or the FACTOR parameter This damping factor will then be adjusted through the step based on the convergence history and the value of ALLSDTOL Ifthis parameter is set equa
518. value Connector relative position or constitutive relative motion in the first independent component Un A U N Connector relative position or constitutive relative motion in the second independent component 6 Etc up to N entries as identified on the loading data definition 7 Temperature 8 First field variable 20 5 4 UNLOADING DATA If the number of data entries exceeds the limit of eight entries per line continue the input on the next data line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the unloading curve data Defining the unloading response data from uniaxial tests of fabric materials References e Fabric material behavior Section 20 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FABRIC e UNIAXIAL e LOADING DATA Required parameter DEFINITION Set DEFINITION COMBINED to define an unloading path based on the specified unloading curve and a transition slope to transition from the loading to the unloading curve Set DEFINITION EXPONENTIAL to define an exponential unloading path Set DEFINITION INTERPOLATED CURVE to define an unloading path based on an interpolation between the specified unloading curves Set DEFINITION QUADRATIC to define a quadratic unloading path Set DEFINITION SHIFTED CURVE to define an unloading path based on shifting the specified unloading curve to the point of unloading The available unloading path types depend on the behavior type assigned to t
519. value of the initial second backstress a2 3 Etc backstress components for each backstress must be specified on a separate data line The backstress components are relevant only for the kinematic hardening model Give the backstress components as defined for this element type in Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual In any element for which an ORIENTATION option applies the backstress components must be given in the local system Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the hardening parameters in various elements or element sets The hardening parameters must be defined at all section points within an element Data lines for TYPE INITIAL GAP First line 1 Element number or element set label Repeat this data line as often as necessary to identify various elements or element sets 9 18 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS Data lines for TYPE MASS FLOW RATE First line 1 Node set or node number 2 Initial mass flow rate per unit area in the z direction or total initial mass flow rate in the cross section for one dimensional elements 3 Initial mass flow rate per unit area in the y direction not needed for nodes associated with one dimensional convective flow elements 4 Initial mass flow rate per unit area in the zdirection not needed for nodes associated with one dimensional convective flow elements
520. variables The VARIABLE parameter can be used with this parameter to define the field variable number The STEP and INC parameters can be used in conjunction with the FILE parameter to define initial values of field variables from a results or output database file The STEP and INC parameters can also be used in conjunction with the FILE and OUTPUT VARIABLE parameters to define initial values of field variables based on scalar nodal output variables read from an output database file Set TYPE FLUID PRESSURE to give initial pressures for hydrostatic fluid filled cavities Set TYPE HARDENING to prescribe initial equivalent plastic strain and if relevant the initial backstress tensor or to prescribe initial volumetric compacting plastic strain for the crushable 9 18 1 INITIAL CONDITIONS foam model The REBAR and in Abaqus Standard SECTION POINTS and USER parameters can be used with this parameter If the USER parameter is used the initial conditions on equivalent plastic strain and if relevant the backstress tensor must be specified via user subroutine HARDINI for each section point and for each rebar Consequently in this case the REBAR and SECTION POINTS parameters do not have any effect and are ignored If the USER parameter is omitted Abaqus Standard assumes that the initial conditions are defined on the data lines Set TYPE INITIAL GAP to identify the elements within which tangential fluid flow exists initially Set TYPE MASS FLOW RATE
521. ve for finite strain conventional shell elements such as S4R ELEMENT DELETION This parameter applies to all elements with progressive damage behavior except connector elements in Abaqus Explicit Set ELEMENT DELETION YES to allow element deletion when the element has completely damaged This value is the default for all elements with a damage evolution model However this value is not applicable to pore pressure cohesive elements Set ELEMENT DELETION NO to allow fully damaged elements to remain in the computations The element retains a residual stiffness given by the specified value of MAX DEGRADATION In addition elements with three dimensional stress states including generalized plane strain elements can sustain hydrostatic compressive stresses and elements with one dimensional stress states can sustain compressive stresses This value is the default for pore pressure cohesive elements and is not available for beam elements 18 1 2 SECTION CONTROLS HOURGLASS Set HOURGLASS COMBINED to define the viscous stiffness form of hourglass control for solid and membrane elements with reduced integration in Abaqus Explicit Set HOURGLASS ENHANCED default for elements with hyperelastic and hyperfoam materials in Abaqus Standard and Abaqus Explicit default in Abaqus Standard and only option in Abaqus Explicit for modified tetrahedral or triangular elements to define hourglass control that is based on the assumed enhanced strain method for
522. ve to select point b such that it is on or near the local X axis Set SYSTEM USER in an Abaqus Standard analysis to define the local coordinate system in user subroutine ORIENT The DEFINITION parameter and any data lines associated with the option are ignored if SYSTEM USER Data lines to define an orientation using DEFINITIONZCOORDINATES First line X coordinate of point a Y coordinate of point a Z coordinate of point a X coordinate of point b Y coordinate of point b 6 Z coordinate of point b The following items the coordinates of point c the origin are optional and relevant only for SYSTEM RECTANGULAR and SYSTEM Z RECTANGULAR The default location of the origin c is the global origin 7 X coordinate of point c 8 Y coordinate of point c 9 Z coordinate of point c Second line 1 Local direction about which the additional rotation or rotations are given The default is the local 1 direction For shell membrane and cohesive elements this direction should have a nonzero component in the direction of the normal to the surface 2 Additional rotation o defined by either a single scalar value or by a distribution An orientation defined with a distribution can be used only for solid continuum elements and shell elements The additional rotation in degrees is applied to both directions orthogonal to the specified local direction The default is zero degrees Third line when the LOCAL DIRECTIO
523. venth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the postcracking behavior on temperature and other predefined field variables 19 4 2 THERMAL EXPANSION 19 5 THERMAL EXPANSION Define the thermal expansion behavior of beams This option can be used only in conjunction with the BEAM GENERAL SECTION SECTION NONLINEAR GENERAL option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance References Using a general beam section to define the section behavior Section 26 3 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual BEAM GENERAL SECTION Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies for the thermal expansion coefficient in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the thermal expansion coefficient is constant or depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define the thermal expansion behavior First line Coefficient of thermal expansion Temperature First field variable Second field variable Un BW Dm Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than si
524. wfactors need not be calculated because surfaces are judged to be too far apart to see each other due to blocking by other surfaces REFLECTION Set REFLECTION YES default to indicate that reflection must be included in the cavity radiation calculations Set REFLECTION NO to indicate that reflection is to be ignored in the cavity radiation calculations No reflection corresponds to the special case of black body radiation see Cavity radiation Section 2 11 4 of the Abaqus Theory Manual SYMMETRY Include this parameter to indicate the existence of radiation symmetries in the model This parameter must be set equal to the name appearing in the RADIATION SYMMETRY option where the symmetries are defined If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that there are no radiation symmetries in the cavity VTOL Set this parameter equal to the acceptable tolerance for the viewfactor calculations If this parameter is omitted the default viewfactor tolerance is 0 05 Optional parameters for use with the MOTION option MDISP Set this parameter equal to the maximum allowable motion of any node in the monitored node set before recalculation of radiation viewfactors This parameter is relevant only when the option appears in conjunction with the RADIATION VIEWFACTOR option This parameter must be used with the NSET parameter NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set whose displacements are to be moni
525. will behave in the same way as a sliding boundary region Set TRIM YES to invoke trimming of open free surfaces Set TRIM NO to suppress surface trimming The default value is TRIM YES unless the surface is used as a master surface in a finite sliding contact formulation in Abaqus Standard or the surface is used with the contact pair algorithm in Abaqus Explicit TRIM YES has no effect on surfaces used with the contact pair algorithm in Abaqus Explicit Set TYPE ELEMENT default to define a free surface automatically for the elements specified or to define a surface on the elements by using element face identifiers Set TYPE NODE to define a surface by specifying a list of nodes or node set labels Set TYPE SEGMENTS to create a two dimensional analytical surface in the X Y plane for planar models or in the r z plane for axisymmetric models by defining connected line segments Set TYPE CYLINDER to define a three dimensional analytical surface by sweeping connected line segments defined in a local z y plane along a specified generator vector Set TYPE REVOLUTION to define a three dimensional analytical surface by providing connected line segments which are given in an r z plane and are rotated about an axis Set TYPE CUTTING SURFACE to generate an interior element based surface using a cutting plane passing through an element set The generated surface is an approximation to the cutting plane Set TYPE EULERIAN MATERIAL to define a sur
526. with this option 15 2 1 OUTPUT 15 3 OUTPUT Define output requests to the output database This option is used to write contact element energy nodal or diagnostic output to the output database In an Abaqus Standard analysis it is also used to write modal or radiation output to the output database In an Abaqus Explicit analysis it is also used to write incrementation output to the output database The CONTACT OUTPUT ELEMENT OUTPUT ENERGY OUTPUT INCREMENTATION OUTPUT MODAL OUTPUT NODE OUTPUT and or RADIATION OUTPUT options can be used in conjunction with this option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module Using OUTPUT in an Abaqus Standard analysis References e Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Overview of job diagnostics Section 39 1 of the Abaqus CAE User s Manual e CONTACT OUTPUT e ELEMENT OUTPUT e ENERGY OUTPUT e MODAL OUTPUT e NODE OUTPUT e RADIATION OUTPUT e TIME POINTS One of the following mutually exclusive parameters is required DIAGNOSTICS Set DIAGNOSTICS YES default to indicate that detailed diagnostic information should be written to the output database Set DIAGNOSTICS NO to suppress the output FIELD Include this parameter to indicate that the out
527. with this option modifying existing values or defining additional values Set OP NEW if all existing PRESSURE STRESS values should be removed New pressure stress values can be defined For a general analysis step a pressure that is removed via OP NEW is reset to the value given on the INITIAL CONDITIONS option or to zero if no initial pressure was defined For a linear perturbation step a pressure that is removed via OP NEW is always reset to zero If pressures are being returned to their initial condition values the AMPLITUDE parameter described above does not apply Rather the AMPLITUDE parameter given on the STEP option governs the behavior If 16 25 1 PRESSURE STRESS pressures are being reset to new values not to initial conditions via OP NEW the AMPLITUDE parameter described above applies Required parameter for reading equivalent pressure stresses from the results file FILE Set this parameter equal to the name of the results file including the optional fil extension from which the data are read See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names Optional parameters for reading equivalent pressure stresses from the results file BSTEP Set this parameter equal to the step number of the analysis whose results file is being used as input to this option that begins the history data to be read If no value is supplied Abaqus Standard will begin re
528. x 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the thermal expansion coefficient as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 19 5 1 TIE 19 6 TIE Define surface based tie and cyclic symmetry constraints or coupled acoustic structural interactions This option is used to impose tie constraints cyclic symmetry constraints or coupled acoustic structural interactions between pairs of surfaces Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Mesh tie constraints Section 31 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Element based surface definition Section 2 3 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Node based surface definition Section 2 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Analysis of models that exhibit cyclic symmetry Section 10 4 3 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Acoustic shock and coupled acoustic structural analysis Section 6 10 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the constraint Optional mutually exclusive parameters POSITION TOLERANCE Set this parameter equal to a cutoff distance that 1s used to determine which nodes on the slave surface are tied to the master surface
529. xclusive and used only if the section is not defined by its general stiffness on the data lines COMPOSITE Include this parameter to indicate that the shell is composed of layers with different linear elastic material behavior MATERIAL USER Set this parameter equal to the name of the single linear elastic material of which the shell is made This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses and cannot be used with continuum shell elements See Using a general shell section to define the section behavior Section 26 6 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for use of this option in linear perturbation analyses Include this parameter to indicate that the shell section stiffness is defined in user subroutine UGENS The following parameters are optional mutually exclusive and can be used only in combination with the MATERIAL the COMPOSITE or the USER parameter NODAL THICKNESS Include this parameter to indicate that the shell thickness should not be read from the data lines but should be interpolated from the thickness specified at the nodes with the NODAL THICKNESS option For composite sections the total thickness is interpolated from the nodes and the thicknesses of the layers specified on the data lines are scaled proportionally This parameter is ignored for continuum shells SHELL THICKNESS Set this parameter equal to the name of a distribution Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus A
530. y needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 19 3 1 TENSION CUTOFF 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of tension cutoff on predefined field variables 19 3 2 TENSION STIFFENING 19 4 TENSION STIFFENING Define the retained tensile stress normal to a crack in a CONCRETE model This option is used to define the retained tensile stress normal to a crack as a function of the deformation in the direction of the normal to the crack It must be used with and appear after the CONCRETE option The TENSION STIFFENING option can also be used in conjunction with the SHEAR RETENTION FAILURE RATIOS options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Concrete smeared cracking Section 20 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONCRETE e FAILURE RATIOS e SHEAR RETENTION Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the postcracking behavior in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the postcracking behavior depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more informa
531. y range at which results should be given including the end points It is the number of points from the lower limit of the frequency range to the first eigenfrequency in the range in each interval from eigenfrequency to eigenfrequency and from the highest eigenfrequency in the range to the high limit of the frequency range The minimum value is 2 If the value given is less than 2 or omitted the default value of 20 points is assumed 4 Bias parameter This parameter is useful only if results are requested at four or more frequency points It is used to bias the results points toward the ends of the intervals so that better resolution is obtained there This is generally useful since the ends of each interval are the eigenfrequencies where the response amplitudes vary most rapidly The default bias parameter is 3 0 5 Frequency scale factor All the frequency points except the lower and upper limit of the frequency range are scaled by this factor The default frequency scale factor is 1 0 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define frequency ranges in which results are required Data lines for a steady state dynamics analysis if INTERVAL RANGE First line 1 Lower limit of frequency range or a single frequency in cycles time 18 34 3 STEADY STATE DYNAMICS 2 Upper limit of frequency range in cycles time If this value is given as zero it is assumed that results are required at only one frequency and the remaining
532. y the SHEAR TEST DATA and the VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA options or by the COMBINED TEST DATA option Data lines to define effective thickness direction gasket properties for PRELOAD UNIAXIAL First line 1 Effective thickness direction loss modulus 2 Effective thickness direction storage modulus 3 Frequency f in cycles per time 21 5 4 VISCOELASTIC 4 Closure defines the level of preload Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the effective thickness direction gasket loss and storage moduli as functions of frequency and preload Data lines to define effective thickness direction gasket properties if PRELOAD UNIAXIAL is not included First line 1 Real part of wk uR k where k represents the complex effective thickness direction dynamic stiffness 2 Imaginary part of wk wS kx 1 k koo where k represents the complex effective thickness direction dynamic stiffness 3 Frequency f in cycles per time Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the normalized effective thickness direction gasket loss and storage moduli as functions of frequency 21 5 5 VISCOUS 21 6 VISCOUS Specify viscous material properties for the two layer viscoplastic model This option is used to define the viscous properties for the two layer viscoplastic material model It must be used in conjunction with the ELASTIC and PLASTIC options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type
533. ying keys for the variables to be printed in a table for this node set The keys are defined in the Nodal variables portion of Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary each line defines a table If this line is omitted no nodal output will be printed to the data file 14 12 2 NODE RESPONSE 14 13 NODE RESPONSE Define nodal responses for design sensitivity analysis This option is used to write nodal response sensitivities to the output database It must be used in conjunction with the DESIGN RESPONSE option Product Abaqus Design Type History data Level Step References e Design sensitivity analysis Section 16 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DESIGN RESPONSE Optional parameter NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set for which this sensitivity output is being made Data lines to request nodal sensitivity output First line 1 Specify the identifying keys for the responses whose sensitivities are to be written to the output database The valid keys are listed in Design sensitivity analysis Section 16 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the nodal responses whose sensitivities are to be written to the output database 14 13 1 NONSTRUCTURAL MASS 14 14 NONSTRUCTURAL MASS Specify mass contribution to the
534. ysis Section 6 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Fully coupled thermal stress analysis Section 6 5 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Selective subcycling Section 11 8 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set to define a subcycling zone There are no data lines associated with this option 18 37 1 SUBMODEL 18 38 SUBMODEL Specify driven boundary nodes in submodeling analysis This option is used to specify the total list of driven regions for a submodel Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Load module and model attribute Reference e Submodeling overview Section 10 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional mutually exclusive parameters ACOUSTIC TO STRUCTURE Include this parameter if the submodel will be driven at the specified surface by the acoustic pressure from a global coupled acoustic structural model SHELL TO SOLID Include this parameter if a solid element submodel will be driven by a global shell model If this parameter is included all driven nodes must be on solid elements and must be located in regions modeled with shell elements in the global model If this parameter is included any SUBMODEL option in an input file it must be included on all SUBMODEL options in the input file Requ
535. zero this value is assumed to be infinite 2 Bulk modulus of permeating fluid Units of FL If this entry is blank or zero this value is assumed to be infinite 3 Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the dependence of the bulk moduli on temperature 16 17 1 POROUS ELASTIC 16 18 POROUS ELASTIC Specify elastic material properties for porous materials This option is used to define the elastic parameters for porous materials Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Elastic behavior of porous materials Section 19 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the parameters in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the parameters depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information SHEAR Set SHEAR G to define the deviatoric behavior with a constant shear modulus G Set SHEAR POISSON default to compute the instantaneous shear modulus from the bulk modulus and Poisson s ratio The Poisson s ratio should be given on the data lines Data lines to define the deviatoric behavior with a constant shear modulus G F

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Philips myLiving  Sequences - Artisan Technology Group  S246  Tews Datentechnik TPMC880 Manual  Philips AVENT SCD371  取扱説明書 - ティアック  形CLS－BS 液面レベルスイッチ 取扱説明書 警 告  Panasonic AW-SW350P Switch User Manual  Sony Video Game Console Playstation 2 User's Manual  StepMill 3  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file